Executive Summary: Gazette and Newsflash 12 December – 22 January 2026

gazette-journalists

Dear Subscribers,

 

Welcome Back, and Best Wishes for a Successful 2026!

We hope you enjoyed a well-deserved break and are feeling refreshed and ready to dive into the new year.

2026 is already shaping up to be a dynamic one, with significant compliance developments emerging—many of which were highlighted in the latest Government Gazette.

While some of these notices were shared with you last week, this edition provides a more comprehensive, executive-level update.

It also includes all new compliance movements released this week, giving you a complete and up-to-date view of the evolving regulatory landscape over December 2025 and January 2026.

From updated regulations to newly introduced standards, the pace of change is accelerating—and we’re here to help you stay informed, proactive, and ahead of the curve.

Here’s to a productive, compliant, and opportunity-filled 2026!

 

 

Please see the attached link for an in depth PDF version of the contents herein: Executive -Gazette and Newsflash 12 December – 22 January 2026

 

 

Below, you’ll find the latest developments presented in three easy-to-navigate formats:

  • Executive Summary of the more important movements;
  • Full Listing of movements;
  • Detailed Analysis of all movements.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

AGRICULTURAL

 

  • Requirement: Continuation of statutory measures and price guidelines for wine, milk, and dairy. Obligations: Apply existing price guidelines; maintain compliance with statutory measures. Persons Affected: Wine producers, dairy producers, distributors, retailers, industry bodies.
  • Requirement: Levy for area-wide fruit fly control in specified areas (plantations/hectares). Obligations: Pay the differentiated levy; participate in the funded area-wide fruit fly programme. Persons Affected: Growers, farmers in the specified areas, associations.
  • Requirement: Approved inspection fees for 2026 (South African Meat Industry Company). Obligations: Pay inspection fees as specified; ensure traceability and compliance with standards. Persons Affected: Meat producers, processors, exporters, abattoirs.
  • Requirement: Request for statutory measure for funding of area-wide Bactrocera dorsalis (fruit fly) eradication programme.

Obligations: Consider/implement funding measure; participate in area-wide eradication programme. Persons Affected: Fruit producers, exporters, associations in Eastern Cape, Western Cape, Northern Cape.

  • Requirement: Prohibition on use of certain agricultural remedies.
  • Obligations: Stop/use prohibitions; replace with approved alternatives. Persons Affected: Agrichemical users, farmers, agronomists, suppliers.

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

  • Requirement: IMT Roadmap comments invited.

Obligations: Review and submit comments on IMT Roadmap.

Persons Affected: Telecoms operators, equipment suppliers, investors, regulators.

  • Requirement: Policy direction on B-BBEE for ICASA.

Obligations: Prepare for potential B-BBEE directive changes; align compliance.

Persons Affected: ICASA licensees, telecoms, service providers.

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

  • Requirement: National Waste Management Strategy 2026; comments invited.

Obligations: Engage in consultation; implement strategy as appropriate.

Persons Affected: Waste management entities, municipalities, industries generating waste.

  • Requirement: Draft regulations for groundwater protection.

Obligations: Review and comply with new groundwater regulations; adjust operations.

Persons Affected: Water users, extractors, industrial facilities.

  • Requirement: Clear procedure for waste management licence applications.

Obligations: Follow new/licensing procedures; apply accordingly.

Persons Affected: Waste generators, licensed facilities, local authorities.

  • Requirement: New raw water use charges for 2026/27.

Obligations: Budget for and pay new water charges.

Persons Affected: Industrial users, agricultural users, water users in relevant sectors.

  • National Water Act: Regulations

Management and control of Government Waterworks and Surrounding state-owned land: Comments invited

FINANCE

  • Requirement: Revenue Laws Amendment Act 6 of 2025 enacted; AML/CFT amendments; FIC Directive 10; JSE CSD naming conventions; new interest rate on Government Loans. Obligations: Implement tax amendments; comply with AML/CFT enhancements; align with FIC Directive; update JSE/CSD systems; manage government loan interest changes.
  • Persons Affected: Financial institutions, listed companies, fund managers, auditors, regulators.

CUSTOMS & TRADE

  • Requirement: Amendments to Customs Schedules (tariffs); anti-dumping investigations on steel; sunset review of anti-dumping on ropes/cables.

Obligations: Review tariff changes; participate in investigations if relevant; adjust pricing/supply chains.

Persons Affected: Importers, exporters, manufacturers, logistics providers.

 

ENERGY

  • Requirement: Grid Capacity Allocation Rules; proposed 2026/27 licence fees and levies; updated retail price regs for paraffin and LPG; changes to grid connection process.

Obligations: Understand and implement new grid access rules; participate in fee/levy consultation; ensure pricing compliance. Persons Affected: Electricity/gas operators, suppliers, consumers, retailers.

LABOUR

  • Requirement: Extension of bargaining council agreements to non-parties; terms made binding across industries.
  • Obligations: Comply with extended terms; incorporate into HR policies, wage scales, and conditions. Persons Affected: Employers in the extended sectors, employees, unions.

GENERAL COMPLIANCE (Notices)

  • Requirement: Companies Act – deactivation of manual filing for voluntary deregistration. Obligations: Use electronic channels for deregistration; ensure data/file submissions. Persons Affected: Companies, company secretaries, corporate compliance teams.
  • Requirement: Competition Act – amendments to Energy Users Block Exemption; new export promotion exemption.

Obligations: Review exemptions; adjust practices to remain compliant; leverage new export promotion exemption if applicable.

Persons Affected: Energy users, exporters, industry participants.

  • Requirement: Health & Safety – invitation for representations on Firearms Control Act. Obligations: Engage in consultation if relevant; update policies as necessary.
  • Persons Affected: Employers with firearms in operations, security personnel, firearm owners.
  • Requirement: Regulation: Divestiture Recommendation (comments invited).
  • Obligations: Review draft divestiture recommendation; submit comments explaining feasibility, impacts, and alternatives.
  • Persons Affected: Merging parties, competitors, suppliers, customers, industry associations, legal/economic advisors.

 

LIST OF CHANGES

 

AGRICULTURAL

 

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Wine Industry: Continuation of Statutory Measures and Determination of Guideline Prices

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Establishment of statutory measure and determination of a differentiated levy on planted hectares for funding of an integrated area wide fruit fly control programme in specified production areas

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Continuation of statutory measures in respect of milk and other dairy products

Agricultural Product Standards Act: Approved inspection fees for 2026: South African Meat Industry Company

Agricultural Product Standards Act: Fruit Industry: Request for Statutory Measure for funding of area-wide Bactrocera Dorsalis Eradication Programme in specified production areas in Eastern Cape, Western Cape and Northern Cape: Comments invited

Fertilizer, Farm Feeds, Agricultural Remedies and Stock Remedies Act: Prohibition on use of certain Agricultural Remedies

 

 

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

Electronic Communications Act: International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Roadmap: Comments invited

Electronic Communications Act: Policy Direction to the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa on Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

 

 

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

National Environmental Management: Waste Act: National Waste Management Strategy 2026: Comments invited

National Water Act: Regulations: Protection and management of groundwater resources: Comments invited

National Environmental Management: Waste Act: Regulations: Procedure to be followed by persons called upon to apply for a waste management licence

National Water Act: Raw water use chargers for 2026/27 Financial Year

National Water Act: Regulations Management and control of Government Waterworks and Surrounding state-owned land: Comments invited

 

 

FINANCE

 

Financial Intelligence Centre Act: Directive 10 on geographic locations of head office, branch and subsidiaries: Comments invited

Financial Sector Regulation Act: General Finance Laws (Official Benchmarks and Procurement) Amendment Bill: Explanatory summary: Extension of deadline for comments

General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill:Draft

Revenue Laws Amendment Act 6 of 2025 (English / Afrikaans) Act 6 of 2025

Public Finance Management Act Rate Of Interest On Government Loans From 1 January 2026

Financial Markets Act: JSE Interest Rate and Currency Derivatives Rules: Central Securities Depository (CSD) Naming Convention: Approved amendments

Financial Markets Act: JSE Debt and Specialist Securities Listing Requirements: Central Securities Depository (CSD) Naming Convention: Approved amendments

Public Finance Management Act: Exemption: Durban container terminal pier 2 – special

 

 

Jooste associate jailed for Steinhoff fraud

MSC Cruises faces complaint over ‘misleading R1 promotional offer’

Masedi Tlhong: Competition Law Exemptions Offer A Lifeline To SA’s Ferrochrome Industry

Tholo Energy Services CC v Commissioner SARS

Trust tax deadline: Penalties for late filers

Strengthening the Financial Intelligence Centre: New lifestyle audit powers unveiled

Publication For Comment: Draft General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering And Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2025

New parental leave ruling redefines family roles in male-dominated industries

Process to be followed following the receipt of public comments on the draft Bill

 

Alison and The Legal Team

 

CONTENTS

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

LIST OF CHANGES

 

AGRICULTURAL

Fertilizer, Farm Feeds, Agricultural Remedies and Stock Remedies Act: Regulations: Amendment: Comments invited

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Wine Industry: Continuation of Statutory Measures and Determination of Guideline Prices

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Establishment of statutory measure and determination of a differentiated levy on planted hectares for funding of an integrated area wide fruit fly control programme in specified production areas

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Continuation of statutory measures in respect of milk and other dairy products

Agricultural Product Standards Act: Approved inspection fees for 2026: South African Meat Industry Company

Agricultural Product Standards Act: Fruit Industry: Request for Statutory Measure for funding of area-wide Bactrocera Dorsalis Eradication Programme in specified production areas in Eastern Cape, Western Cape and Northern Cape: Comments invited

 

BUSINESS

Companies Act: Deactivation of Manual Filing Channel for Company and Close Corporation Voluntary Deregistration

 

COMPETITION

Competition Act: Amendment of the scope of the Energy Users Block Exemption

Competition Act: Regulations: Divestiture Recommendation: Comments invited

Competition Act: Block Exemption for Promotion Exports

Competition Act: Guidelines on Minority Shareholder Protections: Correction

Statement on the latest decisions by the Competition Commission

Commission prosecutes eight cargo shipping companies for price-fixing

Commission welcomes Constitutional Court refusal of  Takata SA application for leave to appeal CAC ruling

The procurement of school uniform & learning material guidelines FAQ

 

CONSTRUCTION

Agrément South Africa: Approval of innovative construction products and systems

 

CUSTOMS, EXCISE AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE

International Trade Administration Act: Application for increase in rate of Customs Duty from 10% ad valorem to 15% ad valorem on Medium-density Fibreboard (MDF) classifiable under tariff heading 44.11: Comments invited

International Trade Administration Act: Creation of temporary rebate provision for importation of stainless steel butterfly: Comments invited

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 1 of Schedule No. 1 (No. 1/1/1965)

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 1 of Schedule No. 3 (No. 3/1/760)

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 1 of Schedule No. 4 (No. 4/1/385)

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 3 of Schedule No. 5 (No. 5/3/115)

International Trade Administration Act: Customs Tariff Applications: List 07/2025: Correction

International Trade Administration Act: Initiation of investigation into alleged dumping of Flat-Rolled Products of Iron or Non-Alloy Steel

International Trade Administration Act: Sunset review of anti-dumping duties on ropes and cables

 

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

Electronic Communications Act: International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Roadmap: Comments invited

Electronic Communications Act: Policy Direction to the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa on Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

 

ENVIRONMENTAL

National Environmental Management: Waste Act: National Waste Management Strategy 2026: Comments invited

National Water Act: Regulations: Protection and management of groundwater resources: Comments invited

National Environmental Management: Waste Act: Regulations: Procedure to be followed by persons called upon to apply for a waste management licence

National Water Act: Raw water use chargers for 2026/27 Financial Year

National Water Act: Regulations: Management and control of Government Waterworks and Surrounding state-owned land: Comments invited

 

ENERGY AND PETROLEUM

Electricity Regulation Act: Grid Capacity Allocation Rules

Electricity Act: Electricity licence fees and levies on Piped-Gas and Petroleum Pipeline Industries for 2026/27 Financial Year: Comments invited

 

FINANCE

Financial Intelligence Centre Act: Directive 10 on geographic locations of head office, branch and subsidiaries: Comments invited

Financial Sector Regulation Act: General Finance Laws (Official Benchmarks and Procurement) Amendment Bill: Explanatory summary: Extension of deadline for comments

General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill: Draft

Revenue Laws Amendment Act 6 of 2025 (English / Afrikaans) Act 6 of 2025

Public Finance Management Act Rate Of Interest On Government Loans From 1 January 2026

Financial Markets Act: JSE Interest Rate and Currency Derivatives Rules: Central Securities Depository (CSD) Naming Convention: Approved amendments

Financial Markets Act: JSE Debt and Specialist Securities Listing Requirements: Central Securities Depository (CSD) Naming Convention: Approved amendments=

Public Finance Management Act: Exemption: Durban container terminal pier 2 – special

 

HEALTH AND SAFETY

Firearms Control Act: Notice: Representations invited

 

LABOUR

Labour Relations Act: Bargaining Council for the Motor Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Main Collective Agreement

Labour Relations Act: National Bargaining Council for the Chemical Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Pharmaceutical Sector Collective Agreement: Representations invited

Labour Relations Act: Building Bargaining Council, North and West Boland: Extension of Main Amending Collective Agreement to non-parties

Labour Relations Act: Application for variation of registered scope of Statutory Council for the Squid and Other Fisheries of South Africa

Labour Relations Act: Motor Industry Bargaining Council: Extension to non-parties of the Administrative Collective Agreement

Labour Relations Act: National Bargaining Council for the Chemical Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Glass Sector Collective Agreement

Labour Relations Act: National Bargaining Council for the Chemical Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Petroleum Sector Collective Agreement

National Minimum Wage Act: Investigation into National Minimum Wage: Comments invited

 

LEGAL

Rules Board for Courts of Law Act: Rules: Conduct of proceedings of the Magistrates’ Courts of South Africa: Amendment

Rules Board for Courts of Law Act: Rules: Conduct of proceedings of the Provincial and Local Divisions of the High Court of South Africa: Amendment (English / Afrikaans)

Legal Practice Act: 2026 fees

 

PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

Public Procurement Amendment Bill: Explanatory summary: Comments invited

 

MEDICAL

Pharmacy Act: Bachelor of Pharmacy: Integrated Curriculum Outline

Pharmacy Act: Rules and guidelines relating to services for which pharmacists may levy a fee

Health Professions Act: Rules relating to fees payable to council

 

STANDARDS

Standards Act: Standards matters: Comments invited

Standards Act: Standards matters: Comments invited

 

TRANSPORTATION

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Construction and Equipment of Fishing Vessels of 24 metres in length and over: Comments invited

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Fisher Labour Welfare: Comments Invited

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Radio Installations

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Construction and Equipment of Fishing Vessels of less than 24 metres in length and equal to or more than 25 GT: Comments invited

National Road Traffic Act: Registration of Vehicle Testing Station: EL PVTS as Grade A Vehicle Testing Station

Road Carrier Permits

 

ANTI-BRIBERY AND CORRUPTION ARTICLES

Jooste associate jailed for Steinhoff fraud

 

ADVERTISING ARTICLES

MSC Cruises faces complaint over ‘misleading R1 promotional offer’

 

COMPETITION ARTICLES

Masedi Tlhong: Competition Law Exemptions Offer A Lifeline To SA’s Ferrochrome Industry

 

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE CASES

Tholo Energy Services CC v Commissioner SARS

 

FINANCE ARTICLES

Trust tax deadline: Penalties for late filers

Strengthening the Financial Intelligence Centre: New lifestyle audit powers unveiled

Publication For Comment: Draft General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering And Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2025

 

LABOUR ARTICLES

New parental leave ruling redefines family roles in male-dominated industries

 

PROCUREMENT ARTICLES

Process to be followed following the receipt of public comments on the draft Bill

 

AGRICULTURAL

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

FERTILIZER, FARM FEEDS, AGRICULTURAL REMEDIES AND STOCK REMEDIES ACT:

 

Regulations: Amendment: Comments invited

 

G 53956 GoN 6998

 

– Comment by 16 Feb 2026

 

16 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Animal Feed Manufacturers (High Impact)

 

These regulations directly govern all aspects of manufacturing, composition, packaging, hygiene, quality systems, and labelling of:

  • Livestock feed manufacturers
  • Poultry feed manufacturers
  • Swine feed manufacturers
  • Ruminant feed producers (dairy, beef, sheep, goats, game)
  • Aquaculture feed manufacturers
  • Horse feed manufacturers
  • Exotic animal feed producers (ostrich, crocodile, zoological feeds)

 

Manufacturers must comply with strict HACCP/GMP, facility, hygiene, equipment, and quality‑control rules.

 

2. Pet Food Manufacturers (High Impact)

 

Producers of:

  • Complete pet foods (dogs, cats)
  • Complementary pet foods (treats, mixers, chewables)
  • Supplement pet foods

 

Must comply with detailed nutritional adequacy, labelling, ingredient, shelf‑life, and scientific substantiation requirements.

 

3. Importers & Exporters of Animal Feeds (High Impact)

 

Any organisation importing or exporting:

  • Farm feeds
  • Raw feed materials
  • Feed additives
  • Pet food
  • Medicated feed
  • Feed ingredients

 

Must comply with port‑of‑entry restrictions, labelling, registration, import permits, and conformity with local compositions and safety standards.

 

4. Raw Material & Ingredient Suppliers

 

Suppliers of:

  • Cereal grains
  • Plant proteins (soya, sunflower, canola meal etc.)
  • Animal proteins (fishmeal, poultry meal, by‑products)
  • Oils & fats
  • Roughage products
  • Vitamins & minerals
  • Feed additives (technological, sensory, nutritional, zootechnical)

 

Are affected through composition, contamination limits, registration, restricted‑substance controls, and mandatory quality specifications.

 

5. Feed Additive Manufacturers & Suppliers

 

Producers and sellers of:

  • Enzymes
  • Probiotics, prebiotics
  • Vitamins & mineral premixes
  • Amino acids
  • Antioxidants
  • Stabilizers, emulsifiers
  • Mycotoxin binders

 

Must register products, comply with additive class definitions, and meet safety/tolerance limits.

 

6. Premixture Manufacturers

 

Producers of:

  • Vitamin/mineral premixes
  • Additive premixes for commercial feed mills

 

Must maintain reference samples, quality control, and registration for each premix

 

 

SUMMARY

 

The Department of Agriculture, Land Reform and Rural Development has proposed a full overhaul of South Africa’s regulations governing farm feeds, raw materials, feed additives, pet foods, and associated manufacturing processes under the Fertilizers, Farm Feeds, Agricultural Remedies and Stock Remedies Act, 1947.

 

These new regulations significantly expand, modernise, and tighten controls across the entire animal feed and pet food supply chain, from ingredients and formulation to manufacturing, importation, labelling, safety management, sampling, quality control, and marketing.

 

1. Modernised Regulatory Framework

 

The regulations introduce a comprehensive, updated system for the registration, approval, labelling, advertising, manufacture, storage, and sale of all animal feeds and pet foods.

This includes:

  • Clear definitions for all feed categories, ingredients, additives, and nutritional terms.
  • A strengthened registration regime with strict documentation, testing, and professional verification requirements (animal scientists, veterinarians, pharmacists).
  • Three‑year renewable registration periods tied to quality and compliance standards.

 

2. Stronger Quality, Safety & Manufacturing Standards

 

The regulations impose extensive quality control and safety requirements, including:

  • Mandatory GMP (Good Manufacturing Practices) for livestock feed manufacturers.
  • Mandatory HACCP food‑safety systems for pet food manufacturers.
  • Detailed requirements for facility design, hygiene, pest control, ventilation, drainage, equipment calibration, and contamination prevention.
  • Obligatory traceability systems, batch identification, and full documentation for at least five years.
  • Companies must maintain robust recall procedures, capable of responding within four hours.

 

These requirements align South African feed production with international food‑safety standards.

 

3. Updated Labelling & Packaging Requirements

 

All livestock feed, pet food, raw materials, supplements, and additives must comply with strict new labelling rules, including:

  • ingredient lists,
  • guaranteed analyses,
  • nutrient minimums/maximums,
  • batch numbers & shelf‑life dates,
  • GMO declarations,
  • feeding instructions based on energy requirements,
  • warnings for hazardous ingredients (e.g., NPN/urea),
  • substantiation for claims (e.g., “natural,” “premium,” meat content %, health claims).

 

Pet food receives particularly detailed attention, including graphic/pictorial rules, nutrient tables, and substantiation for veterinary or functional claims.

 

4. Stricter Ingredient & Additive Controls

 

The regulations create a stronger framework for:

 

Permitted Raw Materials & Additives

  • All raw materials, additives, and ingredients must meet defined specifications.
  • Additives are classified into technological, sensory, nutritional, and zootechnical categories.

 

 Prohibited Ingredients

 

A detailed list bans certain materials such as:

  • faeces, urine, untreated poultry litter,
  • mammalian protein in ruminant feeds,
  • xylitol (pet foods),
  • untreated waste,
  • specific toxins and contaminants.

 

Undesirable Substances

 

Maximum allowable levels are set for:

  • heavy metals,
  • mycotoxins,
  • pesticides,
  • dioxins/PCBs,
  • harmful plant toxins,
  • microbiological contaminants.

 

Restricted substances may only be used with Registrar approval, following risk assessments.

 

5. Regulation of Imports & Advertising

 

Imports

  • Feed imports are restricted to approved ports of entry.
  • Imported feeds must bear the same labelling as locally produced products.

 

Advertising Controls

  • Only registered feeds may be advertised.
  • Advertisements must not be misleading or therapeutic in nature.
  • Government endorsements are prohibited unless verified.

 

6. Inspection, Sampling & Analysis

 

The regulations provide detailed procedures for:

  • Annual inspections of manufacturing sites.
  • Random sampling protocols for both packaged and bulk feeds.
  • Laboratory analysis must be performed by SANAS‑ or ILAC‑accredited laboratories.
  • Defined acceptable ranges for analytical variation in nutrients and additives.

 

7. Species‑Specific & Product‑Specific Standards

 

The regulations contain extensive nutrient requirement tables for:

  • Dairy, beef, sheep, goats, game, poultry, pigs, horses, crocodiles, fish
  • Pet animals: dogs & cats (adult, puppy/kitten, reproduction)

 

The tables specify:

  • minimum/maximum nutrient levels,
  • energy standards,
  • amino acid profiles,
  • mineral and vitamin requirements.

 

These standards ensure consistency and nutritional adequacy in all registered feeds and pet foods.

 

8. Transitional & Administrative Provisions

  • Previous regulations (2006 & 2010 versions) are repealed.
  • The new regulations come into effect six months after publication, except Regulation 19 on undesirable substances, which is effective immediately.

 

Overall Significance

 

These amended regulations represent the most comprehensive reform to South Africa’s feed and pet food regulatory system in decades, aiming to:

  • modernise feed quality and safety standards,
  • align with international norms (HACCP, GMP, ISO),
  • strengthen consumer and animal safety,
  • enhance traceability and accountability,
  • regulate ingredients and contaminants more strictly,
  • ensure scientific validation of nutrition and claims.

 

They impose substantial new obligations on manufacturers, importers, raw material suppliers, laboratories, and retailers, while improving protection for consumers, animals, and the agricultural sector.

 

 

EXPLAINED AND UNPACKED

 

NOTICE (Introductory Text)

The Minister of Agriculture invites public comment on proposed amendments to the Farm Feeds Regulations under Act 36 of 1947. Submissions must be made within 30 days.

 

DETAILED REGULATION SUMMARY

 

Definitions

 

Extensive definitions for all components of the farm feed and pet food regulatory system including:

  • feed types (complete, complementary, supplementary, concentrate),
  • ingredients, additives, raw materials,
  • manufacturing terms (batch, GMP, HACCP),
  • pet food terms,
  • undesirable substances, restricted substances,
  • professional roles (animal scientist, vet, pharmacist).

 

These definitions underpin all regulatory requirements.

 

PART I — Registrations

(Applications, approvals, amendments)

 

 Section 2 — Application for Registration or Amendment

 

Sets out what must be included in applications:

  • forms, labels, packaging, composition, analysis certificates,
  • sign‑off by recognised professionals,
  • samples,
  • manufacturing facility compliance (GMP, HACCP, ISO),
  • daughter registrations and administrative amendments,
  • procedures for changes in company ownership.

 

Section 3 — Approval of Registration

 

Registrar must approve if:

  • feed is safe, effective, compliant,
  • ingredients are permitted,
  • facility is suitable,
  • label and packaging meet requirements.

 

Section 4–5 — Refusal & Corrections

Registrar may refuse registration for non‑compliance and gives applicants 30 days to correct deficiencies.

 

PART II — Registration Validity and Renewal

 

Section 6–7 — Validity and Renewal Process

  • Registration valid until 31 March of a 3‑year cycle.
  • Renewal requires proof of payment, up‑to‑date labels/samples, analysis, and compliance proof.
  • Late renewal allowed within 30 days with penalties.

 

Section 8 — Conditions of Registration

 

Feed composition must remain within the allowable analytical deviation (Table 13).
Label may not change without approval.

 

Section 9 — Return of Certificate

 

Registration certificates must be returned when:

  • cancelled,
  • lapsed,
  • transferred to another holder.

 

PART III — Labelling and Containers

 

Sections 10–12 — Containers & General Labelling

 

Animal feeds and pet foods must include:

  • trade name;
  • registration number;
  • feed type/class;
  • ingredients and guaranteed analysis;
  • nutrient minimum/maximum requirements;
  • warnings, batch number, shelf‑life date;
  • address of registration holder/manufacturer;
  • GMO declarations.

 

Special rules apply for:

  • NPN feeds,
  • medicated feeds,
  • additives and stock remedies.

 

Pet Food Labelling Requirements

 

Pet food labels must include:

  • feeding guidelines based on metabolizable energy,
  • nutrient guarantees, ingredient declarations,
  • claim substantiation (premium, “with meat”, “natural”, urinary health claims),
  • strict graphics/pictorial rules,
  • shelf‑life evidence for wet, semi‑moist, and raw pet food.

 

PART IV — Imports

 

Only legal commercial ports may be used.

Imported feeds must meet all local labelling requirements.

Registrar may approve imports via alternative ports under special conditions.

 

PART V — Advertising

 

Sections 14–15

  • Only registered feeds may be advertised.
  • Advertisements must align with approved label data.
  • Prohibits misleading or therapeutic claims.
  • Must include registration number, registered name, and caution to read the label.

 

PART VI — Manufacturing Establishments

 

Sections 16–17 & Extended Requirements (Pages ~24–41)

 

Very detailed rules covering:

  • Site & facility design: hygiene, drainage, ventilation, lighting, pest control.
  • Equipment standards: calibration, maintenance, contamination prevention.
  • Personnel hygiene: training, protective clothing, health controls.
  • Production controls: mixing accuracy, homogeneity testing, cross‑contamination control.
  • Quality control systems: QC plan, sampling, HACCP, GMP.
  • Raw material management: vendor assurance, specifications, hazard control.
  • Storage and transport: segregation, traceability, temperature control.
  • Traceability and recall systems: 5‑year documentation, 4‑hour recall capability.
  • Internal audits and corrective actions.

 

PART VII — Restricted & Undesirable Substances

 

Section 19–20

  • Sets maximum allowable levels for undesirable substances (see Annexure 1).
  • Some substances require Registrar permission for restricted use.
  • Requirements for medicinal substances added to animal feeds.
  • Mandatory reporting of risks or non‑compliance.

 

PART VIII — Inspections

 

Sections 21–23

  • Annual inspections by delegated officers.
  • Random sampling and verification of CCPs, hygiene, storage and manufacturing records.
  • Sampling methodology for both packaged and bulk feeds.
  • Laboratory analysis must be done by SANAS/ILAC‑accredited labs.

 

PART IX — Requirements for Animal Feeds

 

Section 25–33

 

Regulations for:

  • registration criteria,
  • urea/NPN limitations,
  • prohibited ingredients (Table 1),
  • nutrient requirements per species and life stage (Table 2),
  • requirements for raw materials, additives, premixtures, custom mixes,
  • detailed requirements for complete feeds, pet foods, complementary foods, and supplements (Tables 3–12).

 

PART X — Invoices

Section 34

 

Invoices for non‑packaged feeds must include:

  • seller and buyer details,
  • date, quantity,
  • all label information.

 

Copies must be kept for 2 years.

 

PART XI — General

 

Section 35–37

  • Non‑compliance is an offence with penalties under Act 36 of 1947.
  • Fees and postage are the applicant’s responsibility.
  • Submission addresses for all regulatory documents provided.

 

PART XII — Appeals

 

Sections 38–39

Outlines the appeal process for decisions made by the Registrar, including affidavit requirements, timelines, and submission addresses.

 

Amendment & Repeal (Section 40)

 

Repeals earlier regulations from 2006, 2010, 2010 (R.70 and R.552), and 2010 (R.789) and undesirable substance regulations (R.70 of 2010).

 

Short Title & Commencement (Section 41)

 

Regulations called Regulations Relating to Farm Feeds, 2025.”
They come into effect 6 months after publication (except Regulation 19, which is effective immediately).

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Fertilizer, Farm Feeds, Agricultural Remedies and Stock Remedies Act: Regulations: Amendment: Comments invited

G 53956 GoN 6998

– Comment by 16 Feb 2026

16 January 2026

 

53956gon6998.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 16 February 2026

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS ACT

 

Wine Industry: Continuation of Statutory Measures and Determination of Guideline Prices

 

G 53901 GeN 3714

 

24 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

Overall Purpose

 

This Government Gazette notice formally extends the existing statutory measures (levies) on the South African wine industry

 

This notice continues existing levies and regulations for South Africa’s wine industry under the Marketing of Agricultural Products Act for another four-year period (1 January 2026 to 31 December 2029).

 

It means:

 

  • Statutory measures (e.g., levies on wine grapes or sales) remain in force to fund industry activities — like research, transformation, promotion, and quality assurance.

 

  • Guideline prices are set as reference prices to help ensure fair transactions between producers and buyers.

 

  • Continuation whilst there have been adjustments to levies and prices, there have been no major new changes — just extension of current rules, so wineries and grape growers must keep complying as before.

 

 

 

IN A NUTSHELL

 

Area AffectedRequirementObligationsPersons Affected
 

Registration with Industry Body

 

Mandatory registration with the appointed administrator (e.g., SA Wine Industry Information & Systems – SAWIS) to be part of the statutory measure system.

 

1. Initial Registration:Submit required details (business, vineyard hectarage, production capacity) to the industry body.
2. Maintain Registration:Keep registration details current (e.g., notify of changes in ownership, hectarage, or operational status).
3. Provide Access: Allow for verification of registered information.

 

 

 

All commercial wine grape producers, wineries, and processors who are obligated under the Act.

 

Wine Industry Statutory Measures (Levy Payment)

 

Continuation of existing statutory measures (levies).

 

1. Calculate & Pay Levies:Determine levy based on registered production volume, sales value, or hectareage and pay to the industry body.
2. Submit Declarations:Provide accurate production/sales data linked to registration.
3. Maintain Records: Keep verifiable records for audit.
4. Meet Deadlines: Adhere to payment and submission timelines.

 

All registered wine producers.

 

Wine Industry Guideline Prices

 

Determination and publication of guideline prices.

 

1. Apply in Transactions:Use published prices as a reference in sales agreements.
2. Use for Calculations:Apply guideline prices where required for computing levies or other obligations.
3. Adhere to Rules: Follow industry mechanisms governed by these prices.

 

Registered wine grape producers, wineries, buyers, and processors involved in trade.

Key Link Between Registration and Other Obligations:

 

·       Registration is the gateway. You cannot fulfill levy payment or declaration obligations correctly without being registered, as your unique identifier links all your data and payments.

·       Levy Calculation depends on data tied to your registered entity (e.g., your registered vineyard area or cellar capacity).

·       Enforcement of measures is applied to registered persons.

 

In essence: Notice 3714 of 2025 continues a system where Registration → Declaration → Levy Payment is the standard compliance chain for affected persons.

 

SUMMARY BY SECTION/REGULATION

 

1.     Continuation of Statutory Measures (Sections 2-4)

 

·       Legal Basis: Done under the Marketing of Agricultural Products Act (1996).

 

·       Key Action: The existing statutory measures, first implemented in 2020, are continued for four more years (1 Jan 2026 – 31 Dec 2029).

 

·       Administrating Body: VinPro is confirmed as the designated industry trust responsible for collecting and administering these levies on behalf of the wine industry.

 

·       Objective: To fund essential generic (non-brand-specific) services for the sector, including:

 

o   Research & Viticulture: Technical and viticultural support.

o   Transformation: Promoting equity and development within the industry.

o   Information & Statistics: Market analysis, data collection, and dissemination.

o   Communication & Promotion: Generic marketing and communication activities.

 

2. Determination of Guideline Prices for 2026 (Section 5 & Schedule)

 

This is the annual price-setting mechanism used as a basis for calculating levies.

 

·       Purpose: The “guideline price” is a maximum price per ton used to calculate the levy amount payable by producers.

 

·       For the 2026 Harvest: The Minister of Agriculture sets the following maximum guideline prices:

 

o   Wine Grapes: R 9,800 per ton

o   Grape Juice for Wine: R 7,500 per kilolitre

 

·       Levy Calculation: The actual levy is a percentage of this guideline price. The specific percentages for different funds (e.g., Transformation, Research) are set in separate VinPro schedules.

 

3. Financial Administration and Reporting (Sections 6-8)

 

·       VinPro’s Duties: VinPro must:

 

o   Open and maintain separate, audited bank accounts for the levy funds.

 

o   Keep detailed records and prepare annual financial statements.

 

o   Submit an Annual Report to the Minister and the Statutory Measure Committee, including audited financials and a detailed implementation report.

 

·       Audit & Access: VinPro’s records are subject to audit by the Director-General of Agriculture, and the Minister can demand additional information at any time.

 

4. Obligations and Penalties (Sections 9-12)

 

·       Who Pays: The levies are payable by producers (wine grape growers) and processors(winemakers/cellars who buy grapes or juice).

 

·       Collection Point: Processors/cellars must deduct the levy from payments to grape growers and are responsible for remitting both their own and the collected levies to VinPro.

 

·       Penalties for Non-Compliance: Failure to pay levies, submit returns, or grant access to records is an offense. Upon conviction, a person can be fined or imprisoned for up to two years.

 

5. Schedule of Guideline Prices

·       This tabular schedule formally lists the determined maximum prices for 2026:

 

o   Wine grapes: R 9,800/ton

o   Grape juice for wine: R 7,500/kilolitre

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

 

1.     Continuity: The wine industry’s self-funding model for generic services is extended for another 4-year term.

 

2.     Financial Certainty for 2026: The maximum levy base prices for the upcoming harvest are set at R 9,800/ton for grapes and R 7,500/kL for juice.

 

3.     Mandatory System: Payment of the levies is a legal obligation for all registered role players, with serious penalties for non-compliance.

 

 

4.     Oversight: While administered by industry body VinPro, the system is subject to strict government oversight and reporting requirements.

 

WHAT YOU MUST DO TO COMPLY

 

If you’re in the wine industry (producer, processor, exporter):

 

1.     Register and Pay prescribed levies — Register with the SAWIs and check the latest levy rates per ton of grapes or per litre of wine.

 

2.     Use guideline prices as a benchmark in sales contracts — though not legally binding, they inform fair pricing.

 

3.     Keep records of sales, levy payments, and transactions for audits by the Wine Industry Trust or relevant authority.

 

4.     Submit required information (e.g., crop estimates, sales data) to the industry bodies as specified.

 

5.     Stay updated — any future amendments to statutory measures will be gazetted; monitor industry communications.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

GRAPE, WINE AND BRANDY INDUSTRY

 

1. Wine Producers

  • Any person or business that crushes grapes to produce wine.
  • They are subject to registration, returns, and payment of levies (research, development, information, and brandy levy if applicable).

 

2. Wine Traders

  • Businesses that purchase grapes, wine, or wine spirit in bulk from wine producers.
  • They must register, keep records, and pay levies on grapes, grape juice concentrate, and wine acquired.

 

3. Grape Producers

  • Farmers growing grapes intended for wine production.
  • They must register and render returns.

 

4. Bottlers

  • Companies providing bottling, blending, filtering, labeling, and storage services for wine producers or traders.
  • They must register and submit returns.

 

5. Wine Exporters

  • Businesses exporting drinking wine from South Africa.
  • They are subject to the export levy and registration requirements.

 

6. Brandy Producers

  • Entities producing brandy from distilling wine or wine spirit.
  • They pay the brandy levy and comply with registration and returns requirements.

 

7. S A Wine Industry Information and Systems NPC

  • Responsible for administering registration, returns, and collecting levies.

 

8. South Africa Wine NPC

  • Administers research, development, information, export, and brandy levies.

 

9. Related Service Providers

  • Logistics companies handling wine exports.
  • Compliance consultants assisting with statutory requirements.
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, LAND REFORM AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT

NOTICE 3714 OF 2025

MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS ACT, 1996 (ACT No. 47 OF 1996)

WINE INDUSTRY: CONTINUATION OF STATUTORY MEASURES AND DETERMINATION OF GUIDELINE PRICES

 

I, John Henry Steenhuisen, Minister of Agriculture, acting under sections 13, 15, 18 and 19 of the Marketing of Agricultural Products Act, 1996 (Act No. 47 of 1996), as amended, hereby –

 

(a) amend the statutory measures published by Government Notice No. R. 11599 of 30 June 2023 by the replacement with the content in this Schedule;

 

(b) determine that the said amendments shall come into operation on 1 January 2026; and

 

(c) determine that the guideline price for –

 

(i) grapes intended for the production of wine shall be R6 965.00 per ton;

 

(ii) grape juice concentrate intended for use in wine shall be 833.94 cents per litre at 17.4 degrees Balling;

 

(iii) drinking wine shall be 818.95 cents per litre;

 

(iv) distilling wine and wine spirit shall be 254.50 cents per litre at 10 per cent alcohol by volume; and

 

(v) export wine shall be 818.95 cents per litre.

 

SCHEDULE

Definitions

 

1. In this Schedule any word or expression to which a meaning has been assigned in the Act shall have that meaning, and unless the context indicates otherwise:

 

“bottler” means any person who renders services in respect of bottling, stabilising, blending, filtering, labelling or storage on behalf of wine producers or wine traders, but is not registered as such;

 

“brandy levy” means the statutory measure referred to in clause 9;

 

“certified” means granted authorization in terms of a scheme for the use of particular referred to in section 11(3)(a) of the Liquor Products Act, 1989 (Act No. 60 of 1989);

 

“Department” means the Department of Agriculture;

 

“drinking wine” includes grape juice used in the production of drinking wine, wine spirit added to drinking wine for fortification or other purposes, wine used in the production of other alcoholic products, low alcohol wine, de-alcoholised wine and alcohol-free wine;

 

“export levy” means the statutory measure referred to in clause 8;

 

“export wine” means drinking wine exported from the Republic of South Africa;

 

“grapes” means grapes intended for the production of drinking wine, industrial or distilling wine;

 

“grape juice” means grape juice and grape juice concentrate intended for use in drinking wine or other alcoholic products;

 

“grape producer” means any producer of grapes intended for the production of drinking wine, industrial or distilling wine;

 

“in bulk” means a container of more than five litres;

 

“industrial wine” is wine not incorporated or transformed into other alcoholic beverages, such as wine used for vinegar, food, medical products, hand sanitizers, food sauces and household and vehicle cleaning products;

 

“registration measure” means the statutory measure referred to in clause 5;

 

“research, development and information levy” means the statutory measure referred to in clause 7;

 

“returns measure” means the statutory measure referred to in clause 6;

 

“SA Wine” means South Africa Wine NPC, a non-profit company in terms of the Companies Act, 2008 (Act No. 71 of 2008);

 

“SAWIS” means the S A Wine Industry Information and Systems NPC, a non-profit company in terms of the Companies Act, 2008 (Act No. 71 of 2008);

 

“statutory measure” means –

(a) brandy levy;

 

(b) export levy;

 

(c) registration measure;

 

(d) research, development and information levy; and

 

(e) returns measure

 

“the Act” means the Marketing of Agricultural Products Act, 1996 (Act No. 47 of 1996), as amended;

 

“uncertified” means not granted authorization in terms of a scheme for the use of particulars referred to in section 11(3)(a) of the Liquor Products Act, 1989 (Act No. 60 of 1989);

 

“vines” means vines intended for the production of grapes;

 

“wine exporter” means any person who exports drinking wine who is not registered as a wine producer or wine trader;

 

“wine producer” means any person who crushes grapes and who is not registered as a wine trader;

 

“wine spirit” means any spirit derived from wine, wine lees or husks; and

 

“wine trader” means any person not registered as a wine producer who purchases or otherwise acquires -(a) grapes; or(b) drinking wine, industrial wine, distilling wine or wine spirit, in bulk from a wine producer.

 

2. Purpose and aims of amendment and continuation of statutory measures and the relation thereof to the objectives of the Act

 

(1) (a) The purpose and aims of the registration statutory measure are to compel the parties set out herein to register with SAWIS. Registration is necessary to assist SAWIS in ensuring that continuous, timeous and accurate information relating to the products defined, is available to all role players. Market information is deemed essential for all role players in order for them to make informed decisions. By combining compulsory registration with the keeping of information and the rendering of returns on an individual basis, market information for the whole of the industry can be processed and disseminated and will form the basis for the collection of statutory levies.

 

(b) The continuation of the registration statutory measure will assist in promoting the efficiency of the marketing of wine products. The viability of the wine industry will, thus, be enhanced. The registration statutory measure will not be detrimental to the number of employment opportunities or fair labour practice.

 

(c) The registration statutory measure will be administered by SAWIS. SAWIS will continue to implement and administer the registration statutory measure as set out in this Schedule.

 

(2) (a) The purpose and aims of the returns statutory measure is to compel the parties set out herein to keep records and render returns to SAWIS. This is necessary to ensure that continuous, timeous and accurate information relating to the products defined, is available to all role players. Market information is deemed essential for all role players in order for them to make informed decisions. By prescribing the keeping of records with the rendering of returns on an individual basis, market information for the whole of the industry can be processed and disseminated.

 

(b) The continuation of the returns statutory measure will assist in promoting the efficiency of the marketing of wine products. The viability of the wine industry will, thus, be enhanced. The returns statutory measure will not be detrimental to the number of employment opportunities or fair labour practice. Any information obtained will be dealt with in a confidential manner and no sensitive or potentially sensitive client-specific information will be made available to any party without the prior approval of the party whose rights are affected.

 

(c) The returns statutory measure will be administered by SAWIS. SAWIS will continue to implement and administer the returns measure as set out in the Schedule.

 

(3) (a) The objectives of the research, development and information statutory levy are –

(i) to support the wine industry with expertise, enabling it to be cost effective while producing quality wines and other grape based products through the application of environmentally friendly technologies;

 

(ii) to support the training and education of individuals for the industry

– at all levels in terms of skills, knowledge and insight development

– in order to ensure the practical implementation of the best knowledge and most advanced technologies in viticulture, wine making and other grape based products;

 

(iii) to establish a culture of technological innovation, to ensure the ongoing utilisation of the best technology within the industry, and to facilitate its dissemination to all the sectors of the industry;

 

(iv) to facilitate the development of resource poor and previously disadvantaged producers and to improve their access to the market by making leading edge appropriate technology available to such producers;

 

(v) to establish world leadership in selected niche areas of the wine industry through a network of scientific and technological expertise;

 

(vi) to commission relevant and thoroughly planned research, technology development and technology transfer in the promotion of the industry’s technological capabilities and in the attainment of the other objectives.

 

(vii) to fund the registration of industry role players, and ensure the collection and dissemination of information. These measures are necessary to ensure that continuous, timeous and accurate information relating to various products in the wine industry, is available to all role players in order for them to make informed decisions.

 

(viii) to fund, maintain and further develop an ethical trade system. It will ensure rapid transitioning to a transformed, ethical, just and sustainable environment, which is a key global sourcing requirement to ensure that impacts on workers are positive and developmental rather than negative, contributing to violations, and worker abuse. South Africa’s international markets are having an increased focus on addressing their South African suppliers’ readiness to address the protection of workers and their human rights.

 

The requirement for exported products such as wine to trade ethically and to participate in the monitoring of labour practices, progress made in development indicators such as skills development leading to transformation through leadership and ownership, harms reduction and identification of potential transgressions, has become a global commercial imperative.

 

The successful and continuous implementation of ethical labour best practices that both empowers workers to exercise their labour rights and allows for opportunities to create social dialogue between owners and workers to address disputes and remedy abuses is key to the transformation of wine enterprises into successful and sustainable wine business ventures.

 

(ix) To fund the media and communication function that enables, advocates, and informs stakeholders while building and maintaining the industry’s brand presence locally and globally. The levy will support strategic communication efforts that position South African wine as a world-class product and economic contributor. This includes brand awareness, thought leadership, crisis communication, and stakeholder engagement, all aimed at strengthening the industry’s reputation, fostering a responsible and transformed value chain, and embedding sustainability in all messaging. The focus is on ensuring consistent, aligned, and impactful communication that supports industry priorities and reinforces trust.

 

(x) To fund advocacy and stakeholder engagement, the levy will support the efforts to influence government policies, legislation, and regulatory frameworks that impact the wine and brandy industry. This includes active engagement with national and international authorities to address issues such as excise tax, liquor legislation, harm reduction, and illicit trade. By fostering strong relationships with government departments, state-owned entities, and industry stakeholders, these efforts aim to create an enabling environment that supports market access, industry growth, and long-term sustainability.

 

(xi) to fund strategic wine tourism development and industry collaboration, supporting the efforts to position South Africa as the world’s most authentic and diverse wine tourism destination. This includes initiatives that drive visitor growth, promote provenance, and diversify tourism experiences, all guided by sustainable tourism principles. Also to strengthen industry coordination, support product development, and enhance the capacity of the wine tourism team, ensuring alignment with long-term goals for economic growth, environmental responsibility, and global visibility.

 

(b) The research, development and information levy will not be detrimental to food security, the number of employment opportunities within the economy or to fair labour practice. It is aimed at growing the competitiveness and capacity of the industry concerned.

 

(c) The research, development and information levy will be administered by South Africa Wine NPC. South Africa Wine NPC will continue to implement and administer the research, development and information levy as set out in this Schedule.

 

(d) The research, development and information levy will be collected by SAWIS, who will act on behalf of South Africa Wine NPC in this regard. South Africa Wine NPC is the actual beneficiary of the levy who will utilise it in accordance with their business plan.

 

(4) (a) The objective of the export statutory levy aims at increasing the profit margin for the industry for each focus market. This promotion will enhance the image of South Africa as a quality wine producer and increase opportunities for growth in new markets. It will assist South Africa to remain competitive in the global market place. In addition, it will assist in capacity building among all exporters, in particular SMME’s and BEE’s, and in improving the efficiency of the export process. Furthermore, a portion of the levy is used to fund, the Wineon- Line system, maintaining and further developing the system. The Wine-on-Line system is a free, user friendly, automated export certification process.

 

(b) The export levy will not be detrimental to food security, the number of employment opportunities within the economy or to fair labour practice. It is aimed at growing the competitiveness and capacity of the industry concerned.

 

(c) The export levy will be administered by South Africa Wine NPC. South Africa Wine NPC will continue to implement and administer the export levy as set out in this Schedule.

 

 

(d) The export levy will be collected by SAWIS, who will act on behalf of South Africa Wine NPC in this regard. South Africa Wine NPC is the actual beneficiary of the levy who will utilise it in accordance with their business plan.

 

(5) (a) The objective of the brandy statutory levy, brandy being an integral part of the wine industry, is to contribute in creating a transformed and responsible value chain and focus market. An integrated approach in collaboration with the wine industry will create a larger impact on the entire value chain. This is important to empower new entrants into the category and offer support/mentorship to ensure successful launches.

 

(b) By utilising innovation within the brandy category as well as a strong drive to create relevance to a new consumer base will substantially stimulate the category to ensure market growth and to contribute to the long-term viability and sustainability of the wine and brandy industry as a whole.

 

(c) The brandy levy will not be detrimental to food security, the number of employment opportunities within the economy or to fair labour practice. It is aimed at growing the competitiveness and capacity of the industry concerned.

 

(d) The brandy levy will be administered by South Africa Wine NPC. South Africa Wine NPC will implement and administer the brandy levy as set out in this Schedule.

 

(e) The brandy levy will be collected by SAWIS, who will act on behalf of South Africa Wine NPC in this regard. South Africa Wine NPC is the actual beneficiary of the levy who will utilise it in accordance with their business plan.

 

3. Products to which statutory measures apply

 

(1) The registration statutory measure shall apply to grapes, grape juice, drinking wine, industrial wine, distilling wine and wine spirit.

 

(2) The returns statutory measure shall apply to vines, grapes, grape juice, grape juice concentrate, drinking wine, industrial wine, distilling wine and wine spirit.

 

(3) The brandy statutory levy shall apply to distilling wine and wine spirit.

 

(4) The research, development and information statutory levy shall apply to grapes, grape juice concentrate and drinking wine.

 

(5) The export statutory levy shall apply to export wine.

 

4. Area in which statutory measures shall apply

 

The statutory measures shall apply in the geographical area of the Republic of South Africa.

 

5. Registration statutory measure

 

(1) (a) All bottlers, grape producers, grape juice producers, wine exporters, wine producers and wine traders shall register with SAWIS.

 

(b) A person shall have a choice to register as either a wine producer or wine trader, but not both.

 

(c) A person who is a grape producer as well as a wine producer or wine trader shall register as a grape producer and as a wine producer or wine trader.

 

(d) Application for registration shall –

 

(i) be made within 30 days of becoming a party as contemplated in subclause (1);

 

(ii) be made on the application form obtainable free of charge from SAWIS either in hard copy or electronically, including online access where applicable.

 

(iii) be submitted, when forwarded by post, to –

SAWIS, P.O. Box 238, Paarl, 7620;

 

(iv) when delivered by hand, be delivered to –

SAWIS, Main Road 312, Paarl; and

 

(v) when submitted electronically, be sent to the address and in the format obtainable from SAWIS or done on sawisonline.co.za.

 

6. Returns statutory measure

 

6. (1) All bottlers, grape producers, wine exporters, wine producers and wine traders shall keep such records and render the returns as may be required by SAWIS relating to –

 

(a) vines;

 

(b) grapes; and

 

(c) grape juice, grape juice concentrate, drinking wine, industrial wine, distilling wine and wine spirit produced, received, stored, sold, exported or otherwise utilised.

 

(2) The Department of Agriculture shall render a copy of all export documents required by SAWIS or furnish information required by SAWIS regarding exports within the period specified in subclause (4).

 

(3) The records referred to in subclause (1) shall –

 

(a) be recorded electronically on a computer system or manually in ink in a record book; and

 

(b) be kept at the registered premises of the person required to keep it for a period of at least three years.

 

(4) The returns referred to in subclause (1) shall be rendered on forms obtainable free of charge from SAWIS, either in physical or electronic format (including online access where applicable), within 15 days after the end of each calendar month and shall –

 

(a) be submitted, when forwarded by post, to –

SAWIS, P.O. Box 238, Paarl, 7620;

 

(b) when delivered by hand, be delivered to –

SAWIS, Main Road 312, Paarl; and

 

(c) when submitted electronically, be sent to the address and in the format obtainable from SAWIS or done on sawisonline.co.za.

  

7. Research, development and information statutory levy

 

7. (1) A research, development and information levy is hereby continued to be imposed on –

 

(a) grapes;

 

(b) grape juice concentrate; and

 

(c) drinking wine.

 

(2) The amount of the research, development and information levy shall –

 

(a) in the case of grapes, be –

 

(i) R70.63 per ton for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026;

 

(ii) R74.13 per ton for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027;

 

(iii) R77.84 per ton for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028; and

 

(iv) R81.69 per ton for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029.

 

(b) in the case of grape juice concentrate, be –

 

(i) 10.09 cent per litre at 17,4 degrees Balling for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026;

 

(ii) 10.59 cent per litre at 17,4 degrees Balling for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027;

 

(iii) 11.12 cent per litre at 17,4 degrees Balling for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028; and

 

(iv) 11.67 cent per litre at 17,4 degrees Balling for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029.

 

(c) in the case of drinking wine, be –

 

(i) 10.09 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026;

 

(ii) 10.59 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027;

 

(iii) 11.12 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028; and

 

(iv) 11.67 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029.

 

(3) The research, development and information levy shall –

 

(a) be payable by a wine producer in respect of drinking wine packaged in containers of 5 litres or less; and

 

(b) be payable by a wine trader in respect of –

 

(i) grapes;

 

(ii) grape juice concentrate in containers of more than 5 litres, acquired from a wine producer; and

 

(iii) drinking wine in containers of more than 5 litres, acquired from a wine producer.

 

 

(4) The research, development and information levy shall be payable to SAWIS, acting on behalf of South Africa Wine NPC, in accordance with subclause (5).

 

(5) (a) Payment of the research, development and information levy shall be made not later than sixty days following the month of delivery of a quantity of grapes, grape juice concentrate or drinking wine, sold, purchased or otherwise acquired.

 

(b) Payment shall be made by means of an electronic transfer to the bank account obtainable from SAWIS.

 

8.Export statutory levy

 

(1) A wine export generic promotion levy is hereby continued to be imposed on export wine.

 

(2) The amount of the wine export generic promotion levy shall –

 

(a) in the case of certified bulk export wine, be –

 

(i) 17.94 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026, of which 0.75 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system;

 

(ii) 19.28 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027, of which 0.79 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system;

 

(iii) 20.71 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028, of which 0.83 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system; and

 

(iv) 22.25 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029, of which 0.87 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system.

 

(b) in the case of certified packaged export wine, be –

 

(i) 21.05 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026, of which 0.75 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system;

 

(ii) 22.11 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027, of which 0.79 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system;

 

(iii) 23.22 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028, of which 0.83 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system; and

 

(iv) 24.38 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029, of which 0.87 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system.

 

(c) in the case of uncertified export wine, be –

 

(i) 17.18 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026, of which 0.75 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system;

 

(ii) 18.57 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027, of which 0.79 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system;

 

(iii) 20.07 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028, of which 0.83 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system; and

 

 

(iv) 21.69 cent per litre for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029, of which 0.87 cent per litre shall be used to fund, maintain and further develop the Wine-on-Line system.

 

(3) The wine export generic promotion levy shall be paid by the exporter.

 

(4) The wine export generic promotion levy shall be payable to SAWIS, acting on behalf of South Africa Wine NPC, in accordance with subclause (5).

 

(5) (a) Payment of the wine export generic promotion levy shall be made not later than 60 days following the month of export.

 

(b) Payment shall be made by means of an electronic transfer to the bank account obtainable from SAWIS.

 

(6) South Africa Wine NPC may, in accordance with criteria determined by it, grant exemption from the payment of the wine export generic promotion levy for a consignment of wine exported if satisfied that such exemption will not frustrate the purpose and aims of this statutory measure.

 

9.Brandy statutory levy

 

(1) A brandy levy is hereby imposed on –

 

(a) distilling wine; and

 

(b) wine spirit.

 

(2) The amount of the brandy levy shall –

 

(a) in the case of distilling wine and wine spirit, be –

 

(i) 3.48 cent per litre at 10 per cent alcohol by volume for the period 1 January 2026 to 31 December 2026;

 

(ii) 3.64 cent per litre at 10 per cent alcohol by volume for the period 1 January 2027 to 31 December 2027;

 

(iii) 3.80 cent per litre at 10 per cent alcohol by volume for the period 1 January 2028 to 31 December 2028; and

 

(iv) 3.97 cent per litre at 10 per cent alcohol by volume for the period 1 January 2029 to 31 December 2029.

 

(3) The brandy levy shall –

 

(a) be payable by a wine producer in respect of –

 

(i) wine spirit packaged in containers of 5 litres or less;

 

(ii) wine spirit sold to another wine producer; and

 

(iii) wine spirit produced by a wine producer and used for fortification of that wine producer’s own drinking wine.

 

(b) be payable by a wine trader in respect of –

 

(i) distilling wine and wine spirit, in containers of more than 5 litres, acquired from a wine producer.

 

(4) The brandy levy shall be payable to SAWIS, acting on behalf of South Africa Wine NPC, in accordance with subclause (5).

 

(5) (a) Payment of the brandy levy shall be made not later than sixty days following the month of delivery of a quantity of distilling wine or wine spirit sold, purchased or otherwise acquired.

 

(b) Payment shall be made by means of an electronic transfer to the bank account obtainable from SAWIS.

 

10. Period of validity

 

The statutory measures shall continue from 1 January 2026 and lapse on 31 December 2029.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Wine Industry: Continuation of Statutory Measures and Determination of Guideline Prices

G 53901 GeN 3714

24 December 2025

 

53901gen3714.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Registration with SAWIS

 

  • Who: Bottlers, grape producers, grape juice producers, wine exporters, wine producers, and wine traders.

 

  • Action:
    • Register with SAWIS within 30 days of becoming a party to the industry.
    • Use SAWIS forms (available physically or online at sawisonline.co.za).
    • Ensure correct classification (wine producer OR wine trader, not both).

 

2. Record-Keeping and Returns

 

  • Who: Bottlers, grape producers, wine exporters, wine producers, wine traders.

 

  • Action:
    • Keep accurate records of vines, grapes, grape juice, wine, and wine spirit.
    • Submit monthly returns to SAWIS within 15 days after month-end.
    • Maintain records for at least 3 years (electronic or manual).

 

3. Levy Payments

 

  • Research, Development & Information Levy:
    • Pay on grapes, grape juice concentrate, and drinking wine.
    • Payment due within 60 days after delivery month.

 

  • Export Levy:
    • Pay on export wine (bulk, packaged, certified/uncertified).
    • Payment due within 60 days after export month.

 

  • Brandy Levy:
    • Pay on distilling wine and wine spirit.
    • Payment due within 60 days after delivery month.

 

  • Action:
    • Calculate levy amounts based on the schedule (2026–2029 rates).
    • Make payments via electronic transfer to SAWIS.

 

4. Compliance with Ethical and Sustainability Requirements

 

  • Prepare for audits and reporting on ethical trade, fair labor practices, and sustainability initiatives.
  • Align operations with transformation and wine tourism development goals.

 

5. Monitor Guideline Prices

 

  • Use the guideline prices for grapes, grape juice concentrate, drinking wine, distilling wine, and export wine as reference for contracts and negotiations.

 

6. Internal Communication & Training

 

  • Inform finance, compliance, and operations teams about new statutory measures.
  • Train staff on record-keeping, levy calculation, and reporting deadlines.

 

7. Engage with SAWIS and South Africa Wine NPC

 

  • Confirm registration status.
  • Obtain banking details for levy payments.
  • Stay updated on any exemptions or changes.

 

 

END

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS ACT

 

Establishment of statutory measure and determination of a differentiated levy on planted hectares for funding of an integrated area wide fruit fly control programme in specified production areas

 

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6973

 

24 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

This is a government gazette notice that establishes a new mandatory levy (a statutory measure) on fruit producers based on their planted hectareage. The money collected from this levy will fund a coordinated, area-wide fruit fly control program in specific fruit production regions of South Africa.

 

In a Nutshell

 

The government is making it compulsory for fruit growers in certain areas to pay a fee per hectare they farm. This pooled money will be used to finance a large-scale, community-driven effort to suppress and manage fruit fly populations, which are a major agricultural pest.

 

Area AffectedRequirementObligationsPersons Affected
 

Specified fruit production areas (likely defined in schedules to the notice).

 

The separate “Request for Statutory Measure” notice mentions the Eastern Cape, Western Cape, and Northern Cape.

 

Pay a mandatory, differentiated levybased on the number of planted hectaresunder fruit cultivation.

 

1. Calculate the levy owed based on the applicable differentiated rate and total planted hectareage.

2. Pay the levy to the designated industry body or authority.

3. Comply with administrative reporting related to the levy calculation (e.g., declaring planted areas).

 

Fruit producers and farmers (likely commercial entities) who cultivate fruit within the specified geographic production areas.

 

The obligation falls on the entity responsible for the farming operations on the levied land.

 

Section-by-Section Summary

 

Authority & Purpose: The notice is issued under the Marketing of Agricultural Products Act. Its primary purpose is to establish a funding mechanism for a regional pest control program.

 

The Measure: It creates a statutory measure, meaning it is a legally enforced levy, not a voluntary fee.

 

Basis of Calculation: The levy is differentiated (likely based on crop type, farm size, or region) and is calculated per planted hectare of fruit production.

 

Use of Funds: All levies collected are to be used exclusively for funding an integrated area-wide fruit fly control programme. This implies a coordinated strategy across farms, rather than individual efforts.

 

Geographic Scope: The levy and program apply only to specified production areas. These areas are likely defined in schedules or maps within the full notice.

 

Administration: The notice would designate a body (likely an industry trust or board) responsible for collecting the levies and managing the control program.

Context from the Executive Summary:

 

In essence: This notice is the legal instrument that compels fruit producers in key regions to financially contribute to a collective battle against fruit flies, aiming to reduce crop damage and improve market access for South African fruit.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

FARMERS

 

  Producers in Specified Production Regions

Any person or entity producing fruit on planted hectares within the defined regions (e.g., Elgin/Grabouw and Vyeboom including Eerstehoop) will be subject to the levy.

 

  Industry Service Entities

Specifically, FruitFly Africa (Pty) Ltd, which is tasked with administering and spending the collected funds on behalf of producers.

 

  Agricultural Businesses Linked to Fruit Production

This includes farms, cooperatives, and companies involved in fruit cultivation in the specified regions.

 

  Nominees Acting on Behalf of Producers

Entities or individuals who manage payments or operations for producers will also have obligations under this measure.

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Establishment of statutory measure and determination of a differentiated levy on planted hectares for funding of an integrated area wide fruit fly control programme in specified production areas

 

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6973

24 December 2025

 

53897rg11922gon6973.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Take note if you operate in Elgin/Grabouw and Vyeboom including Eerstehoop

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS ACT

 

Continuation of statutory measures in respect of milk and other dairy products

 

G 53900 RG 11923 GoN 6980

 

22 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

This is a government notice that extends existing regulatory controls and levies on the milk and dairy products industry. It continues mandatory schemes (statutory measures) that likely involve fees or levies on producers or processors to fund industry-wide functions such as promotion, research, quality control, or administration.

 

In a Nutshell

 

Area AffectedRequirementObligationsPersons Affected
 

Milk & Dairy Products Industry

 

Continuation of existing statutory measures.

 

Compliance with ongoing levy payments, reporting, or other rules as per the continued measures.

 

Dairy farmers, milk processors, dairy product manufacturers, and potentially importers.

 

Industry Administration & Funding

 

Maintenance of collective funding mechanisms for industry functions.

 

Financial contribution via levies; adherence to prescribed quality, marketing, or inspection standards.

 

Entities involved in the production, processing, and first sale of milk and other dairy products.

 

Regulatory Compliance

 

Adherence to the promulgated measures as extended.

 

No new action required to establish the measures, but mandatory ongoing compliance with their terms is reaffirmed.

 

All participants in the dairy supply chain subject to the original statutory measures.

 

Key Takeaway: This is not a new law but a continuation notice. It ensures that existing collective funding and regulatory schemes for the dairy industry remain in force, preventing their expiration. Affected businesses must continue to meet their existing obligations (like paying levies). The “change” is the avoidance of a lapse, not the introduction of new rules.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

AGRICULTURAL SECTOR

 

  Agricultural enterprises (commercial farms, agribusinesses, cooperatives)

  Land reform beneficiaries and related organizations

  Rural development agencies and NGOs

  Food production and processing companies

  Environmental and land management bodies

  Government departments and municipalities involved in land use planning

  Professional associations in agriculture and rural development

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Marketing of Agricultural Products Act: Continuation of statutory measures in respect of milk and other dairy products

G 53900 RG 11923 GoN 6980

22 December 2025

 

53900rg11923gon6980.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Continue Paying Statutory Levies

 

Continue to pay levies on milk and dairy products at the prescribed rates (expressed in cents per kilogram) in effect for 2026, 2027, 2028, and 2029. These levies apply to categories including raw milk, concentrated or sweetened milk, yogurt, butter, and cheese.

 

2. Maintain Registration

 

Milk producers, processors, and buyers are required to register under the Marketing of Agricultural Products Act, ensuring they are formally accounted for in the national dairy industry registry.

 

3. Keep Detailed Records

 

Document monthly volumes for:

  • Raw milk purchased
  • Raw milk produced
  • Milk used in processing
  • Milk exported or transported outside South Africa
  • Other uses (e.g., cream production).

 

4. Submit Monthly Returns

 

Within 15 days of each month’s end, registered parties must submit returns (covering the above volume records) to Milk SA, via approved channels—postal, hand-delivery, or electronically.

 

5. Comply with Guideline Price Regulations

 

In addition to levy payments, organizations must also comply with any established guideline prices or pricing frameworks for dairy products, as stipulated in the statutory measures.

 

END

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCT STANDARDS ACT

 

Approved inspection fees for 2026: South African Meat Industry Company

 

G 53873 GoN 6959

 

19 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

The notice formally publishes the “Approved inspection fees for 2026” for the South African Meat Industry Company (SAMIC).

 

Purpose: To make the revised fee schedule for SAMIC’s inspection services legally binding and publicly known for the 2026 calendar year. This is a routine annual administrative update.

 

In a Nutshell:

 

Area AffectedRequirementObligationsPersons Affected
 

South African Meat Industry (Specifically entities inspected by the South African Meat Industry Company – SAMIC).

 

Pay updated, government-approved fees for official inspection services in 2026.

 

1. SAMIC must charge only the gazetted (approved) fees for its inspection services in 2026.

2. Meat producers, processors, and exporters using SAMIC’s inspection services must pay these updated fees.

 

1. South African Meat Industry Company (SAMIC)– The appointed inspection authority.

2. Meat Producers, Abattoirs, Processors, and Exporters – Entities whose products require official inspection/certification by SAMIC.

 

Key Action: The notice approves and sets the specific fees that SAMIC is authorized to charge for its services. It does not invite comments, as it is a final notice of an approved fee schedule.

 

Implication: All businesses in the meat supply chain that are legally required to use or voluntarily use SAMIC for inspection, certification, or grading services must budget for and pay these new fees starting January 2026. SAMIC must adhere strictly to this published fee structure.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

MEAT INDUSTRY

 

  Abattoirs (High and Low Throughput) – monthly grading service fees.

  Farms – inspections for Quality Indication (QI) and Geographic Indication (GI) marks.

  Feedlots – inspections for QI and GI marks.

  Deboning plants – inspections for QI and GI marks.

  Trade outlets – inspections for QI and GI marks.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Agricultural Product Standards Act: Approved inspection fees for 2026: South African Meat Industry Company

G 53873 GoN 6959

19 December 2025

 

53873-gon6959.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Budget for Approved Inspection Fees

 

  • Ensure your financial planning for 2026 includes the approved fees for inspections and grading services:
    • Abattoir grading services (monthly fees for high and low throughput).
    • QI and GI inspections for farms, feedlots, deboning plants, and trade outlets.
    • Travel and subsistence costs for inspectors (charged per kilometer).

 

2. Schedule Required Inspections

 

  • Arrange inspections with SAMIC (South African Meat Industry Company) for:
    • Meat classification at abattoirs.
    • Quality Indication (QI) and Geographic Indication (GI) marks for relevant facilities.

 

3. Update Internal Compliance Processes

 

  • Make sure your compliance team understands:
    • Which facilities require QI/GI inspections.
    • The frequency and timing of these inspections.
    • How to handle documentation and payment for these services.

 

4. Communicate with SAMIC

 

  • Confirm inspection dates and payment procedures.
  • Ensure your organization is registered and recognized for meat classification and QI/GI compliance.

 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCT STANDARDS ACT: FRUIT INDUSTRY

 

Request for Statutory Measure for funding of area-wide Bactrocera Dorsalis Eradication Programme in specified production areas in Eastern Cape, Western Cape and Northern Cape: Comments invited

 

G 53814 GeN 3681

 

– Comment by 20 Jan 2026

 

12 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

The Department of Agriculture is proposing a new, mandatory levy (a statutory measure) on fruit producers in specific regions. The funds collected will be used to finance a coordinated, area-wide program to eradicate the Oriental fruit fly (Bactrocera dorsalis), a serious agricultural pest, from key fruit production areas in three provinces. Stakeholders, especially affected producers, are invited to submit comments on the proposal by 20 January 2026.

 

In a Nutshell

Area AffectedRequirementObligationsPersons Affected
 

Specified fruit production areas within the Eastern Cape, Western Cape, and Northern Capeprovinces.

 

Implementation of a statutory measure (a compulsory levy) to fund an area-wide eradication program.

 

1. Government/Administrator:To establish the levy, collect funds, and manage the eradication program.

2. Producers: To pay the new levy based on their planted hectares (likely differentiated).

3. All: To comply with the integrated pest control protocols of the program.

 

Fruit producers (farmers, growers) operating within the specified areas of the three provinces.

 

Industry associations, relevant local municipalities, and suppliers to the fruit industry may also be indirectly affected.

 

Section-by-Section Summary

 

Heading & Act: The notice is issued under the Agricultural Product Standards Act, specifically concerning the Fruit Industry.

 

Core Action: It is a Request for a Statutory Measure. This is a legal mechanism that allows for compulsory levies to be imposed on an industry for a defined purpose, such as research, marketing, or, in this case, pest control.

 

Purpose of the Measure: To secure funding for an area-wide Bactrocera dorsalis (Oriental fruit fly) Eradication Programme.

 

Geographic Scope: The programme targets specified production areas within the Eastern Cape, Western Cape, and Northern Cape provinces.

 

Stakeholder Engagement: The notice is an official invitation for comments. This is a public consultation step required before the statutory measure can be formally instituted.

 

 Deadline: Comments must be submitted by 20 January 2026.

 

In essence: This is a regulatory proposal to combat a major pest through a compulsory, industry-funded collective action. If implemented, fruit growers in the listed regions will have a new cost (levy) but stand to benefit from a coordinated eradication effort that individual farms cannot achieve alone.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

AGRICULTURE SECTOR

 

  • Fruit producers (especially table-grape and citrus growers in areas like Hex River Valley, Elgin-Grabouw, Langkloof, Lower-Orange-River, etc.)
  • Packhouses that handle fruit from these regions.
  • Exporters who rely on pest-free certification for international markets.
  • Industry associations and regional structures involved in pest management and compliance.
  • FruitFly Africa (Pty) Ltd and related service providers implementing eradication programs.

 

Essentially, any organization involved in production, packing, or exporting fruit from these specified regions will be impacted because they may be required to pay the per-hectare ad hoc levy when eradication measures are necessary.

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, LAND REFORM AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT

 

NOTICE 3681 OF 2025

 

FRUIT INDUSTRY

 

REQUEST FOR A STATUTORY MEASURE (PER HECTARE AD HOC LEVY) FOR THE FUNDING OF THE AREA-WIDE BACTROCERA DORSALIS ERADICATION PROGRAMME IN SPECIFIED PRODUCTION AREAS IN THE EASTERN-, WESTERN- AND NORTHERN CAPE NAMC REQUESTING COMMENTS FROM INDUSTRY ROLE PLAYERS

 

On 19 November 2025, the Minister of Agriculture received a request from FruitFly Africa (Pty) Ltd, on behalf of the fruit industry, for the continuation of the area based, per hectare ad hoc, statutory levy for the funding of Bactrocera dorsalis (BD) (also known as the Oriental Fruit Fly) programmes in specific production regions for a new four-year period implemented as soon as possible (the current statutory levy will expire by the end of December 2025). This application includes the Lower- Orange-River area (on table-grapes and citrus) a new area where the levy will be introduced for the first time which was previously not part of this ad-hoc producer levy.

 

The Department of Agriculture (DoA) supports the BD control strategy and will continue to co-fund operational expenses of the area-wide Medfly control programme via the Public- Private Partnership arrangement between the DoA and the participating producers via FruitFly Africa (Pty) Ltd (FFA).

 

It is proposed that a maximum levy of R1 367-00/ha per year (excluding VAT) be introduced, for the 1st year of the cycle, in the production regions (indicated below) based on the need for eradication within a specific year subject to the number of hectares to be treated. FFA calculated that between R60 million (2026) and R86 million (2029) will be required to run the eradication programme.

 

These funds will only be levied in areas and in years where eradication measures are required. Should no eradication actions be necessary during a season, no funds will be levied. For regions bigger than 2 500 hectares a pro-rata lower per hectare levy will be applicable.

 

If approved, this will be a separate statutory levy, meaning that the existing statutory levies in the fruit industry (to finance research, information, transformation etc.) will remain unchanged.

 

The Eastern-, Western- and Northern Cape still has an official (from the DOA) pest-free status with regards to BD, and it is therefore vital to put all possible precautionary measures in place to keep these fruit production areas pest-free.

 

The eradication programme will be available in the following production regions, namely:

 

• Hex River Valley;

• De Wet;

• Brandwacht;

• Elgin-Grabouw;

• Hemel & Aarde Valley;

• Vyeboom;

• Warm Bokkeveld (including Hamlet, Eselfontein rd., Onder-Swaarmoed);

• Koue Bokkeveld;

• Agter-Witzenberg;

• Bo-Swaarmoed;

• Wolseley;

• Tulbagh

• Langkloof; and

• Lower-Orange-River (on table-grapes and citrus is a new area where the levy will be introduced for the first time).

 

This mechanism was used with great success during the past four years and enabled FFA and regional structures to eradicate Bactrocera dorsalis in the Hex River valley and Elgin- Grabouw area. The fruit industry is confident that the successful continuation and expansion of this measure as motivated will not only empower regions to differentiate themselves in the international marketing environment, but will substantially enhance their ability to comply with international quarantine requirement in support of the national growth targets based on exports, maintaining and growing jobs and ensure food security in rural areas.

 

The NAMC believes that the proposed statutory levies requested are consistent with the objectives of the MAP Act (as set out in section 2 of the Act).

 

The NAMC believes that the application by FruitFly Africa for the implementation of the proposed statutory levies in the relevant regions is consistent with the objectives of the MAP Act (as set out in section 2 of the Act).

 

Directly affected groups (e.g. producers, packers and exporters) in the fruit industry are kindly requested to submit any comments, in writing, regarding the proposed fruit fly statutory levies, to Mathilda van der Walt (mathildavdw@namc.co.za) on or before 16 January 2026, to enable the NAMC to finalise its recommendation to the Minister in this regard.

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Agricultural Product Standards Act: Fruit Industry: Request for Statutory Measure for funding of area-wide Bactrocera Dorsalis Eradication Programme in specified production areas in Eastern Cape, Western Cape and Northern Cape: Comments invited

 

G 53814 GeN 3681

– Comment by 20 Jan 2026

12 December 2025

 

53814gen3681.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 16 January 2026.

 

BUSINESS

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

COMPANIES ACT:

 

Deactivation of Manual Filing Channel for Company and Close Corporation Voluntary Deregistration

 

G 53814 GoN 6921

 

12 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

All Organizations

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Companies Act: Deactivation of Manual Filing Channel for Company and Close Corporation Voluntary Deregistration

G 53814 GoN 6921

12 December 2025

 

53814gon6921.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Take note of the deactivation of manual filing for voluntary deregistration of companies and Close Corporations.

 

 

COMPETITION

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

COMPETITION ACT:

 

Amendment of the scope of the Energy Users Block Exemption

 

G 53921 RG 11924 GoN 6985

 

05 January 2026

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

This notice announces changes to a Competition Act exemption that currently allows certain energy users (like large industrial companies) to jointly negotiate or cooperate when buying electricity or gas, without automatically violating competition laws.

 

The amendment aims to adjust the scope—potentially widening or narrowing the conditions under which such cooperation is permitted—to better align with current energy market realities and policy goals, such as promoting competitive procurement or ensuring security of supply.

In a nutshell

 

Area AffectedRequirementObligationsPersons Affected
 

Competition Law Compliance

 

The Energy Users Block Exemption is being amended. This exemption currently permits specified collaborative activities between energy users (e.g., joint purchasing negotiations) that would otherwise be prohibited as anti-competitive.

 

Stakeholders must review the amendment to understand how the scope of permitted cooperation is changing. Affected parties may need to adjust existing agreements or future procurement strategies to remain compliant.

 

Large electricity and piped-gas consumers(e.g., industrial manufacturers, mining companies, commercial complexes).

Energy suppliers and distributors. Industry associationsrepresenting energy users.

 

Legal & compliance advisors in the energy and competition law sectors.

Summary

Normally, competition law (like rules against fixing prices) tries to prevent companies from teaming up with their competitors. If two big factories got together to demand a lower price from Eskom, it might be seen as unfair collusion.

 

However, there has been a special “get-out-of-jail-free” card (called an exemption) that allows certain large energy users to cooperate in specific ways—like jointly negotiating for power or sharing information about energy efficiency—because sometimes working together can actually help the national power grid.

 

The announcement on 05 January 2026 is saying: “We are changing the rules of that special card.”

 

They are amending the scope—which means they are adjusting:

·       Who can use this exemption.

·       What they are allowed to do together.

·       Under what conditions it’s permitted.

 

Why Would They Do This?

 

The government is likely updating the rule to match today’s energy problems and goals, such as:

·       Encouraging businesses to generate their own green power.

·       Helping them band together to buy from new, independent power producers.

·       Making sure the cooperation truly benefits the system and doesn’t just give a few big players an unfair advantage.

 

Who Needs to Pay Attention?

·       Big factories, mines, and shopping malls with huge electricity bills.

·       Businesses that use a lot of piped gas.

·       The lawyers and advisors who work for these companies.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

Energy-Intensive Industrial Users

Companies in sectors experiencing electricity constraints or in economic distress—e.g., ferrochrome, manganese, and steel processors—can collaborate to negotiate power supply deals, jointly finance backup generation, or pool alternative energy generation capacity.

 

Collaborative Energy Users

Businesses that rely on backup or alternative energy supply—including those setting up or co-financing on-site generation to secure energy—are covered, enabling them to collaborate and share infrastructure.

 

Cost-Reduction and Efficiency Focused Entities

Organizations aiming to reduce energy costs or optimize energy usage, including through joint energy purchasing, power-purchase agreements, or shared energy-saving measures.

 

Infrastructure-Sharing Collaborators

Firms looking to share adjacent sites, infrastructure, facilities, and equipment—such as co-located manufacturing operations—can do so under the exemption to reduce costs and improve energy resilience.

 

Joint Service Providers

Organizations engaging in joint investment, negotiation, and procurement—for example, in backup generators or renewable energy projects—are exempted from competition rules in these specific cases.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Competition Act: Amendment of the scope of the Energy Users Block Exemption

G 53921 RG 11924 GoN 6985

05 January 2026

 

53921rg11924gon6985.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1.     Understand the Amended Scope

o   Review the updated exemption terms to confirm which collaborative activities are permitted (e.g., joint procurement of energy, shared backup generation, infrastructure sharing).

 

2.     Limit Collaboration to Exempted Activities

o   Ensure any agreements or joint actions fall strictly within the exemption scope.

o   Avoid collusion on pricing, output, or market allocation beyond what is allowed.

 

3.     Document Agreements

o   Keep written records of all collaborative arrangements, including purpose, scope, and duration.

o   Ensure agreements clearly state they are for energy security or cost reduction under the exemption.

 

4.     Notify the Competition Commission (if required)

o   Submit any required notifications or reports to the Commission as stipulated in the exemption conditions.

 

5.     Maintain Transparency

o   Share operational data and compliance reports if requested by regulators.

o   Avoid secrecy that could suggest anti-competitive behavior outside the exemption.

 

6.     Monitor Expiry Dates

o   The exemption is time-bound; track its validity period and prepare for compliance under normal Competition Act rules once it expires.

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

COMPETITION ACT: REGULATIONS

 

Divestiture Recommendation: Comments invited

 

G 53814 GoN 6920

 

– Comment by 12 Jan 2026

 

12 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

The Competition Commission has issued a provisional divestiture recommendation for a merger or acquisition (likely specified in the gazette) that it believes will substantially lessen or prevent competition in one or more markets. This is a critical intervention that could force the merging parties to sell off parts of the combined business. The Commission invites public comments on its recommendation.

 

Suggested Action: Affected stakeholders, including competitors, suppliers, customers, and industry bodies, should urgently review the recommendation and prepare substantive comments by the deadline of 12 January 2026 to influence the final outcome.

 

Summary of Draft Divestiture Recommendation Rules

 

1. Initiation & Timing:

 

·       The Commission has 90 business days after publishing its final merger report to make a formal divestiture recommendation to the Tribunal.

 

2. The Recommendation Package (Filing):

 

·       The recommendation is made by filing a Notice of Motion (Form CT 6) and a supporting affidavit.

·       The Notice must specify the exact order sought and name all affected parties.

 

·       The Affidavit must clearly state:

o   The grounds for the recommendation.

o   The material facts and legal points.

o   Why the proposed divestiture is reasonable and practicable.

 

3. Service & Response (Opposition Process):

 

·       The Commission must serve the documents on all named respondents within 5 business days of filing.

 

·       A respondent wishing to oppose has 20 business days to serve and file an Answer.

o   If opposing, the Answer must be an affidavit that admits or denies each allegation from the Commission. Failure to deny is deemed an admission.

o   Denials must be explained.

 

4. Commission’s Right of Reply:

 

·       If the Answer raises new issues, the Commission has 15 business days to file a Replyaffidavit, addressing these new points.

·       If no Reply is filed, the Commission is deemed to deny all new issues raised.

 

5. Governing Rules:

 

·       The general Tribunal rules (Rules 18-23) apply to this process, adapting as necessary.

 

Key Implications & Action Table

 

StageResponsible PartyKey Obligation / ActionDeadline / Trigger
 

1. Filing

 

Competition Commission

 

Draft and file Notice of Motion (CT 6) and detailed supporting affidavit.

 

Within 90 business days of its final merger report.

 

2. Service

 

Competition Commission

 

Serve the filed documents on all named respondents.

 

Within 5 business days of filing.

 

3. Opposition

 

Respondent(s) (e.g., merging firms)

 

Decide to oppose. If so, draft, serve, and file a detailed Answering Affidavit.

 

Within 20 business days of being served.

 

4. Reply

 

Competition Commission

 

Decide if a Reply Affidavit is needed to counter new issues in the Answer.

 

Within 15 business days of being served with an Answer.

 

In essence: These rules create a formal, court-like litigation process for the divestiture recommendation. It moves the issue from an administrative recommendation to a contested legal proceeding before the Tribunal, with strict deadlines for filings (affidavits) and consequences for failing to respond to allegations.

 

In a Nutshell

1.     Tribunal within 90 business days after publishing a relevant report.

2.     Content of Filing: The filing must specify the recommended order, identify affected parties, and provide a detailed affidavit with grounds, facts, and reasons for the recommendation.

3.     Service & Response: The Commission must serve the documents on respondents within 5 business days. A respondent wishing to oppose has 20 business days to file an Answer.

4.     Reply (Optional): If the respondent’s Answer raises new issues, the Commission may file a Reply within 15 business days.

 

Content Requirements for Documents:

 

·       Commission’s Affidavit: Must clearly state grounds, material facts/points of law, and reasons the order is reasonable and practicable.

·       Respondent’s Answer: Must clearly state grounds of opposition, relevant facts/law, and admit or deny each allegation from the Commission. Failure to specifically deny an allegation is deemed an admission.

·       Commission’s Reply: Must address any new grounds or facts raised in the Answer.

 

Legal Effect: Certain Rules (18-23) of the Tribunal also apply to this recommendation process.

 

Next Steps Post-Comment Period:

 

The regulator will review submissions and may publish a summary of comments and its responses.

 

A revised draft or final regulation will likely be published afterward, possibly accompanied by a specific divestiture order in an ongoing case.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

  Dominant Firms or Large Corporations

  • Companies identified in market inquiries where the Competition Commission finds that structural changes (like divestiture) may be necessary to address anti-competitive outcomes.

 

  Businesses in Highly Concentrated Markets

  • Firms operating in sectors where market power is concentrated and competition concerns have been raised (e.g., energy, telecommunications, retail, transport).

 

  Respondents in Market Inquiry Reports

  • Any organization named in a Commission report under Section 43B(6) that could be subject to a divestiture recommendation.

 

  Industry Stakeholders and Associations

  • Entities that represent affected firms or sectors, as they may need to comment on the draft regulations.

 

  Legal and Compliance Service Providers

  • Law firms and compliance consultants advising companies on Competition Act obligations.
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

 

NO. 6920 12 December 2025

 

INVITATION FOR THE PUBLIC TO COMMENT ON THE DRAFT REGULATIONS RELATING TO A DIVESTITURE RECOMMENDATION BY THE COMMISSION IN TERMS OF SECTION 43D(2) OF THE COMPETITION ACT, NO.89 OF 1998, AS AMENDED

 

1. By virtue of the powers vested in me in terms of section 21(4) of the Competition Act, 1998 (Act No. 89 of 1998) as amended (the Competition Act), I, Mr. Mpho Parks Tau, Minister of Trade, Industry and Competition, after consultation with the Competition Tribunal, hereby republish for public comments the draft regulations as set out in the Schedule hereto.

 

2. The purpose of these draft regulations is to make provision for the Competition Tribunal rules regulating the processes for determining the Commission’s recommendations for divestiture made in terms of section 43D(2) of the Competition Act.

 

3. These draft regulations were initially published in Government Notice No. 3125 of Government Gazette No. 48184 on 8 March 2023.

 

4. Stakeholders and interested persons are invited to submit comments in writing on the proposed regulations within a period of 30 business days of the publication of this notice to the Minister of Trade, Industry and Competition, for the attention of Mr Ivan Galodikwe, email IGalodikwe@thedtic.gov.za or hand delivered at 3rd Floor, Block E, 77 Meintjies Street, Sunnyside, 0132.

 

SCHEDULE

 

DRAFT RULES RELATING TO A DIVESTITURE RECOMMENDATION BY THE COMMISSION IN TERMS OF SECTION 43D(2) OF THE ACT

 

(1) Within 90 business days after the Commission has published a report referred to in section 43B(6), the Commission may make a recommendation to the Tribunal in terms of section 43D(2) for an order in terms of section 60(2)(c).

 

(2) A recommendation by the Commission to the Tribunal in terms of section 43D(2), must be made by filing a Notice of Motion in Form CT 6 and supporting affidavit setting out the facts upon which its recommendation

is based.

 

(3) A Notice of Motion in terms of this Rule must –

 

(a) indicate the order recommended by the Commission; and

 

(b) state the name and address of each person in respect of whom the order is recommended.

 

(4) An affidavit in terms of this Rule must set out in numbered paragraphs –

 

(a) a concise statement of the grounds of the recommendation;

 

(b) the material facts or the points of law relevant to the recommendation and relied on by the Commission; and

 

(c) concise reasons as to why the order recommended is reasonable and practicable, taking into account relevant factors, including the factors referred to in section 43D(4).

 

(5) The Commission must serve a copy of the Notice of Motion and affidavit on each respondent named in the Notice, within 5 business days of filing them.

 

(6) Within 20 business days of being served with a Notice of Motion and affidavit in terms of this Rule, a respondent who wishes to oppose the recommendation must-

 

(a) serve a copy of their Answer on the Commission; and

 

(b) file the Answer with proof of service.

 

(7) An Answer that raises only a point of law must set out the question of law to be resolved.

 

(8) Any other Answer must be in affidavit form, setting out in numbered paragraphs–

 

(a) a concise statement of the grounds on which the recommendation is opposed;

 

(b) the material facts or points of law on which the respondent relies; and

 

(c) an admission or denial of each ground and of each material fact relevant to each ground set out in the recommendation.

 

(9) An allegation of fact set out in the recommendation that is not specifically denied or admitted in an Answer will be deemed to have been admitted.

 

(10) In an Answer, the respondent must qualify or explain a denial of an allegation, if necessary in the circumstances.

 

(11) Within 15 business days of being served with an Answer that raises issues not addressed in the recommendation, other than a point of law alone, the Commission may

 

(a) serve a Reply; and

 

(b) file a copy of the reply and submit proof of service.

 

(12) A Reply must be in affidavit form, setting out in numbered paragraphs–

 

(a) An admission or denial of each new ground or material fact raised in the Answer; and

 

(b) The position of the Commission on any point of law raised in the Answer.

 

(13) If the Commission does not file a Reply, it will be deemed to have denied each new issue raised in the Answer, and each allegation of fact relevant to those issues.

 

(14) Rules 18 to 23, each read with changes required by the context, apply to a recommendation under this Rule.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Competition Act: Regulations: Divestiture Recommendation: Comments invited

 

G 53814 GoN 6920

– Comment by 12 Jan 2026

12 December 2025

 

53814gon6920.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Review the Draft Regulations Thoroughly

 

  • Understand the proposed rules for divestiture recommendations under Section 43D(2).
  • Identify how these rules could apply to your organization if named in a market inquiry report.

 

2. Submit Comments Before the Deadline

 

  • Prepare and send written comments to the Minister (via the provided email or physical address) within 30 business days of publication.

 

  • Comments should address:
    • Practicality of the proposed process.
    • Any concerns about timelines, documentation, or procedural fairness.

 

3. Assess Exposure

 

  • Determine if your organization operates in a highly concentrated market or has been part of a market inquiry.
  • Review any previous Competition Commission reports for potential recommendations affecting your business.

 

4. Prepare Internal Compliance and Legal Teams

 

  • Ensure your legal team understands:
    • How to respond to a Notice of Motion and affidavit from the Commission.
    • Timelines for filing an Answer (20 business days) and supporting documents.

 

5. Develop a Response Strategy

 

  • If named in a recommendation:
    • Gather evidence and prepare affidavits to oppose or comply.
    • Ensure responses include clear grounds, material facts, and legal arguments.

 

6. Maintain Accurate Records

 

  • Keep detailed records of ownership structures, market share data, and any relevant operational information.
  • This will be critical if the Commission requests supporting documents.

 

7. Monitor Further Updates

 

  • Track any changes to the draft regulations and final publication in the Government Gazette.
  • Adjust compliance plans accordingly.

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

Competition Act:

 

Block Exemption for Promotion Exports

 

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6930

 

12 December 2025

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

The Competition Commission has published a draft Block Exemption for certain agreements between competitors aimed at promoting exports. This exemption, issued under Section 10(3) of the Competition Act, aims to allow South African firms to collaborate lawfully to enhance their competitiveness in international markets, without fear of contravening the Act’s prohibition against restrictive horizontal practices (e.g., price-fixing, market division).

 

The key movement is the creation of a “safe harbour” for specifically defined export promotion activities.

 

Suggested Action: Businesses involved in export markets should immediately review the draft to understand the scope of permitted collaboration, assess eligibility, and prepare comments during the public consultation period.

 

Summary Table: Block Exemption for Promotion of Exports

 

Area AffectedRequirement / ObligationsPersons Affected
 

General Business Compliance (Cross-Sectoral)

 

Agreements between competitors for the sole purpose of promoting exports may be exempt from Chapter 2 (Prohibited Practices) of the Competition Act, provided they meet all conditions in the Block Exemption.

 

All South African businesses and associations that export or intend to export goods/services.

 

Collaborative Activities

 

Permitted collaborations likely include: joint R&D for export markets, joint production for export, joint marketing/promotion abroad, sharing of logistical/transport facilities for export, and quality standards setting for exports.

 

Competitors who collaborate within the defined scope.

 

Prohibited Activities

 

The exemption does not cover agreements that: affect competition within South Africa, involve price-fixing or market division for the domestic market, or are used as a disguised cartel.

 

All businesses – such activities remain illegal.

 

Compliance & Notification

 

Parties may need to: 1) Self-assess against the exemption criteria, 2) Maintain records proving the agreement is solely for export promotion, and 3) Possibly notify the Commission (if required by the draft).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participating firms and their legal/compliance teams.

 

Sector-Specific Implications

 

Sectors with high export potential (Agriculture, Mining, Manufacturing, Automotive, Financial Services for export projects) will be most directly impacted. They must map internal policies to the new rules.

 

Export-oriented sectors and industry associations.

 

How to Comment

 

·       Stakeholders: Exporting companies, industry associations (AGRIC, NAFCOC, B4SA), legal practitioners, academics.

 

·       What to Comment On:

o   Definitions: Are “export market” and “competitor” defined appropriately?

o   Processes: Is the self-assessment/notification process clear and practical?

o   Timelines: Is the exemption period (e.g., 5 years) sufficient?

o   Proportionality: Do the conditions strike the right balance between enabling collaboration and preventing abuse?

 

Implications for Businesses

 

·       Market Structure: Could lead to more formalized export consortia and joint ventures.

·       Costs: Potential reduction in compliance risk for legitimate export collaborations. Possible costs for legal review and restructuring agreements.

·       Governance: Requires clear internal governance for collaborative projects to ensure they remain within the exemption’s bounds.

·       Action: Prepare submissions arguing for clarity or broader scope if needed. Gather evidence of past export challenges that collaboration could solve.

 

Next Steps & Watch List

 

1.     Immediate: Circulate the Gazette notice internally to legal, compliance, and business development teams.

2.     During Comment Period: Draft and submit comments if aspects are unclear or overly restrictive.

3.     Post-Comment: Watch for the Commission’s Summary of Comments and the final published Block Exemption.

4.     Post-Promulgation: Update compliance manuals and train staff on the new rules.

 

TEMPLATES: SECTOR-SPECIFIC COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST

 

(Example for the Manufacturing Sector)

 

TaskResponsible OwnerDue DateEvidence to Gather
 

1. Review all existing JVs/agreements with competitors for export market alignment.

 

Head of Legal / Compliance Officer

 

30 days after final gazette

 

List of all collaborative agreements.

 

2. Amend internal competition compliance policy to incorporate Block Exemption criteria.

 

Compliance Officer

 

45 days after final gazette

 

Updated policy document.

 

3. Train sales and business development teams on the scope and limits of the exemption.

 

 

Head of Business Development

 

60 days after final gazette

 

Training attendance records.

 

4. Establish a template checklist for assessing new export collaborations against exemption conditions.

 

Legal Department

 

60 days after final gazette

 

Signed assessment checklist for new projects.

 

5. Document the export-specific purpose and benefits of any collaboration under the exemption.

 

Project Manager / Legal

 

Ongoing for each project

 

Business plans, market studies, meeting minutes.

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Exporting Firms

  • Any company that exports goods or services from South Africa to international markets.
  • Includes large corporations, SMMEs, and HDP-owned firms engaged in export activities.

 

2. Industry Associations and Export Councils

  • Associations coordinating export strategies or collective marketing efforts for South African products abroad.

 

3. Logistics and Infrastructure Collaborators

  • Firms involved in shipment, storage, inspection facilities, freight, consolidation hubs, insurance, and other logistics related to exports.

 

4. Agricultural Exporters

  • Particularly those requiring coordination for compliance with foreign regulations and protocols, as agricultural markets are explicitly mentioned.

 

5. Firms Engaging in Joint Export Initiatives

  • Companies planning joint financing, infrastructure development, collective marketing, or sharing export-related market information.

 

6. Independent Third Parties

  • Entities appointed to facilitate the sharing of competitively sensitive information among exporters.
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Competition Act: Block Exemption for Promotion Exports

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6930

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6930.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Confirm Scope Before Acting

 

  • If planning any coordinated agreements or practices (e.g., joint financing, cost-sharing, collective marketing), seek written confirmation from the Competition Commission that the activity falls within the exemption.
  • Submit details of parties, terms, and timelines for approval.

 

2. Notify Authorities

 

  • After implementing an approved agreement, notify both the Competition Commission and the Department of Trade, Industry and Competition (dtic) within 15 business days.
    • Email: exemption.conditions@compcom.co.za and exemption.conditions@thedtic.gov.za.

 

3. Maintain Accurate Records

 

  • Keep detailed records of:
    • Meetings and correspondence related to exempted agreements.
    • Exchanges of competitively sensitive information (only what is strictly necessary for implementation).

 

  • Be prepared to provide these records if requested by the Commission.

 

4. Include HDP Firms and SMMEs

 

  • Ensure historically disadvantaged persons (HDP) firms and SMMEs are given an opportunity to participate in agreements and negotiations.

 

5. Avoid Prohibited Practices

 

  • Do not engage in:
    • Market allocation.
    • Collusive tendering.
    • Resale price maintenance.
    • Mergers outside the exemption scope.

 

6. Monitor Compliance and Duration

 

  • The exemption lasts 5 years (from Dec 2025) but can be extended or revoked.
  • Prepare for winding down agreements if the exemption is withdrawn.

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

COMPETITION ACT:

 

Guidelines on Minority Shareholder Protections: Correction

 

G 53845 GoN 6943

 

11 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Companies with Minority Shareholders

  • Any firm where minority investors hold less than 50% but have rights that influence strategic decisions (e.g., budgets, business plans, appointment of executives).

 

2. Acquiring Firms

  • Businesses purchasing minority stakes in other companies, especially where the stake includes veto rights or strategic influence.

 

3. Target Firms

  • Companies granting minority protections that may confer control under section 12(2)(g) of the Competition Act.

 

4. Private Equity and Investment Firms

  • Entities acquiring minority interests with governance rights or influence over policy and strategy.

 

5. Joint Venture Participants

  • Firms entering into joint ventures where minority partners have significant decision-making rights.

 

6. Legal and Advisory Firms

  • Advisers structuring deals involving minority protections that could trigger merger notification requirements.
 

SUMMARY

 

Purpose

 

  • To outline the Competition Commission’s approach to assessing transactions where minority shareholder rights may amount to control under the Competition Act.
  • These guidelines help determine when such transactions require merger notification.

 

Key Points

 

1.     Scope

 

o   Applies to transactions that do not cross the usual merger thresholds but involve minority rights conferring control.

o   Not sector-specific; applies broadly across industries.

 

2.     Control Assessment

 

o   Section 12 of the Competition Act defines control broadly, including material influence over a firm’s policy.

o   Minority rights that allow influence over strategic decisions (e.g., budgets, business plans, appointment of executives) may constitute control.

 

3.     Types of Minority Protections

 

o   Do NOT confer control: Rights limited to protecting financial interests (e.g., approving dividend policy, auditor appointments, liquidation decisions).

o   DO confer control: Rights over strategic matters (e.g., veto on business plans, budgets, CEO/CFO appointments, major investments).

 

4.     Commission’s Approach

 

o   Case-by-case analysis of rights and their impact on strategic decision-making.

o   Transactions meeting financial thresholds and involving control rights may require notification.

 

5.     Advisory Opinions

 

o   Parties unsure whether rights confer control can request a non-binding advisory opinion from the Commission.

 

6.     Effective Date

 

o   Guidelines become effective upon publication in the Government Gazette and may be amended.

 

Implications

 

  • Firms acquiring minority stakes with strategic veto rights must assess whether the transaction triggers merger notification.
  • Legal and compliance teams should review shareholder agreements for rights that could amount to control.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

NO. 6943 11 December 2025

 

HEREBY ISSUES AN ERRATUM NOTICE TO THE COMMISSION’S DRAFT GUIDELINES ON MINORITY SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS IN TERMS OF SECTION 79(1) OF THE COMPETITION ACT 89 OF 1998 (AS AMENDED)

 

December 2025

 

1. BACKGROUND

 

1.1. The Competition Commission of South Africa hereby issues an Erratum Notice the Draft Guidelines on Minority Shareholder Protections, published in Notice No 6902 of 2025, in Government Gazette No 53781 issued on 4 December 2025.

 

1.2. The purpose of the erratum is to replace paragraph 3 of the Notice in order to correct the closing date for public comment and link provided to the draft guidelines on the Commission’s website.

 

1.3. Paragraph 3 of Government Gazette Number 53781 (Notice No 6902 of 2025) is hereby replaced by the paragraph set out below:

 

2. INVITATION TO COMMENT

 

The public is invited to submit comments on these Draft Guidelines by 16h30 on 20 January 2025. Written submissions can be sent via email to SimphiweG@compcom.co.za or BusisiweMa@compcom.co.za. All submissions will be reviewed, and a final guideline published by the Competition Commission. The Draft Guidelines are available at https://www.compcom.co.za/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Draft_Guidelineson-Minority-Protections_1-December-2025_for-Public-comment.pdf

 

Draft Guidelines are available here – Draft guidelines on minority shareholder protections

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Competition Act: Guidelines on Minority Shareholder Protections: Correction

G 53845 GoN 6943

11 December 2025

 

53845gon6943.pdf

 

 

IMPACT

 

The document outlines draft guidelines issued by the Competition Commission of South Africa under Section 79(1) of the Competition Act No. 89 of 1998 (as amended).

 

These guidelines focus on the Commission’s approach to assessing transactions involving minority shareholder protections, particularly when such protections may confer control over a firm.

 

Below is an explanation of the key aspects of the regulation:

 

Purpose of the Guidelines

 

1.     Objective: The guidelines aim to clarify how the Commission will assess transactions where minority shareholders acquire certain rights that may amount to control under the Competition Act.  These transactions may not meet the traditional thresholds for merger notification but could still impact market competition.

 

2.     Non-Binding Nature: The guidelines are not legally binding but must be considered by anyone interpreting or applying Section 12 of the Act.

 

Key Definitions

 

The document provides definitions for terms such as “Acquiring Firm,” “Target Firm,” “Merger,” “Minority Shareholder Protection,” and “Control.” These definitions are crucial for understanding the scope of the guidelines and the types of transactions that may be subject to scrutiny.

 

  • Control: Section 12(2) of the Act defines control broadly, including direct or indirect influence over a firm’s policies, strategic decisions, or commercial strategies.  This can include ownership of shares, voting rights, appointment of directors, or the ability to materially influence the firm’s policies.

 

Minority Shareholder Protections

 

1.     General Understanding: Minority shareholder protections are measures to safeguard the rights of shareholders owning less than 50% of a company.

These protections are designed to ensure that significant decisions affecting the company are not made without their consent.

 

2.     Types of Protections:

 

o   Protections that do not confer control: These include rights to approve decisions related to dividend policies, appointment of auditors, liquidation, public listing, and other non-strategic matters (Annexure A).

o   Protections that confer control: These include rights to veto or approve strategic decisions such as business plans, budgets, appointment/dismissal of key executives, and decisions on new business activities outside the firm’s ordinary scope (Annexure B).

 

Assessment of Control

 

The Commission will assess whether minority shareholder protections confer control based on:

 

1.     Nature and Content of Rights: Whether the rights allow the minority shareholder to influence strategic decisions or commercial strategies.

2.     Strategic Decisions: Protections that allow minority shareholders to influence or constrain strategic decisions (e.g., budgets, business plans, or appointment of senior management) may be considered as conferring control.

3.     Material Influence: Even if a minority shareholder does not hold a majority stake, they may still be deemed to have control if they can materially influence the firm’s policies or strategic decisions.

 

Merger Notification

 

  • If minority shareholder protections result in a change or acquisition of control, the transaction may be considered a merger under Section 12 of the Act, requiring notification to the Commission.
  • The Commission will assess whether the transaction meets the financial thresholds for notifiable mergers.

 

Discretion and Case-by-Case Assessment

 

  • The Commission retains discretion to assess transactions on a case-by-case basis, considering all relevant factors and the specific context of the business.
  • The guidelines provide a general methodology but allow flexibility for the Commission to evaluate unique circumstances.

 

Effective Date and Amendments

 

  • The guidelines will become effective on the date specified in the Government Gazette and may be amended by the Commission as needed.

 

Key Takeaways

 

  • Minority shareholder protections are not inherently control-conferring; the Commission will evaluate their nature and impact on a case-by-case basis.
  • Protections that allow minority shareholders to influence strategic decisions or commercial strategies may be deemed as conferring control.
  • Transactions involving such protections may require merger notification if they meet financial thresholds.

 

  • The guidelines are intended to provide clarity but are not legally binding, allowing the Commission to exercise discretion in its assessments.

 

For further details or clarification, stakeholders are encouraged to submit written comments to the Commission by 20 January 2026 at 16:30.

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 20 January 2026.

 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

COMPETITION ACT:

 

Statements on the latest Decisions by the Competition Commission.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Statement on the latest decisions by the Competition Commission

Date: 11 December 2025

Read more

Statement on the latest decisions by the Competition Commission

Date: 05 December 2025

Read more

Commission prosecutes eight cargo shipping companies for price-fixing

Date: 02 December 2025

Read more

 

 

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

COMPETITION ACT:

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Commission welcomes Constitutional Court refusal of  Takata SA application for leave to appeal CAC ruling

Date: 20 January 2026

Read more

 

The procurement of school uniform & learning material guidelines FAQ

Date: 09 January 2026

Read more

 

CONSTRUCTION

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

AGRÉMENT SOUTH AFRICA:

 

Approval of innovative construction products and systems

 

G 53956 GoN 7000

 

16 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Manufacturers of Innovative Construction Products

 

These are the primary affected organisations, especially those producing:

  • alternative building materials,
  • new insulation products,
  • innovative structural systems,
  • prefabricated or modular building systems,
  • energy‑efficient building components.

 

Any manufacturer wanting to commercialise an innovative product requires Agrément certification for public sector acceptance and credibility in the private sector.

 

2. Suppliers and Importers of Construction Materials

 

Companies that distribute or import innovative or non-standard building products are affected because:

  • They may need Agrément certification to supply to public projects.
  • Certification impacts procurement, marketing, and compliance obligations.

 

3. Construction and Building Contractors

 

Especially those involved in:

  • public works projects,
  • low‑cost or alternative housing construction,
  • infrastructure delivery using non‑traditional materials.

 

Contractors must ensure the systems they use are approved or risk non‑compliance with DPWI and client requirements.

 

4. Built Environment Professionals

 

Including:

  • Engineers
  • Architects
  • Quantity Surveyors
  • Construction Project Managers
  • Consulting specialists (fire, structural, energy efficiency)
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

Please use the link below to access the full list of Agrément certificates issued

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Agrément South Africa: Approval of innovative construction products and systems

G 53956 GoN 7000

16 January 2026

 

53956gon7000.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Organisation TypeRequired Actions
ManufacturersVerify certification, update documents, ensure compliance with certificate conditions
Distributors & ImportersUpdate catalogues, confirm product matches certified versions
ContractorsUse only certified systems, ensure correct installation
Built Environment ProfessionalsUpdate specifications, evaluate design implications
DevelopersAssess suitability for upcoming projects
MunicipalitiesUpdate approvals lists and train inspectors
Insurance/Warranty ProvidersReassess product risk profile based on certification

 

END

CUSTOMS, EXCISE AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION ACT:

 

Application for increase in rate of Customs Duty from 10% ad valorem to 15% ad valorem on Medium-density Fibreboard (MDF) classifiable under tariff heading 44.11: Comments invited

 

G 53956 GeN 3727

 

– Comment by 13 Feb 2026

 

16 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Local MDF Manufacturers (Direct Impact)

 

These are the primary organisations affected.

 

Impact:

  • Potential competitive advantage from higher import duties
  • Increased ability to protect local market share
  • Greater protection against low-priced imports

 

Examples:

  • PG Bison
  • Novadecor
  • Any other South African manufacturers producing MDF or board products

 

2. Importers of MDF (High Impact)

 

Any organisation importing MDF—especially from China, which is highlighted in the notice—will face:

  • Higher landed costs
  • Reduced price competitiveness
  • Potential supply chain disruptions

 

Examples:

  • Timber and board importers
  • Large hardware & building-supply retailers sourcing imported MDF
  • Furniture component importers

 

3. Retailers & Wholesalers Selling MDF

 

Retailers relying on imported board will experience:

  • Cost increases
  • Adjusted pricing strategies
  • Possible shifts to local suppliers

 

Examples:

  • Timber merchants
  • Hardware stores
  • Building supply chains

 

4. Furniture Manufacturers & Cabinetmakers (Indirect, but Significant Impact)

 

These industries rely heavily on MDF as a raw material. Higher duties may lead to:

  • Increased production costs
  • Pricing pressure
  • Possible material substitution

 

Examples:

  • Kitchen cabinet manufacturers
  • Built‑in cupboard producers
  • Furniture factories
  • Shopfitting companies

 

5. Construction & Interior Fit‑Out Companies

 

Since MDF is widely used for interior construction applications:

  • Costs for joinery and interior fit‑out projects may rise
  • Budget revisions may be required
  • Potential shift towards locally sourced MDF

 

6. Import/Export Clearing Agents & Logistics Providers

 

These organisations will need to:

  • Adjust tariff codes and declarations
  • Advise clients on cost implications
  • Update customs documentation processes

 

7. Trade, Industrial & Business Associations

Associations representing affected industries will need to assess the impact and possibly submit comments.

 

Examples:

  • SA Wood & Timber Associations
  • Furniture manufacturing associations
  • Retail/wholesale industry bodies
  • Construction and building materials forums

 

8. Customs Brokers & Compliance Consultants

 

These entities must:

  • Update tariff calculations
  • Guide clients through the comment process
  • Adjust duty recovery and rebate practices

 

9. SACU & AfCFTA Regional Traders

 

Since the applicant references SACU and AfCFTA markets:

  • Regional manufacturers importing MDF for downstream production may face higher input costs
  • Trade competitiveness across borders could shif

 

10. Competitors of PG Bison (Local & International)

 

These include:

  • Other regional MDF producers
  • International suppliers exporting to South AfricaThey will need to adjust pricing, strategy, and market expectations.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

 

NOTICE 3727 OF 2026

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION OF SOUTH AFRICA

 

APPLICATION FOR AN INCREASE IN THE RATE OF CUSTOMS DUTY FROM 10% AD VALOREM TO 15% AD VALOREM ON:

 

Medium- density Fibreboard (“MDF”) classifiable under tariff heading 44.11

Applicant:

PG Bison (Pty) Ltd

Brakpan and Lonie Roads

Boksburg

Gauteng

1459

 

Note: Comments must be provided in the format of a questionnaire obtainable on ITAC’s website at www.itac.org.za, link: Services – Tariff investigations – Government Gazette Notices – Other publication notices

 

Reasons for application:

 

As motivation for the application, the Applicant submitted, amongst others, the following reasons:

 

• The growth of local industries like PG Bison is threatened by increasing imports, particularly from China. From 2021 to 2023, Chinese imports increased by 114%, with China accounting for 32% of total imports. The competitive pricing of these imports, significantly lower than local production costs, suggests a likelihood of under-declaration and underscores the necessity for stricter enforcement of duties at ports to protect local industries.

 

• The proposed duty increase aims to bolster PG Bison’s competitive position and safeguard its substantial investments by curbing these undervalued imports. Protecting local manufacturing is vital for achieving the increased production targets and anticipated job creation from the Mkhondo plant expansion. By enhancing production capacity, PG Bison aims to serve the entire Southern African Customs Union (“SACU”) and key markets within the African Continental Free Trade Area (“AfCFTA”), which will serve as a significant enabler for exports and a crucial component for realising the objectives of local industrialisation and investment enhancement.

 

Ref: 08/2025 Enquiries: Ms Khosi Mzinjana, Email: kmzinjana@itac.org.za; Mrs. Amina Varachia, Email: avarachia@itac.org.za, and Mrs Dolly Ngobeni, Email: dngobeni@itac.org.za and Mr Scelo Mshengu, Email: smshengu@itac.org.za.

 

PUBLICATION PERIOD:

 

Representation should be submitted to the above ITAC officials within four (4) weeks of the date of this notice.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

International Trade Administration Act: Application for increase in rate of Customs Duty from 10% ad valorem to 15% ad valorem on Medium-density Fibreboard (MDF) classifiable under tariff heading 44.11: Comments invited

G 53956 GeN 3727

– Comment by 13 Feb 2026

16 January 2026

 

53956gen3727.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

  Review the ITAC notice and questionnaire.

  Assess financial and operational impact.

  Prepare a written submission to ITAC within the 4‑week period—either supporting or opposing the duty increase.

  Update internal costings, price models, and supply chain plans.

  Engage with suppliers or customers to communicate changes.

  Monitor ITAC’s investigation progress and prepare for implementation if the tariff is approved.

 

 

END

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION ACT:

 

Creation of temporary rebate provision for importation of stainless steel butterfly: Comments invited

 

G 53956 GeN 3728

 

– Comment by 13 Feb 2026

 

16 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Food & Beverage Processing Companies (High Impact)

 

These companies rely heavily on hygienic-grade valves for safe, sanitary production.

 

Examples of affected subsectors:

  • Milk & dairy production
  • Beverage and juice manufacturers
  • Breweries & craft breweries
  • Bottling plants
  • Pharmaceutical-grade food supplement manufacturers
  • Liquid sugar, syrup & edible oils producers
  • Wet food processing plants

 

These companies depend on specialised stainless steel valves that meet strict hygiene standards and may benefit from duty‑free imports.

 

2. Manufacturers of Food & Beverage Processing Equipment

 

Companies producing or assembling machinery that uses hygienic butterfly valves, such as:

  • Pasteurisation equipment manufacturers
  • Fillers and bottlers
  • CIP (Clean‑In‑Place) system manufacturers
  • Stainless steel piping and process system fabricators

 

These organisations will benefit from lower input costs if the rebate is approved.

 

3. Importers & Distributors of Industrial Valves (High Impact)

 

Importers of hygienic stainless‑steel butterfly valves are directly affected because:

  • These specific valves may qualify for duty‑free importation.
  • They must ensure the valves match the exact dimensions, material grade, and sealing specifications required for eligibility.
  • They will need to apply for permits from ITAC.

 

4. Local Manufacturers of Stainless Steel Valves (Medium Impact)

 

Although the notice states that these specific hygienic valves are not manufactured in SACU, other valve manufacturers are still affected because:

  • Their other valve products remain protected by normal duties.
  • They may need to confirm to ITAC whether they produce comparable valves (to avoid unnecessary rebates).
  • They could face competitive pressure in adjacent valve categories.

 

5. Agricultural Processing Organisations

 

Industries handling liquid agricultural products may be affected, e.g.:

  • Liquid fertiliser producers
  • Agricultural chemical mixing facilities (food hygiene grade)
  • Bulk liquid storage and tankers for food‑grade liquids

 

Their operations depend on hygienic stainless-steel flow control systems.

 

6. Packaging & Bottling Plants

 

Facilities involved in:

  • Bottling beverages
  • Filling liquid food products
  • Packaging dairy, juice, sauces, syrups, etc.

 

These facilities often require high‑specification hygienic valves.

 

7. Engineering Firms & System Integrators

 

These companies design and integrate liquid food processing lines. They will need to:

  • Specify valves that qualify for rebated duties
  • Adjust costing models
  • Advise clients on procurement under the new rebate system

 

8. Customs Brokers, Clearance Agents & Import Logistics Firms

 

They must:

  • Manage the application process for rebate permits
  • Ensure correct classification under tariff subheading 8481.80.31
  • Advise clients on changes in duties, documentation, and eligibility requirements

 

9. Hygienic Stainless Steel Fabricators & Installers

 

These companies build and install:

  • Hygienic piping systems
  • Stainless steel tanks
  • Processing lines

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

 

NOTICE 3728 OF 2026

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION COMMISSION OF SOUTH AFRICA

 

Creation of a temporary rebate provision for the importation of:

 

“Butterfly valves of stainless steel, with an inside diameter not exceeding 150mm, classifiable in tariff subheading 8481.80.31, for use in the hygienic and liquid food industry, in such quantities, at such times and subject to such conditions as the International Trade Administration Commission may allow by specific permit, provided the products are not available in the SACU market”.

 

APPLICANT:

Guth SA (Pty) Ltd

79 St. Georges Street

Newlands

2092

 

REASONS FOR THE APPLICATION

 

• Guth SA is competing in the SACU market with lower priced imported end products. It is thus important that the rebate item is created to allow for the dutyfree importation of the subject products to allow Guth SA to compete with the imported end products that are duty free;

 

• The subject products applied for are not available in the dimensions, grade specifications, and the required sealing materials that are for use in the food and beverage industry, and the duty has an unnecessary cost-raising effect; and

 

• Although certain stainless steel butterfly valves are manufactured in the SACU market, the valves applied for are not manufactured in SACU. The rebate provision allows other valves not subject to the investigation to remain protected, while providing relief to the applicant and its customers.

 

PUBLICATION PERIOD:

 

Comments should be submitted within four (4) weeks of the date of this notice. ITAC reference 03/2023: Enquires: Mr. Maxwell Madida, Ms. Mpho Mafole, Mr. Tshepiso Sejamoholo by email: mmadida@itac.org.za/mmafole@itac.org.za and tsejamoholo@itac.org.za

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

International Trade Administration Act: Creation of temporary rebate provision for importation of stainless steel butterfly: Comments invited

G 53956 GeN 3728

– Comment by 13 Feb 2026

16 January 2026

 

53956gen3728.pdf

 

ACTION

 

Ensure you submit your comments before 13 February 2026

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

CUSTOMS, EXCISE AND INTERNATIONAL TRADE COVERED IN PREVIOUS GAZETTE

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 1 of Schedule No. 1 (No. 1/1/1965)

G 53874 RG 11920 GoN 6961 19 December 2025

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 1 of Schedule No. 3 (No. 3/1/760)

G 53874 RG 11920 GoN 6962 19 December 2025

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 1 of Schedule No. 4 (No. 4/1/385)

G 53874 RG 11920 GoN 6963 19 December 2025

Customs and Excise Act: Amendment to Part 3 of Schedule No. 5 (No. 5/3/115)

G 53874 RG 11920 GoN 6965 19 December 2025

International Trade Administration Act: Customs Tariff Applications: List 07/2025: Correction

G 53872 GeN 3696 17 December 2025

International Trade Administration Act: Initiation of investigation into alleged dumping of Flat-Rolled Products of Iron or Non-Alloy Steel

G 53872 GeN 3694 17 December 2025

International Trade Administration Act: Sunset review of anti-dumping duties on ropes and cables

G 53872 GeN 3695 17 December 2025

 

 

END

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ACT:

 

International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Roadmap: Comments invited

 

G 53883 GeN 3712

 

– Comment by 16 Feb 2026

 

18 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Licensed Electronic Communications Operators

 

  • Mobile Network Operators (MNOs) such as Vodacom, MTN, Cell C, Telkom, and Rain, because the roadmap addresses spectrum allocations for IMT (including 4G, 5G, and future 6G).
  • Fixed Wireless Access (FWA) providers operating in bands like 3.6–3.8 GHz and 4.8–4.99 GHz, which may need to migrate.

 

2. Satellite Service Providers

 

  • Organizations using Fixed Satellite Services (FSS) and Very Small Aperture Terminals (VSAT) in bands that are being considered for IMT (e.g., 3.6–4.2 GHz, 6 GHz, and mmWave bands).
  • Providers of Mobile-Satellite Services (MSS), especially those operating in L-band and Ka-band frequencies.

 

3. Broadcasting and Media Companies

 

  • Entities using spectrum in the 470–694 MHz range for broadcasting, as IMT allocations may impact migration plans.
  • Programme Making and Special Events (PMSE) users (e.g., wireless microphones) in bands like 1880–1900 MHz and 823–832 MHz.

 

4. Rail and Transport Organizations

 

  • Railway operators (e.g., PRASA) because parts of the 1900–1910 MHz band are being considered for railway mobile radio systems (FRMCS).

 

5. IoT and Machine-to-Machine (M2M) Service Providers

 

  • Companies deploying IoT solutions that rely on mobile networks, as spectrum changes will affect connectivity options.

 

6. Equipment Manufacturers and Vendors

 

  • Vendors of mobile devices, network infrastructure, and IoT equipment, since spectrum harmonization impacts device compatibility and ecosystem readiness.

 

7. Government and Public Safety Agencies

 

  • Agencies using spectrum for Public Protection and Disaster Relief (PPDR) and other critical services, as migration plans may affect their allocations.

 

8. Wi-Fi and RLAN Industry

 

  • Organizations relying on 6 GHz bands for Wi-Fi 6E/7 deployments, as these bands are under consideration for IMT and shared use.
 

SUMMARY

 

Purpose

 

The roadmap sets out ICASA’s medium- to long-term plan (5–10 years) for managing and assigning radio frequency spectrum for IMT technologies (4G, 5G, and future 6G) in South Africa. It updates and replaces the previous IMT Roadmaps (2014 and 2019).

 

Key Objectives

 

  • Ensure universal mobile broadband access and meet SA Connect policy targets.
  • Align South Africa’s spectrum planning with international standards (ITU, ATU, CRASA).
  • Promote efficient spectrum use, investment, and innovation in the ICT sector.

 

Main Highlights

 

1.     Spectrum Bands Identified for IMT

 

o   Low bands: 450 MHz, 700 MHz, 800 MHz, 900 MHz.

o   Mid bands: 1500 MHz, 1800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2300 MHz, 2600 MHz, 3300–3800 MHz, 4800–4990 MHz, 6425–7125 MHz.

o   High bands (mmWave): 24.25–27.5 GHz, 37–43.5 GHz, 45.5–47 GHz, 47.2–48.2 GHz, 66–71 GHz.

 

2.     Current Status

 

o   1,155 MHz already identified for IMT; 794 MHz assigned.

o   Additional 1,145 MHz under feasibility studies for future IMT use.

 

3.     Forecasted Demand

 

o   Spectrum needs could range from 3,000 MHz to 14,000 MHz over the next decade, driven by mobile broadband and IoT growth.

 

4.     Migration & Feasibility Studies

 

o   Complex migrations for existing licensees in certain bands.

o   Feasibility studies for bands like 1880–1920 MHz, 3600–3800 MHz, 4800–4990 MHz, 6425–7125 MHz, and mmWave bands.

 

5.     Technical Considerations

 

o   Harmonization with global standards.

o   Flexible spectrum use (TDD preferred).

o   Adoption of Total Radiated Power (TRP) for active antenna systems.

 

6.     Universal Service & QoS

 

o   Address rural coverage gaps.

o   Introduce coverage obligations and explore High Altitude Platform Systems (HIBS).

o   Monitor broadband speeds and quality of service.

 

Implementation Timeline

 

  • 2025–2026: Draft RFSAPs for key bands.
  • 2026–2027: Finalize RFSAPs.
  • 2027–2028: Begin IMT system implementation.
  • 2028 onward: Full deployment of IMT systems.

 

 

WHY THIS MATTERS TO IN-HOUSE COUNSEL & COMPLIANCE OFFICERS

 

Strategic impact: The IMT Roadmap shapes spectrum allocation, licensing pathways, and timelines for deploying advanced mobile services (e.g., 5G/6G). It directly affects network planning, capex, and time-to-market for mobile operators and service providers.

 

Compliance impact: Companies must monitor and potentially participate in the comment process to protect their spectrum rights, obligations, and competitiveness. Government feedback can alter licensing windows, spectrum bands, fees, coordination requirements, and rollout milestones.

 

Risk management: Delays or shifts in spectrum policy can impact project timelines, contractual commitments with device manufacturers or enterprise customers, and capital expenditure budgeting.

 

What is typically included in an IMT Roadmap consultation

 

·       Spectrum strategy: Which bands are designated for IMT, interim allocations, and future releases.

·       Licensing framework: Methods (auctions, beauty contests, self-allocation), eligibility rules, and licence conditions.

·       Technical standards: Spectrum limits, power, interference management, and international harmonization considerations.

·       Deployment timelines: Expected dates for availability, transition periods, and sunset of legacy allocations.

·       Unserved/underserved access goals: Broadband targets, rural coverage obligations, and BBEE or social policy linkages (often via policy directions or licensing conditions).

 

 

 

 

·       Coordination with other sectors: Satellite, broadcasting, fixed wireless, and public safety interoperability.

·       Fees and charges: Licence fees, spectrum pricing, annual licence renewal costs, and any levy or levy-like instruments.

 

What you should do as an in-house counsel or a compliance officer?

 

·       Step 1: Obtain the full notice

 

o    Retrieve the exact Gazette notice and any accompanying documents (impact assessments, policy papers, draft regulations, or explanatory notes).

 

·       Step 2: Identify the scope and timeline

 

o    Note submission deadlines, scope of consultation, and whether submissions can be made on specific bands, license types, or policy directions.

 

·       Step 3: Map your business exposure

 

o    Spectrum holdings and planned expansions: which bands you currently use or plan to use; future needs for 5G/6G, IoT, private networks.

o    Regulatory dependencies: any upcoming licence renewals, fee changes, or obligations tied to IMT allocations.

o    Customer commitments: enterprise or consumer plans that rely on certain speeds, latencies, or coverage and how policy shifts affect them.

 

·       Step 4: Prepare a risk/response plan

 

o    If your business would be affected by proposed changes, prepare tailored comments or requests, e.g.,

§  Support for bands you rely on or seek to acquire

§  Clarifications on licensing processes or fee regimes

§  Commitments regarding rollout timelines or universal access targets

 

o    Consider whether to engage in conversations with the Communications Authority (ICASA) or other regulators through formal comments, meetings, or position papers.

 

·       Step 5: Align with other internal functions

 

o    Regulatory/compliance: Ensure comment alignment with internal policies and other regulatory submissions.

o    Commercial/BD: Translate any anticipated policy changes into commercial implications, procurement plans, and partner strategy.

o    Legal/contracts: Review potential changes to licence terms, transferability, or assignment provisions that could arise from roadmap outcomes.

 

·       Step 6: Document and monitor

 

o    Create a summary of proposed changes, internal positions, and rationale.

o    Assign owners for finalizing comments, and set a watch for follow-up actions or amendments.

 

Potential legal considerations to flag

 

·       Licensing implications: Could the roadmap introduce new bands for IMT or alter existing allocation? If so, check whether your licenses cover those bands or if you’ll need new allocations and how to apply.

 

·       Fee structures: Anticipate changes in licence fees, spectrum fees, or new levies. Assess financial planning and revenue recognition implications.

 

·       Obligations and reporting: New deployment or coverage obligations may require reporting, audits, or milestones. Prepare for enhanced compliance monitoring.

 

·       Interference and coordination: Changes in spectrum usage could affect interference risk with other services; ensure coordination processes are clear and that contracts with vendors/customers account for such risks.

 

·       International harmonization: If IMT Roadmap aligns with ITU/ASEAN/regions, assess supply chain and roaming implications, especially for cross-border services.

 

·       Public policy alignment: Many IMT initiatives tie into broader goals (digital inclusion, BBEE considerations, etc.). Ensure comments reflect or address these policy aims where relevant.

 

Practical next steps you can take

 

·       Request the official IMT Roadmap document and any draft policy directions or consultation questions.

 

·       Prepare a position memo for executives outlining:

o    Your current spectrum footprint

o    Anticipated policy changes and business impact

o    Any positions you want to advocate (support, modification, or objections)

 

·       Draft comments or a briefing for regulatory liaison:

o    Clear, evidence-based points

o    Any data or market analysis supporting your stance

 

·       Establish a timeline for internal reviews and submission by the stated deadline.

 

·       If appropriate, designate a regulatory liaison or external counsel to coordinate with ICASA.

 

Quick checklist for the comments

 

·       Identify bands affected and your current usage

·       Assess financial impact (fees, capex, Opex)

·       Propose practical clarifications or changes

·       Align with internal policy and enterprise risk framework

·       Include concrete, evidence-based data where possible

·       Confirm submission channel and deadline

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

INDEPENDENT COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORITY OF SOUTH AFRICA

 

NOTICE 3712 OF 2025

 

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ACT, 2005 (ACT NO. 36 OF 2005) HEREBY ISSUES A NOTICE REGARDING THE SECOND DRAFT INTERNATIONAL MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROADMAP.

 

1. The Independent Communications Authority of South Africa (“the Authority”), on 28 March 2024, published the Draft International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Roadmap, in Government Gazette No. 50413 (Notice 4584 of 2024) inviting Written Representations.

 

2. On 13 September 2024, in Government Gazette 51244 (Notice 5209 of 2024) the Authority published a “Notice Communicating the Outcome of the Consultation Process of the Draft IMT Roadmap 2025.

 

3. Now therefore, the Authority publishes the Second Draft International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Roadmap 2025, in terms of section 4(3)(c) of the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa Act, 2000 (Act No. 13 of 2000), read with sections 2(e), 30, 31(4), and 33 of the Electronic Communications Act (Act No 36 of 2005).

 

4. Interested persons are hereby invited to submit written representations on the Second Draft IMT Roadmap 2025 in both Microsoft Word (MS) and Portable Document Format (PDF) by no later than 16:00 on 16 February 2026.

 

5. Persons making representations are further invited to indicate whether they require an opportunity to make oral representations.

 

6. Written representations or enquiries may be directed by email to:

 

Attention:

Mr Manyaapelo Richard Makgotlho

e-mail: rmakgotlho@icasa.org.za

Copy: jdikgale@icasa.org.za

 

7. Where persons making representations require that their representation, or part thereof, be treated as confidential, then an application in terms of section 4D of the ICASA Act, 2000 (Act No 13 of 2000) must be lodged with the Authority. Such an application must be submitted simultaneously with the representation, together with a non-confidential, redacted version of the submission. If, however, the request for confidentiality is not granted, the person making the request will be allowed to withdraw the representation or document in question.

 

8. The guidelines for confidentiality requests are contained in Government Gazette Number No 41839 of 17 August 2018.

 

9. All written representations submitted to the Authority pursuant to this notice will be made available for inspection by interested persons from 19 February 2026 at the Authority’s Library. Electronic copies of such representations are obtainable on request and printed versions will be obtainable on payment of a fee.

 

10. The Second Draft IMT Roadmap 2025 and the non-confidential representations will be uploaded to the ICASA website under this link: https://www.icasa.org.za/legislation-and-regulations/radiofrequency-spectrum-plans/draft-radio-frequency-spectrum-plans.

 

 

_______________________

MOTHIBI RAMUSI

CHAIRPERSON

 

Table of Contents

 

1 About this document

2 Executive Summary

 

3 South African policy and regulatory framework

3.1 The Independent Communication Authority of South Africa Act, 2000 (Act No. 13 of 2000)

3.2 The Electronic Communications Act, 2005 (Act No. 36 of 2005)

3.3 Ministerial policies

3.4 The National Radio Frequency Plan

3.5 Radio Frequency Migration Regulations and Radio Frequency Migration Plans

3.6 Radio Frequency Spectrum Assignment Plans

 

4 International context

 

4.1 Capabilities of IMT

 

Overview

 

IMT-2000 and IMT-Advanced

IMT-2020

IMT-2030

 

4.2 Radio frequencies for IMT identified by the ITU

4.3 African Telecommunications Union

4.4 Communications Regulators’ Association of Southern Africa (CRASA

 

5 Technical and deployment matters –

5.1 Harmonisation

5.2 Coordination / coexistence

5.3 High altitude platform system as IMT base station (HIBS)

 

5.4 Flexible spectrum utilisation

Network synchronisation

Interference suppression

 

5.5 Guard bands

5.6 Total radiated power

5.7 Spectrum refarming

 

6 IMT in South Africa

6.1 The rationale for alignment of IMT in South Africa with international standards

6.2 Mobile allocations identified for IMT and assignments

 

7 Forecasts of demand for IMT

7.1 ITU forecasts of IMT demand

7.2 Forecasts of overall IMT demand

7.3 IMT Demand in South Africa

 

8 Process for the development of feasibility studies

8.1 Overall process

8.2 Co-ordination and interference self-management by licensees

8.3 Cost-benefit analysis

8.4 Perspective of end-users

8.5 Prioritisation of impact items

8.6 Processes and governance

8.7 Project management of the migration

 

9 Initial benchmarks for feasibility studies for IMT in the frequency bands identified for IMT

 

9.1 1 710-2 200 MHz

Updating arrangements for 1710 – 1880 MHz, and 1920 – 2170 MHz

1880 – 1920 MHz

 

9.2 3600 – 3800 MHz

9.3 4800 – 4990 MHz

9.4 6425-7125 MHz

9.5 24.25 – 27.5 GHz

9.6 37-43.5 GHz

9.7 45.5-47 GHz

9.8 47.2-48.2 GHz

9.9 66-71 GHz (E-Band)

 

10 Obligations for licensees

10.1 Broadband and universal service context in South Africa

10.2 Universal service obligations for IMT

10.3 Quality of service

 

11 Implementation timelines

 

12 Appendix A: Glossary of Terms, Abbreviations and Acronyms

 

13 Appendix B: Explanatory note to frequency bands identified for imt

 

14 Appendix C: NRFP extracts bands IMT bands

14.1 450 MHz

14.2 700 MHz, 750MHz

14.3 800 MHz

14.4 900 MHz

14.5 1500 MHz

14.6 1800 MHz, 1900MHz, 2100MHz

14.7 2300 MHz

14.8 2600 MHz

14.9 3300 MHz

14.10 3400-3600MHz

14.11 3600-3800MHz

14.12 4.9 GHz

14.13 6 GHz

14.14 26 GHz (24.25-27.5GHz)

14.15 40 GHz (37-43.5GHz)

14.16 46GHz (45.5-47GHz)

14.17 48 GHz (47.2-48.2GHz)

14.18 66-71 GHz (E-Band)

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Electronic Communications Act: International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Roadmap: Comments invited

G 53883 GeN 3712

– Comment by 16 Feb 2026

18 December 2025

 

53883gen3712.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 16 February 2026.

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ACT

 

Policy Direction to the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa on Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

 

G 53855 GeN 3692

 

12 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Regulatory Bodies

 

  • ICASA (Independent Communications Authority of South Africa)

Must amend its Ownership Regulations to align with the ICT Sector Code and enforce compliance.

 

2. Licensed Entities in the ICT Sector

 

  • Telecommunications Operators

Including mobile network operators, ISPs, and satellite service providers.

 

  • Broadband Infrastructure Providers

Companies deploying fiber, wireless, and satellite networks.

 

  • Broadcasting Service Licensees

Entities holding broadcasting and electronic communications service licenses.

 

3. Multinational Corporations Operating in South Africa

 

  • Companies seeking to enter or expand in the ICT sector must comply with B-BBEE requirements or participate in Equity Equivalent Investment Programmes (EEIPs).

 

4. Local ICT Companies

 

  • Measured Entities under the ICT Sector Code

Required to meet B-BBEE targets for ownership, management control, skills development, enterprise and supplier development, and socio-economic development.

 

5. Industry Associations and Professional Bodies

 

  • Organizations representing ICT stakeholders that will need to guide members on compliance and transformation strategies.

 

6. Verification and Compliance Service Providers

 

  • B-BBEE Verification Agencies

Responsible for certifying compliance with the ICT Sector Code.

 

7. Government Departments

 

  • Department of Trade, Industry and Competition (DTIC)

Oversees EEIP approvals and monitoring.

 

  • Department of Communications and Digital Technologies (DCDT)

Sets policy and monitors implementation.

 

8. Investors and Financial Institutions

  • Entities funding ICT projects must ensure compliance with B-BBEE requirements for their investments.
 

SUMMARY

 

Purpose

 

The policy direction aims to align ICASA’s Ownership Regulations with the Amended ICT Sector Code under the B-BBEE Act. It seeks to promote transformation, inclusivity, and investment in South Africa’s ICT sector while bridging the digital divide.

 

Key Issues Addressed

 

  • Current ICASA Ownership Regulations deviate from the ICT Sector Code, creating misalignment with national law and policy.
  • Lack of recognition for Equity Equivalent Investment Programmes (EEIPs), which allow multinationals to contribute to empowerment without direct ownership.
  • Need for regulatory parity and clarity to encourage investment and compliance.

 

Objectives

 

  • Accelerate universal access to high-speed internet, especially in rural and underserved areas.
  • Promote economic empowerment and digital inclusion.
  • Support South Africa’s competitiveness in the global digital economy.
  • Ensure compliance with B-BBEE principles across the ICT sector.

 

Policy Directives to ICASA

 

1.     Align Ownership Regulations with the ICT Sector Code.

2.     Ensure parity among licensees and apply empowerment requirements consistently.

3.     Promote broadband rollout to bridge the digital divide.

4.     Preserve digital sovereignty by enforcing data protection and security policies.

 

Impact

 

  • Applies to all ICT licensees (telecom operators, ISPs, broadcasters).
  • Affects multinational companies entering the South African market.
  • Requires measured entities to comply with B-BBEE targets or participate in EEIPs.
  • Involves government departments, industry associations, and verification agencies.

 

 

EXPLAINED AND UNPACKED

 

The government has issued a formal instruction (Policy Direction) to ICASA, telling it to use its licensing powers to enforce B-BBEE more strictly and specifically within the communications sector.

 

What Does This Mean ?

 

The direction has directed ICASA to do as follows:

 

“When you issue or renew a license for a company to operate, don’t just check their technical and financial plans. Make their B-BBEE status a core, non-negotiable part of the deal.”

 

In practice, this could mean:

 

License Renewals: A big telecom company wanting its license renewed might have to prove it has met specific B-BBEE targets (like ownership by Black shareholders, skills development, management representation, or procuring from Black-owned suppliers).

 

New Licenses: New companies or those seeking new spectrum (the “airwaves” for mobile networks) might be prioritized or even required to have a strong Black ownership structure.

 

Stronger Enforcement: ICASA will have clearer authority to penalize or even revoke licenses if companies fail to live up to their B-BBEE commitments, making B-BBEE compliance as serious as any other license condition.

 

The Big-Picture Effect:

 

For the Industry: It raises the stakes. B-BBEE moves from being a general corporate social goal to a key regulatory requirement for staying in business. This will likely accelerate ownership deals, executive appointments, and procurement strategies focused on B-BBEE.

 

For Economic Transformation: The goal is to use one of the economy’s most critical and profitable sectors—communications—as a direct engine for creating Black wealth, management, and entrepreneurship.

 

For ICASA: Its role expands. It now has an explicit, strengthened mandate to be an active driver of economic transformation, not just a technical and competition regulator.

In a nutshell: The government is officially telling the telecoms and broadcasting regulator, “Use your power to grant licenses to make sure this industry truly transforms and shares its economic opportunities.” This makes B-BBEE compliance in the communications sector more serious, specific, and enforceable than ever before.

 

The Directive’s Core Orders to ICASA:

 

1.     Mandate B-BBEE as a License Condition:

 

o   Order: ICASA must amend its licensing regulations to make a company’s B-BBEE status and a credible empowerment plan a mandatory condition for:

 

§  The issuance of any new license (individual or class).

§  The renewal of any existing license.

§  The transfer or sale of a license.

§  The approval of major transactions (like mergers or acquisitions) involving licensees.

 

2.     Develop Sector-Specific B-BBEE Regulations:

 

o   Order: ICASA must create and publish regulations that define what B-BBEE compliance means for the communications sector. This goes beyond the generic Codes of Good Practice and would likely include:

 

§  Minimum B-BBEE Scorecard Targets: Setting required levels for Ownership, Management Control, Skills Development, etc., possibly higher than the generic codes.

§  Sector-Specific Elements: Prioritizing certain elements, e.g., promoting Black ownership in infrastructure ownership or ensuring procurement from Black-owned tech startups.

§  Measurement & Reporting Frameworks: Dictating how licensees must measure, verify, and report their B-BBEE performance to ICASA.

 

3.     Integrate B-BBEE into All Regulatory Processes:

 

o   Order: ICASA must apply a B-BBEE lens to all its work. This means:

 

§  Spectrum Allocation: When awarding high-demand spectrum (like for 5G), B-BBEE commitments must be a key evaluation criterion, potentially weighted alongside the financial bid.

 

§  Competition Approvals: In assessing mergers or market dominance, the impact on B-BBEE (e.g., dilution of Black ownership) must be a material consideration.

§  Compliance Monitoring & Enforcement: ICASA’s inspectors must audit B-BBEE compliance with the same rigor as technical or financial compliance.

 

 

4.     Establish Enforcement Mechanisms & Penalties:

 

o   Order: ICASA must define clear consequences for non-compliance.

 

This includes:

 

§  Remedial Actions: Orders to rectify shortcomings within a set timeframe.

§  Financial Penalties: Administrative fines for failure to meet commitments.

§  License Sanctions: The ultimate penalty: suspension, revocation, or non-renewal of licenses for serious or persistent B-BBEE failures, especially for fronting.

 

5.     Promote Meaningful Participation (Anti-Fronting):

 

o   Order: The directive will emphasize that compliance must reflect substantive economic transformation. ICASA is ordered to be vigilant against “fronting” and to create mechanisms to ensure Black participation is real, effective, and extends beyond mere ownership to include management, skills transfer, and operational involvement.

 

In Simple, Direct Language, the Government is Telling ICASA:

 

“You now have a legal duty to use your power over licenses to force the telecoms and broadcasting industry to transform. Make their B-BBEE plans a binding part of their license. Set strict, clear rules for what they must achieve. Check their progress regularly. And if they don’t deliver real change, punish them—up to and including taking away their right to operate.”

 

The directive transforms ICASA from a passive observer of B-BBEE into an active, powerful enforcement agency for economic transformation within its sector. The exact thresholds, timelines, and detailed regulations will be developed by ICASA in response to this order, which will then form the new rulebook for the industry.

 

How Will This Impact On Legal Advisors And Compliance Officers

 

This Policy Direction will significantly increase the workload, strategic importance, and liability exposure for legal advisors and compliance officers in the South African communications sector. It fundamentally changes B-BBEE from a general compliance matter to a core, high-stakes licensing and regulatory condition.

 

Here’s a breakdown of the specific impacts on these professionals:

 

For Legal Advisors (In-House & External Counsel)

 

1.     Heightened Role in Transactions & Licensing:

 

o   License Applications/Renewals: Your role becomes critical in drafting and vetting license applications. You must now ensure the B-BBEE plan is not just an annex but a central, legally defensible commitment integrated into the application. Failure could mean denial.

o   Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A): Any M&A activity will require a deep “B-BBEE due diligence.” Acquiring a company with a poor B-BBEE status could jeopardize the entire group’s licenses. Structuring deals to improve or protect B-BBEE scores becomes a primary legal objective, not just a nice-to-have.

o   Spectrum Auctions/Allocations: Advising on bids for new spectrum (like 5G) will be dominated by crafting compliant ownership and empowerment structures that meet ICASA’s expected thresholds.

 

2.     Contract Drafting & Review:

 

o   Supplier/Partner Agreements: There will be a surge in demand for contracts with Black-owned suppliers, enterprise development partners, and skills development providers. These must be carefully drafted to ensure they are genuine, measurable, and auditable to count toward the license obligations.

o   Shareholder Agreements: Agreements for Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) partners will need to be rock-solid, ensuring they reflect real, meaningful participation (not just “fronting”) to withstand ICASA scrutiny.

 

3.     Risk Management & Dispute Resolution:

 

o   Fronting Prosecution Risk: The legal risk of being accused of “fronting” (fake B-BBEE) skyrockets, as ICASA can now use it as grounds for license revocation. Legal advisors must design structures that are legally sound and substantively transformative.

 

 

o   Litigation & Appeals: You will likely be involved in more litigation—challenging ICASA’s decisions on B-BBEE grounds or defending the client’s compliance in hearings and appeals.

 

For Compliance Officers

 

1.     Shift from Reporting to Operational Integration:

 

o   Beyond the Certificate: Compliance is no longer just about obtaining an annual B-BBEE verification certificate. It’s about embedding B-BBEE metrics into daily operations—procurement, HR, management succession—because these now directly impact the company’s legal right to operate.

o   Real-Time Monitoring: You’ll need to develop dashboards and controls to monitor B-BBEE performance (ownership changes, procurement spend, skills development) in real-time, not just at year-end for audit.

 

2.     Audit & Evidence Preparedness:

 

o   ICASA Audits: Expect proactive audits from ICASA specifically on B-BBEE license conditions. Your job will be to prepare and manage these audits, ensuring every claim of Black ownership, management control, or supplier development is backed by irrefutable, well-organized evidence.

o   Internal Audits: You will need to run frequent internal audits to identify gaps before ICASA does.

 

3.     Strategic Advisory to Management:

 

o   License-At-Risk Warnings: You become the key person warning the board and executives: “If we don’t hit these B-BBEE targets, we risk our spectrum license renewal in 18 months.” This elevates your role from a support function to a core strategic advisor.

o   Budget & Resource Advocacy: You will need to advocate for budget and resources for B-BBEE initiatives, framing them not as CSR costs but as essential investments in license retention and business continuity.

 

Shared Challenges & Opportunities for Both Roles

 

·       Interdisciplinary Collaboration: This forces much closer teamwork between legal, compliance, HR, procurement, and finance departments to create a cohesive strategy.

·       Need for Specialized Knowledge: Demand will soar for professionals who understand both the Electronic Communications Act/ICASA regulations AND the B-BBEE Codes of Good Practice. This niche expertise will become highly valuable.

·       Documentation & Governance: Creating an impeccable paper trail—board minutes showing B-BBEE is a regular agenda item, committee oversight, policy updates—becomes non-negotiable to prove “meaningful implementation.”

·       Opportunity for Leadership: Professionals who navigate this well will position themselves and their departments as critical to the company’s survival and growth, moving from cost centers to value protectors.

 

In essence: For legal and compliance teams in telecoms/broadcasting, B-BBEE just became as critical as network security or financial solvency. It transforms their work from advisory and reporting to active, high-stakes license defense and strategic business enablement. Proactivity, deep integration, and robust evidence will be the new standards.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS AND DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES

 

NOTICE 3692 OF 2025

 

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS AND DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ACT, 2005 (ACT NO. 36 OF 2005)

 

POLICY DIRECTION TO THE INDEPENDENT COMMUNICATIONS AUTHORITY OF SOUTH AFRICA ON BROAD-BASED BLACK ECONOMIC EMPOWERMENT

 

I, Mr Solly Malatsi, Minister of Telecommunications and Digital Technologies, hereby issue the Policy Direction in the Schedule to the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa in terms of section 3(2) of the Electronic Communications Act, 2005 (Act No. 36 of 2005).

________________________________

Mr Solly Malatsi, MP

Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies

DATE: 11 December 2025

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE AND FINAL POLICY DIRECTION ON THE APPLICATION OF THE ICT SECTOR CODE

 

1. Background

 

1.1. There is a large body of national and sectoral policies relating to infrastructure development and specifically to deploying broadband networks and ensuring access to accessible, available and affordable high-speed internet services by all of South Africa’s citizens. A list of some of these policies is attached to this Schedule.

 

1.2. The Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies (“the Minister”) is concerned that there are impediments to both national and international investments in the sector that have been occasioned by, among other reasons, inconsistent requirements applicable to the ownership persons who hold radio frequency spectrum and service licences under the Act. It is accepted by Government that it cannot, on its own, achieve national goals for connectivity and that participation by the private sector is vital.

 

1.3. To this end, the Minister has consulted widely with a view to enabling investments in the sector by companies that have given undertakings that are acceptable to the Department of Trade, Industry and Competition (“the DTIC”) in terms of its Equity Equivalent Investment Programme (“EEIP”).

 

1.4. The draft policy directive was published in the Government Gazette on 23 May 2025 for public comment. Following the consideration of the public submissions, the Minister has decided to issue this policy direction.

 

2. The ICT Sector Code

 

2.1. The DTIC approved the ICT Sector Code in 2016 (“the Code”). The Code was approved in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (“BBBEE Act”) as a way of measuring the contribution of a Measured Entity to the goals of the BBBEE Act.

 

A Measured Entity in the ICT Sector may only, as a matter of law, be measured for

 

1 Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (53/2003) as amended by B-BBEE Act (46/2013) » Codes of good practice on broad based black economic empowerment (bbbeecommission.co.za) and South Africa Government Gazette dated 2015-05-06 number 38766 – Law Library compliance with the requirement of broad-based black economic empowerment in accordance with the Code.2

 

2.2. The fundamental principle for measuring B-BBEE compliance is that substance takes precedence over legal form. In interpreting the provisions of the Codes any reasonable interpretation consistent with the objectives of the B-BBEE Act as amended and the BBBEE Strategy must take precedence.

 

2.3. The introduction to the Code provides that “…we, the ICT Sector stakeholders, resolve and commit to:

 

• The objectives of the B-BBEE Act as amended

• Promote the effective implementation of B-BBEE in the ICT sector;

• Bridge the “digital divide” by actively promoting access to ICTs;

• Stimulate and support growth in the ICT sector;

• Advance economic and social transformation in the ICT sector;

• Contribute towards the reduction of unemployment and poverty alleviation;

• Support skills development and training initiatives;

• Foster equity and address the legitimate economic aspiration of all South Africans;

• Provide an enabling environment conducive to transparency, fairness, and consistency when adjudicating on matters related to B-BBEE in the ICT sector; and

• Comply with the requirements of the ICT Sector Code as defined hereunder and where possible meet and exceed targets across the sector.”

 

2.4. ICASA, the sector regulatory authority, and other sector stakeholders participated in the development of the Code which process took several years to complete.

 

2.5. Numerous sector codes issued under the B-BBEE Act recognise ownership through deeming provisions (subject to specific requirements), including equity equivalent investment programmes.

 

2 B-BBEE Act (46/2013), section 10(3).

 

3. Ownership under the ECA and the ICASA Act

 

3.1. Section 4(1)(a) of the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa Act, 2000 (“ICASA Act”) provides that ICASA must exercise the powers and perform the duties conferred and imposed upon it by this Act, the underlying statutes and other applicable law. The BBBEE Act is such a law. Specifically:

 

(a) section 10(1) of the BBBEE Act states that “[e]very of state and public entity must apply any relevant code of good practice issued in terms of this Act in… (a) determining qualification criteria for the issuing of licences, concessions or other authorisations in respect of economic activity in terms of any law…; and

(a) section 10(3) of the BBBEE Act states that “subject to section 9(6) [of the BBBEE Act], an enterprise in a sector in respect of which the Minister has issued a sector code of good practice in terms of section 9, may only be measured for compliance with the requirements of broad-based black economic empowerment in accordance with that code.”

 

3.2. Section 9(2)(b) of the Electronic Communications Act, 2005 (“ECA”) provides that in relation to an application for a new licence (and in terms of later sections, the amendment, renewal and transfer of a licence)3, ICASA “must…include the percentage of equity ownership to be held by persons from historically disadvantaged groups, which must not be less than 30%, or such other conditions or higher percentage as may be prescribed under section 4(3)(k) of the ICASA Act”. “Prescribed” is defined in the ECA as “prescribed by regulation made by the Authority in terms of this Act or the related legislation” (and “related legislation” includes the ICASA Act). Effectively the section has 3 parts:

 

3.2.1. include, as a condition of a licence, that an applicant must have equity that is not less than 30% in the hands of HDI; or

 

3.2.2. apply other conditions under section 4(3)(k) of the ICASA Act; or

 

3.2.3. increase or change the percentage of equity from 30%.

 

3.3. The underlined portion was inserted by amendments made to the ECA in 2014. In the explanatory memorandum that accompanied the ECA Amendment Bill in 2013 (which led to the amendments in 2014), it is expressly stated that:

 

3 Sections 10, 11 and 13 of the Electronic Communications Act, 2005.

 

“The focus of the Act has been changed from the empowerment of ‘historically disadvantaged individuals’ to broad-based black economic empowerment. Therefore the required equity ownership by historically disadvantaged groups in section 9(2)(b) has been retained for the time being provided that broad-based black economic empowerment requirements prescribed by ICASA under section 4(3)(k) of the ICASA Act may replace it in due course”

 

3.4. Section 4(3)(k) of the ICASA Act provides that ICASA “may make regulations on empowerment requirements to promote broad-based economic empowerment”. “Broadbased economic empowerment” is defined in the ECA as “having the meaning ascribed to it in the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (Act No. 53 of 2003)”.

 

3.5. ICASA consulted on the treatment of ownership and control of individual licences for over a decade and sought the views of stakeholders in several consultation processes, replicating those views in their findings documents

 

4. Numerous stakeholders recommended aligning the position with the ICT Sector Code in terms of national legislation.

 

4. ICASA’s Regulations

 

4.1. On 14 February 2020, ICASA exercised its discretion in terms of section 9(2)(b) of the ECA to prescribe draft “Regulations on the Limitation of Control and Equity Ownership by Historically Disadvantaged Groups and the Application of the ICT Sector Code” in Gazette 43021, for public comment. The introduction to these draft Regulations stated under the heading “Purpose of the Regulations”:

 

4 The consultations were as follows:

 

1. Discussion Document on Ownership and Control November 2009. Gazette 32719 of 17 November 2009.

 

2. Findings Document on the Review of Ownership and Control of Commercial Services and Limitations on Broadcasting, Electronic Communications Services and Electronic Communication Network Services. Gazette 34601 of September 2011.

 

 

3. Discussion Document: Equity Ownership by Historically Disadvantaged Groups and the application of the ICT Sector Code in the ICT sector in terms of Section 4B of the ICASA Act 2000, as amended.

Gazette 40759 of 31 March 2017.

 

4. Findings Document and Position Paper on: Inquiry into Equity Ownership by Historically Disadvantaged Groups and the application of the ICT Sector Code in the ICT Sector, January 2019. Gazette 42234, 15 February 2019.

 

“The purpose of these Regulations is to promote equity ownership by HDGs and to promote B-BBEE. In achieving this, these regulations will –

 

a. Facilitate diversity and transformation in the ICT sector by prescribing the implementation of the Revised ICT Sector Code;

 

b. Prescribe the application of the HDG equity requirement; and

 

c. Provide the manner in which to verify compliance with HDGs and B-BBEE requirements”.

 

4.2. On 31 March 2021, ICASA again exercised its discretion in terms of section 9(2)(b) of the ECA to prescribe the final “Regulations in respect of the Limitations of Control and Equity Ownership by Historically Disadvantaged Groups (HDG) and the Application of the ICT Sector Code” (“the Ownership Regulations”).

 

4.3. By taking the step to prescribe the Ownership Regulations under the ICASA Act, ICASA chose to apply the second part of section 9(2)(b), namely “or such other conditions” since it stepped away from applying 30% HDI equity only (as set out in the first part of the section), and it did not increase the percentage ownership, being the third part of that section (see paragraph 3.2 above).

 

4.4. On 14 April 2022, ICASA published amendments to the Ownership Regulations5 to remove reference to different forms of ownership that are recognised by the Code by explicitly referring to only certain Code Statements as being recognised:

 

“B-BBEE Contributor Status Level” – means a B-BBEE status as referred to in paragraph 5.2 of Statement AICT000 of Code Series AICT 000 of the ICT Sector Code, as determined in terms of Statement AICT000 of Code Series AICT000, Statement AICT004, of Code Series AICT000, or Statement AICT600 of Code Series AICT600 of the ICT Sector Code, and as confirmed by a valid B-BBEE Verification Certificate, a sworn affidavit or a CIPC issued certificate, as may be applicable”.

 

4.5. In so doing, ICASA deliberately moved away from the DTIC’s approved ICT Sector Code, deleting the following recognised statements in the Codes:

 

5 Gazette 46245 of 14 April 2022.

 

5.6. Deviation from the ICT Sector Code is not permissible in law, nor is it desirable as a matter of fact. This is because it excludes the possibility of an international entity investing in the South African economy only because its global business policies do not allow ownership by third parties even where the DTIC has recognized that the entity may qualify, on application, for approval of an EEIP.

 

5.7. Contributions using EEIPs are measured using the general principle set out in Code Series AICT400 and AICT500 against any of the following targets:

 

5.7.1. 30% of the value of the South African operations of the Applicant, determined using a Standard Valuation Method; or

 

5.7.2. 4% of Total Revenue from its South African operations annually over the period of continued measurement.6

 

5.8. The Ownership Regulations do not provide for the recognition of such a programme, nor do they recognise or permit the recognition of a number of other forms of broad-based black economic empowerment contemplated in the ICT Sector Code, such as procurement initiatives, participation in management, or skills development. The

 

6 Statement AICT103: The recognition of equity equivalents for applicants.

 

Ownership Regulations do not recognise other forms of ownership including the deeming provisions contained in Statement AICT100 including Statement AICT103 as explained above.

 

4.9. As a result, the Ownership Regulations are out of step with national law, the ICT Sector Code and national policy goals, and this misalignment must be addressed.

 

4.10. ICASA has, in other secondary instruments (regulating individual, class and radio frequency spectrum licences, among others), stated its intention to apply the Ownership Regulations despite their non-conformity, and without approval by the DTIC, alternatively to apply section 9(2)(b) of the ECA without regard for the possibility of imposing “other conditions”.

 

5. The outcome of the consultation

 

5.1. The Department of Communications and Digital Technologies received in excess of 19,000 submissions. On review, this number included approximately 4,000 duplicates or blank submissions, bringing the total number of actual substantive submissions at 15,000.

 

5.2. An overwhelming 90% of the submissions are in favour of the policy direction. For ease of reference, the submissions are grouped into 2 categories, those in favour and those opposed.

 

5.3. Common themes in submissions in favour of the policy direction highlight the following benefits:

 

5.3.1. Acceleration of universal access to high-speed internet, particularly in rural and underserved communities;

 

5.3.2. Economic empowerment through enhanced digital participation and new business opportunities;

 

5.3.3. Reinforcement of South Africa’s competitiveness in the global digital economy;

 

5.3.4. Alignment with the goals of inclusivity, education, and innovation; and

 

5.3.5. Recognizing its role in bridging the digital divide, advancing socio-economic development, and positioning South Africa as a digital leader on the African continent.

 

5.4. Opposing viewpoints provided feedback on implementation risks and equity considerations that can inform policy refinement, highlighting the following:

 

5.4.1. Concerns about possible dominance by large or foreign telecommunications operators.

 

Response: The Competition Commission is the competition regulator for all sectors in the Republic, and ICASA has power to investigate competition in the electronic communications sector. Furthermore, any foreign operator will be a new entrant to the sector and have no market share or subscriber base for a number of years.

 

5.4.2. Fear of undermining local empowerment and transformation objectives (in particular, BBBEE compliance).

 

Response: The sole purpose of the policy direction is to promote and support empowerment and transformation initiatives already in place in terms of the ICT Sector Code under the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 which ICASA has not adopted in its Ownership Regulations.

 

5.4.3. Concerns that EEIPs have no impact at all and are just being used by multinationals to evade BBBEE compliance requirements.

 

Response: There is little evidence to support this claim. As the ICT Sector Code itself recognises EEIPs as contributing to BBBEE, this is not a legally sound argument.

 

5.4.4. The need for tighter safeguards to prevent regulatory loopholes or unfair competition.

 

Response: ICASA is the sector regulator. Its duty is to keep the market and sector participants’ behaviour under review at all times. As indicated above, both ICASA and the Competition Commission have a duty to regulate competition in the ICT sector and in South Africa, respectively, thus there are already provisions in place to address any loopholes or unfair competition.

 

5.4.5. The perception that the policy direction is intended to benefit Starlink at the expense of transformation. Response: As has been stated publicly numerous times, the policy direction will, if implemented by ICASA, apply to all licensees in the same way when the Ownership Regulations are amended as required.

 

5.4.6. Worries about data sovereignty and national security implications.

 

Response: South Africa’s Protection of Personal Information Act, 2013, has been in force for many years and the Information Regulator is empowered to take action in relation any data sovereignty concerns, as data sovereignty is addressed in this Act. National security is protected by numerous laws and law enforcement authorities. These will all be brought to bear on any issue that may affect national security.

 

5.4.7. The perception of a lack of consultation or transparency during policy development.

 

Response: The policy direction was published for public comment as is provided for in the Electronic Communications Act, 2005. The period for public comment was intended to accommodate as many stakeholders as possible who wanted to participate in the process. The consultation process is the same process adopted for all policy directions.

 

5.5. Those who support the policy direction suggested the application of the following conditions:

 

5.5.1. Transparency around the formulation and approvals of EEIPs.

 

Response: The Minister and the Department of Communications and Digital Technologies will liaise with the Minister and the Department of Trade, Industry and Competition to review the process of making application for and approving EEIPs, as well as monitoring and reporting on approved applications.

 

5.5.2. The need for a clear monitoring and reporting frameworks.

 

Response: See above.

 

5.5.3. The need for regulatory parity, meaning that regulatory compliance should nonetheless be required of all licensees.

 

Response: If ICASA amends its Ownership Regulations in terms of the policy direction, then they will apply as they currently do, to all licensees referenced in those Regulations and compliance with the Regulations will be mandatory as it is now.

 

6. Policy direction

 

Having regard to the need to promote numerous policy goals for the sector in relation to the availability, accessibility and affordability of communications services; taking account of the contribution to investment and competition that can be made by international entities; and considering the overriding provisions of the BBBEE Act, ICASA is directed in terms of section 3(2) of the Electronic Communications Act, 2005 (Act No. 36 of 2005) to–

 

6.1. urgently consider alignment of the Regulations in respect of the Limitations of Control and Equity Ownership by Historically Disadvantaged Groups (HDG) and the Application of the ICT Sector Code, with the Amended Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (BBBEE) ICT Sector Code; and

 

6.2. take account of government’s national economic inclusion policy goals and the scope of its own powers and duties under the ECA and ICASA Act in giving effect to these policy goals and, insofar as is possible:

 

6.2.1. ensure parity among licensees; and

 

6.2.2. promote the roll out of broadband to bridge the digital divide; and

 

6.2.3. ensure the preservation of South Africa’s digital sovereignty by encouraging adherence to South Africa’s data protection and data security policies.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Electronic Communications Act: Policy Direction to the Independent Communications Authority of South Africa on Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

G 53855 GeN 3692

12 December 2025

 

53855gen3692.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. ICASA (Regulator)

  • Amend Ownership Regulations to align with the Amended ICT Sector Code.
  • Ensure regulations recognize Equity Equivalent Investment Programmes (EEIPs) for multinationals.
  • Implement monitoring and reporting frameworks for compliance.

 

2. Licensed ICT Companies (Telecoms, ISPs, Broadcasters)

  • Review current B-BBEE compliance status against the ICT Sector Code.
  • Update ownership structures or implement EPR and EEIP strategies where direct equity ownership is not feasible.
  • Prepare for stricter compliance checks and reporting requirements.

 

3. Multinational Corporations

  • Apply for EEIP approval through the Department of Trade, Industry and Competition (DTIC).
  • Develop and implement EEIP projects that meet Code requirements (skills development, enterprise support, socio-economic development).
  • Ensure transparency and maintain documentation for audits.

 

4. Industry Associations

  • Educate members on the revised compliance requirements.
  • Provide guidance and templates for EEIP applications and B-BBEE reporting.

 

5. B-BBEE Verification Agencies

  • Update verification processes to align with the ICT Sector Code.
  • Train staff on new compliance requirements and EEIP recognition.

 

6. Government Departments (DCDT & DTIC)

  • Streamline EEIP approval processes and publish clear guidelines.
  • Monitor implementation and publish annual compliance reports.

 

7. All Stakeholders

  • Develop internal compliance teams or appoint consultants.
  • Participate in awareness and training programs.
  • Integrate compliance into strategic planning and procurement policies.

 

END

ENVIRONMENTAL

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT: WASTE ACT

 

National Waste Management Strategy 2026: Comments invited

 

G 53894 GoN 6972

 

– Comment by 17 Feb 2026

 

19 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Government Institutions

 

  • National Departments: Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment (DFFE), Department of Cooperative Governance and Traditional Affairs (COGTA), Department of Health, Department of Trade, Industry and Competition, Department of Science and Innovation, Department of Public Works and Infrastructure.
  • Provincial Governments: Responsible for integrated waste management planning and oversight.
  • Municipalities: Mandated to provide waste collection and disposal services, implement Integrated Waste Management Plans (IWMPs), and enforce by-laws.

 

2. Private Sector

 

  • Producers and Brand Owners: Obligated under Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes for packaging, electronics, lighting, lubricant oils, pesticides, batteries, and new streams like Absorbent Hygiene Products (AHPs).
  • Industry Associations: Representing sectors such as packaging, construction, automotive, and chemicals.
  • Waste Management Companies: Including recyclers, landfill operators, and companies involved in beneficiation and waste-to-energy projects.
  • Small, Medium, and Micro Enterprises (SMMEs) and Co-operatives: Engaged in recycling, collection, and waste beneficiation.

 

3. Informal Sector

 

  • Waste Pickers and Reclaimers: Integration into formal systems and support through buy-back centres and recycling initiatives.

 

4. Civil Society and NGOs

 

  • Organizations involved in environmental awareness, anti-littering campaigns, and community clean-up initiatives.

 

5. Academia and Research Institutions

 

  • Universities and research bodies contributing to innovation, technical capacity building, and policy development in waste management and circular economy.

 

6. International and Regional Bodies

 

  • Entities linked to multilateral environmental agreements (e.g., Basel, Stockholm, Rotterdam Conventions) and global initiatives on plastics and circular economy.

 

7. Extended Stakeholders

 

  • Transport and Logistics Companies: For waste movement and compliance.
  • Financial Institutions and Donors: Supporting infrastructure development and innovation projects.
  • Media and Communication Agencies: For awareness campaigns.
 

SUMMARY

 

Purpose

 

The NWMS 2026 sets out South Africa’s policy and strategic interventions for waste management over the next five years. It aims to:

 

  • Align with the National Environmental Management: Waste Act (2008).
  • Support the National Development Plan (Vision 2030) and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
  • Promote a circular economy and reduce reliance on landfills.

 

Key Objectives

 

  • Prevent waste generation and minimize its environmental impact.
  • Divert waste from landfills: 40% within 5 years, 50% within 10 years, and 60% within 15 years.
  • Ensure clean communities with well-managed, financially sustainable waste services.
  • Foster a culture of compliance and zero tolerance for pollution, littering, and illegal dumping.

 

Strategic Pillars

 

1.     Circular Economy and Waste Minimisation

 

o   Promote waste prevention through sustainable product design.

o   Increase reuse, recycling, and recovery.

o   Implement Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes.

o   Prioritize waste streams: organic waste, Absorbent Hygiene Products (AHPs), construction & demolition waste, coal ash, food waste, clothing & textiles, and automobiles.

 

2.     Effective and Sustainable Waste Services

 

o   Expand waste collection to rural and underserved areas.

o   Integrate informal waste pickers into formal systems.

 

 

o   Improve infrastructure (drop-off centres, buy-back centres, material recovery facilities).

o   Develop financially sustainable service models.

 

3.     Capacity Building and Awareness

 

o   Nationwide education campaigns on recycling and anti-littering.

o   Training for municipal officials and waste sector professionals.

o   Partnerships with schools, communities, and industry for awareness programs.

 

4.     Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement

 

o   Strengthen enforcement of waste legislation and by-laws.

o   Increase Environmental Management Inspectors (EMIs).

o   Ensure municipal landfill sites comply with licensing requirements.

o   Reduce illegal dumping and littering through stricter penalties and awareness.

 

Implementation Highlights

 

  • Integration of informal sector and SMMEs into waste value chains.
  • Development of waste-to-energy projects for residual waste.
  • Upgrading the South African Waste Information System (SAWIS) for better data reporting.
  • Collaboration across government, private sector, academia, and civil society.

 

 

1. What the Strategy Likely Covers

 

A National Waste Management Strategy is a comprehensive policy document that sets the direction for waste management in South Africa. The 2026 version is expected to align with global trends (circular economy, zero waste, extended producer responsibility) and local priorities. Key areas it likely addresses include:

 

·       Waste Hierarchy: Prioritizing waste prevention, reduction, reuse, recycling, recovery, and safe disposal.

·       Circular Economy: Promoting designs and systems that keep materials in use for as long as possible.

·       Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR): Mandating that producers take responsibility for the entire lifecycle of their products, including post-consumer waste management and recycling. This includes specific schemes for packaging, electrical and electronic equipment, batteries, and more.

·       Waste Classification and Standards: Updating definitions, standards for waste treatment, and landfill criteria.

·       Waste Data and Information Systems: Improving tracking, reporting, and monitoring of waste streams.

·       Infrastructure Development: Planning for integrated waste management facilities, recycling plants, and safe disposal sites.

·       Hazardous Waste Management: Specific protocols for managing industrial, medical, and other hazardous wastes.

·       Informal Sector Integration: Formalizing and supporting the role of waste pickers and recyclers in the value chain.

·       Compliance and Enforcement: Outlining mechanisms for ensuring adherence to the strategy and the Act.

 

 

2. How It Will Affect Organizations

 

Private Sector Impact:

 

·       Increased Compliance Burden: Companies, especially producers of goods (manufacturers, importers, retailers), will face stricter Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) obligations. This means they will be legally and financially responsible for collecting, recycling, or responsibly disposing of the waste from their products.

 

·       Operational and Cost Implications: Organizations will need to:

o   Redesign products for easier recycling (eco-design).

o   Establish or contribute to industry waste collection and recycling schemes.

o   Implement internal waste separation and reporting systems.

o   Factor waste management costs into their business models, potentially increasing product costs.

 

·       New Business Opportunities: The strategy will stimulate the green economy:

o   Growth in recycling and waste processing industries.

o   Demand for waste management services, consulting, and technology.

o   Innovation in sustainable packaging and materials.

 

·       Reporting and Transparency: Mandatory waste data reporting to authorities will become more rigorous, requiring robust internal tracking systems.

 

Public Sector Impact:

 

·       Municipalities and Waste Authorities: Will need to align their Integrated Waste Management Plans (IWMPs) with the national strategy. This may require:

o   Upgrading landfill standards and investing in diversion infrastructure.

o   Strengthening household separation-at-source programs.

o   Formalizing partnerships with the informal recycling sector and private EPR schemes.

 

·       Licensing and Regulation: The Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment (DFFE) and provincial authorities will have a clearer mandate to enforce waste management licensing (as referenced in the accompanying notice on licence application procedures). The approval process may become more stringent.

·       Procurement Policies: Government departments may be required to adopt green procurement practices, prioritizing products with recycled content or designed for circularity.

·       Monitoring and Enforcement: Public entities will have enhanced roles in monitoring compliance, auditing waste reports, and taking action against non-compliant organizations.

 

3. Action Steps for Organizations

 

Given that comments are invited:

 

1.     Obtain the Full Draft Strategy: Access the complete draft from the Government Gazette or the DFFE website to understand the specific targets, timelines, and obligations.

2.     Conduct a Gap Analysis: Assess your organization’s current waste streams, management practices, and EPR liabilities against the strategy’s likely requirements.

 

 3.     Submit Formal Comments: If the draft imposes unforeseen burdens or presents impractical timelines, prepare a substantive submission to the DFFE during the comment period. Industry associations often pool resources for this.

4.     Begin Strategic Planning: Proactively start planning for increased waste management responsibilities, cost implications, and potential supply chain adjustments.

 

In summary, the National Waste Management Strategy 2026 will fundamentally shift waste responsibility towards producers, drive a circular economy, and require significant operational changes from both private companies and public institutions. Engaging with the draft during the comment phase is crucial to shaping feasible and effective final regulations.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY, FISHERIES AND THE ENVIRONMENT

 

NO. 6972 19 December 2025

 

GOVERNMENT NOTICE

 

DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY, FISHERIES AND THE ENVIRONMENT NO. 2025

 

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT: WASTE ACT, 2008 (ACT NO. 59 OF 2008)

 

CONSULTATION ON THE DRAFT NATIONAL WASTE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY (NWMS) 2026

 

I, Willem Abraham Stephanus Aucamp, Minister of Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment, hereby in terms of sections 6, 72 and 73 of the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No. 59 of 2008) publish the draft National Waste Management Strategy 2026 (draft NWMS 2026) for public comment, as set out in the Schedule hereto.

 

The draft NWMS 2026 provides government policy and strategic interventions for the waste sector and is aligned to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of Agenda 2030, adopted by all United Nations (UN) member states in January 2016. It is also responsive to South Africa’s National Development Plan (NDP): Vision 2030 which is our country’s specific response to, and integration of the SDGs into our overall socioeconomic development plans leading to zero waste in landfills; cleaner communities, well managed and financially stable waste services, and a culture of zero tolerance of pollution, litter and illegal dumping.

 

The draft NWMS 2026, has the following Strategic Pillars:

 

(a) Circular Economy and Waste Minimisation;

 

(b) Effective and Sustainable Waste Services;

 

(c) Capacity Building and Awareness; and

 

(d) Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement.

 

The draft NWMS 2026 has prioritised, in addition to the existing prioritised waste streams, the following waste streams:

 

(a) Absorbent Hygiene Products (AHPs);

 

(b) Organic waste;

 

(c) Clothing and Textiles;

 

(d) Automobiles;

 

(e) Coal ash;

 

(f) Construction and Demolition waste; and

 

(g) Food waste.

 

Members of the public are invited to submit written input and comments to this Notice within 60 days from the date of publication in the Government Gazette or newspapers, whichever date occurs last, to the following addresses:

 

By post to: The Director-General: Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment

Attention: Mr Thabo Magomola

Director: Chemicals and Waste Policy, Monitoring and Evaluation

Private Bag X447

PRETORIA

0001

 

By hand at: Ground Floor (Reception), Environment House, 473 Steve Biko Road, Arcadia,

Pretoria, 0001.

By email: TMagomola@dffe.gov.za / MNevuvha@dffe.gov.za

 

Should the 60-day written comment period overlap with the period from 15 December 2025 to 5 January 2026, this period will be excluded from the reckoning of days.

 

Any enquiries in connection with this Notice can be directed to Mr Thabo Magomola or Mr. Kgauta Mokoena on 012 399 9828 or 012 399 9825 or E-mails: TMagomola@dffe.gov.za or KMokoena@dffe.gov.za The Government Notice can be accessed at http://sawic.environment.gov.za/ under “Draft documents for comment”

 

Comments received after the closing date may be disregarded.

 

The Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment comply with the Protection of Personal Information Act, 2013 (Act No. 4 of 2013). Comments received and responses thereto may be collated into a comments and response report which will be made available to the public as part of the consultation process. If a commenting party has any objection to his or her name, or the name of the represented company/ organisation, being made publicly available in the comments and responses report, such objection should be highlighted in bold as part of the comments submitted in response to this Government Notice.

 

WILLEM ABRAHAM STEPHANUS AUCAMP

MINISTER OF FORESTRY, FISHERIES AND THE ENVIRONMENT

 

SCHEDULE

DRAFT NATIONAL WASTE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY 2026

 

Table of Contents

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

CHAPTER 1: BACKGROUND, RATIONALE AND CONTEXT

 

1.1 RATIONALE FOR THE REVISION OF THE NWMS 2026

 

1.2 CONTEXT

 

1.2.1 THE WASTE LANDSCAPE IN SOUTH AFRICA

1.2.1.1 General Waste

1.2.1.2 Hazardous Waste

1.2.1.3 Waste Prevention

1.2.1.4 Food Waste

1.2.1.5 Waste Services

1.2.1.6 Waste collection including separation at source

 

1.2.2 ALIGNMENT TO THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS

1.2.3 ALIGNMENT TO THE NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN: VISION 2030

1.2.4 ALIGNMENT TO THE MTDP PRIORITIES FOR THE 7th ADMINISTRATION

1.2.5 LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK AND MULTI-LATERAL ENVIRONMENTAL AGREEMENTS (MEAs)

 

1.3 PURPOSE, SCOPE, KEY PRINCIPLES AND EXPECTED OUTCOMES

 

1.3.1 PURPOSE

1.3.2 SCOPE

1.3.3 KEY PRINCIPLES

1.3.4 EXPECTED OUTCOMES

 

1.4 STRATEGIC APPROACH

 

1.4.1 INTRODUCTION

1.4.2 THE CIRCULAR ECONOMY

1.4.3 THE WASTE MANAGEMENT HIERARCHY

1.4.4 CHEMICAL AND WASTE ECONOMY (CWE) PHAKISA AND THE GOOD GREEN DEEDS PROGRAMME

 

CHAPTER 2: PILLARS OF THE NWMS

 

STRATEGIC PILLARS OF THE NWMS 2026

 

2.1.1 Strategic Thrust

2.1.2 Expected Outcome/s

2.1.3 Pillar 1 Focus Areas

2.1.4 Strategic Role-players

 

2.2. PILLAR 2: EFFECTIVE AND SUSTAINABLE WASTE SERVICES

 

2.2.1 Strategic Thrust

2.2.2 Expected Outcome/s

2.2.3 Pillar 2 Focus Areas

2.2.4 Strategic Role-players

 

2.4. PILLAR 4 COMPLIANCE MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT

 

2.4.1 Strategic Thrust

2.4.2 Expected Outcome/s

2.4.3 Pillar 4 Focus Areas

2.3.4 Strategic Role-players

 

CHAPTER 3: EXPECTED OUTCOMES AND KEY INTERVENTIONS

 

3.1 EXPECTED OUTCOMES AND KEY INTERVENTIONS

 

CHAPTER 4: GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT

 

4.1 GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT

 

4.1.1 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

4.1.2 FINANCING OF WASTE SERVICES

 

4.2 CONSULTATION

 

4.2.1 Publicise the NWMS

4.2.2 Integrate the NWMS into local planning

4.2.3 Integrate the NWMS into the National Waste Awareness Campaign

 

CHAPTER 5: IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

 

CHAPTER 6: MONITORING AND EVALUATION FRAMEWORK

 

APPENDIX 1: STATUS QUO ASSESSMENT OF THE NWMS 2020

 

 

SUMMARY OF THE DOCUMENT

 

The National Waste Management Strategy (NWMS) 2026 is a comprehensive policy framework developed by South Africa’s Department of Forestry, Fisheries, and the Environment (DFFE) under the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008.

 

It aims to address waste management challenges, align with global Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), and support South Africa’s National Development Plan (NDP): Vision 2030.  The strategy focuses on achieving zero waste in landfills, cleaner communities, sustainable waste services, and a culture of zero tolerance for pollution, littering, and illegal dumping.

 

Key Components of the NWMS 2026

 

1.     Strategic Pillars:

 

o   Circular Economy and Waste Minimisation: Promotes waste prevention, recycling, reuse, and recovery, with a focus on integrating the informal sector and supporting the circular economy.

  

o   Effective and Sustainable Waste Services: Ensures equitable access to waste services, promotes public-private partnerships, and supports infrastructure development.

o   Capacity Building and Awareness Raising: Enhances education, awareness, and advocacy for waste management, fostering partnerships and collaboration.

o   Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement: Strengthens enforcement of waste regulations, mitigates pollution, and promotes compliance with local, national, and international standards.

 

2.     Prioritised Waste Streams:

 

o   Absorbent Hygiene Products (AHPs)

o   Organic waste

o   Clothing and textiles

o   Automobiles

o   Coal ash

o   Construction and demolition waste

o   Food waste

 

3.     Expected Outcomes:

 

o   Outcome 1: Prevent waste and divert 40% of waste from landfills within 5 years, 50% within 10 years, and 60% within 15 years.

o   Outcome 2: Ensure clean communities with well-managed and financially sustainable waste services.

o   Outcome 3: Enhance education and awareness while promoting advocacy in waste management.

o   Outcome 4: Mainstream a culture of compliance, resulting in zero tolerance for pollution, littering, and illegal dumping.

 

4.     Implementation Plan:

 

o   Includes specific actions, performance indicators, targets, and timelines for achieving the outcomes.

o   Focuses on integrating the informal sector, developing waste infrastructure, and promoting public-private partnerships.

 

5.     Monitoring and Evaluation:

o   Annual reporting systems to track progress.

o   Provincial and municipal reporting on Integrated Waste Management Plans (IWMPs).

o   Monitoring of Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes.

 

Impact On Organizations

 

1.     Government Entities:

 

o   Municipalities are responsible for implementing IWMPs, improving waste collection services, and ensuring compliance with waste management regulations.

o   Provincial governments must provide oversight, support municipalities, and report annually to the DFFE.

o   National departments must collaborate with DFFE to align policies and implement the strategy.

 

2.     Private Sector:

 

o   Producers and Producer Responsibility Organizations (PROs) are required to implement EPR schemes, fund recycling initiatives, and contribute to public education campaigns.

o   Businesses are encouraged to adopt circular economy principles, such as sustainable product design, waste prevention, and recycling.

 

 

3.     Academia and Research Institutions:

 

o   Universities and research bodies are expected to contribute to waste management innovation, training, and capacity building.

o   Collaboration with the DFFE and other stakeholders to develop technical norms and guidelines for waste beneficiation.

4.     Civil Society and NGOs:

 

o   Active participation in awareness campaigns, community engagement, and waste management initiatives.

o   Collaboration with government and private sector to promote recycling and waste minimisation.

 

5.     Waste Pickers and Informal Sector:

 

o   Integration into formal waste management systems to enhance recovery rates and promote social equity.

o   Support for buy-back centers and other initiatives to improve livelihoods.

 

 

Overall Impact

 

The NWMS 2026 aims to transform waste management in South Africa by promoting sustainable practices, reducing waste generation, and fostering collaboration among government, private sector, academia, and civil society.  Organizations will need to align their operations with the strategy’s principles, contribute to its implementation, and comply with its regulations.  The strategy also emphasizes capacity building, innovation, and public awareness, which will require organizations to invest in training, infrastructure, and community engagement.

 

 

Key Interventions (Strategic Pillars & Actions)

 

To achieve the above outcomes, the strategy will propose interventions across several pillars. Here is a table summarizing the likely key interventions:

 

Strategic PillarKey Interventions (What will be done)
 

1. Waste Avoidance & Reduction

 

Mandatory eco-design standards for priority products.
Bans or restrictions on certain single-use and problematic plastic/products.
Consumer awareness campaigns on waste minimization.
Promotion of reusable packaging systems (e.g., deposit-return schemes).

 

2. Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR)

 

Expansion of EPR schemes to new product streams.
Setting mandatory, time-bound collection and recycling targets for producers.
Strengthening PRO (Producer Responsibility Organisation) oversightand reporting requirements.
Implementing eco-modulated fees to incentivize better product design.

 

3. Recycling & Value Recovery

 

Standardization of household separation-at-source programsnationally.
Investment in and support for recycling infrastructure (sorting facilities, reprocessing plants).
Creating stable markets for recyclables through government procurement policies (mandating recycled content) and potential incentives.
Research & development into recycling technologies for complex waste streams.

 

4. Infrastructure & Service Delivery

 

Upgrading and enforcing landfill standards to meet minimum requirements.
Developing regional integrated waste management plans.
Supporting municipalities in improving collection services, especially in underserved areas.
Facilitating investment in waste-to-energy and other recovery technologies where environmentally appropriate.

 

5. Informal Sector Integration

 

Formal recognition and registration of waste picker cooperatives.
Ensuring fair access to waste streams and integration into municipal collection/EPR systems.
Providing training, safety equipment, and fair pricing mechanisms.

 

 

 

 

 

6. Governance, Compliance & Monitoring

 

Strengthening the waste licensing regime (as referenced in the accompanying gazette notice).
Developing a National Waste Information System for accurate data reporting.
Enhancing compliance monitoring and enforcement capabilities at provincial and local levels.
Clear assignment of roles and responsibilities across all spheres of government.

 

Important Note for Organizations: The specific targets, timelines, and compliance deadlines within each intervention are the most critical parts of the draft strategy.

 

Organizations must review these details to understand their direct obligations, such as:

 

·       By [Date], producers of [Product Type] must achieve a [X]% collection rate.

·       From [Date], [Material Type] is prohibited in [Product Application].

·       All licensed waste facilities must comply with new [Standard] by [Date].

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

National Environmental Management: Waste Act: National Waste Management Strategy 2026: Comments invited

G 53894 GoN 6972

– Comment by 17 Feb 2026

19 December 2025

 

53894gon6972.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 17 February 2026.

 

END

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

NATIONAL WATER ACT: REGULATIONS

 

Protection and management of groundwater resources: Comments invited

 

G 53828 GoN 6935

 

– Comment by 02 Mar 2026

 

10 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

  Government Entities

  • Municipalities: Must develop groundwater protection schemes, set municipal abstraction limits, and educate communities on groundwater management.
  • Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS): Oversight, audits, and enforcement of compliance.

 

  Water Management Institutions

  • Water User Associations: Required to register geosites and comply with groundwater protection measures.

 

  Private Sector

  • Agricultural Enterprises: Using boreholes for irrigation or livestock watering.
  • Mining and Industrial Companies: Abstracting groundwater for operations.
  • Commercial and Residential Developers: Drilling boreholes for water supply.

 

  Specialist Service Providers

  • Drillers and Pump Installers: Must register on the National Groundwater Archive (NGA) and comply with SANS standards for drilling, pump installation, and borehole decommissioning.
  • Geohydrological Consultants: Responsible for compiling and uploading geohydrological reports.

 

  Laboratories

  • Water Quality Testing Labs: Must be ISO/IEC 17025 accredited for groundwater quality analysis.

 

  Existing and New Groundwater Users

  • Schedule 1 Users (domestic and small-scale use).
  • Existing Lawful Use (ELU) and General Authorisation (GA) holders.
  • Water Use Licence Holders: Must comply with reporting and monitoring requirements.

 

 

IN SIMPLE TERMS: WHAT ARE THESE PROPOSED REGULATIONS?

 

Think of groundwater as the nation’s hidden water bank—the water stored in underground rocks and sand, which we access through wells and boreholes. For years, using this water has been like using a bank with very few rules: people could take out a lot, sometimes pollute it, and not always tell anyone.

 

The South African government has now published draft regulations to create a proper rulebook for this “bank.” The goal is to protect this critical resource from overuse and pollution so that it remains available and safe for future generations.

 

Key Problems the Regulations Aim to Fix:

 

1.      Over-pumping: Too many people/businesses drawing water, causing levels to drop and springs or rivers fed by groundwater to dry up.

2.      Pollution: Contaminants from factories, farms, sewage, or landfills seeping down and poisoning the water.

3.      Lack of Information: The government doesn’t have a clear, nationwide picture of who is using how much water and what state the groundwater is in.

 

The Main Rules Being Proposed (The “What”)

 

While the full legal text is complex, the core proposals for users (like farmers, industries, mines, and even large residential estates) likely include:

 

1.      Registration and Licensing: If you use groundwater for more than just basic household needs, you will probably have to register your borehole/well and, for larger uses, obtain or verify a water use licence. This is like getting an official permit for your withdrawal amount.

2.      Install a Meter: You may be required to install a water meter on your borehole to measure exactly how much you are taking. This is the only way to manage the “bank account” properly.

3.      Regular Reporting: You would likely have to send your water usage data(from the meter) to the Department of Water and Sanitation on a regular schedule (e.g., monthly or quarterly). This builds the national picture.

4.      Protect the Area Around Your Borehole: Rules to prevent pollution by establishing “protection zones.” This could mean restrictions on storing chemicals, dumping waste, or certain farming activities near your borehole.

5.      Prevent Waste and Unlawful Use: Clear prohibitions against wasting groundwater, using it without a licence where one is required, or polluting it.

 

What You Need to Do to Ensure Compliance (The “How”)

 

If these regulations are finalized, here are the practical steps you or your organization should take:

 

Step 1: Awareness and Assessment

 

Find the Final Regulations: Once the comment period is over and the regulations are finalized, get the official document from the Government Gazette.

 

Check if You Are Affected:

 

Do you own or operate a borehole/well used for:

 

Irrigation (farming)?

 

Industrial processes?

 

Commercial operations (e.g., a hotel, bottling plant)?

 

Supplying a community or housing development?

 

Determine Your Use Volume:

 

Estimate or measure how much water you currently use.

 

The regulations will likely have thresholds (e.g., more than a certain volume per day or year) that trigger specific requirements.

 

Step 2: The Registration & Licensing Path

 

Register Your Water Use: If required, submit the necessary forms to the Department of Water and Sanitation to formally register your groundwater source.

 

Apply for a Licence (if needed): If your use is significant, you may need to apply for a new water use licence or ensure your existing one is in order. This process will involve technical assessments.

 

Step 3: Install Hardware & Systems

 

Procure and Install a Meter: Buy and fit a compliant water meter to your borehole infrastructure. Ensure it is reliable and can be read easily.

 

Set Up a Recording System: Create a simple log (digital or paper) to record meter readings at the required intervals.

 

Step 4: Implement Operational Changes

 

Review Site Practices: Look at your property or facility. Ensure there are no pollution risks (fuel storage, fertilizer piles, waste sites) within the proposed groundwater protection zone around your borehole.

 

Stop Unlicensed Use: If you are using water without the required authorisation, cease that use immediately and begin the licensing process.

 

Step 5: Ongoing Compliance

 

Report Faithfully: Submit your water usage data to the authorities by the stated deadlines.

 

Maintain Records: Keep all your submission records, meter maintenance logs, and communications with the Department for at least 5 years.

 

Allow Inspection: Be prepared for possible site visits from water inspectors to verify your meter and practices.

 

Step 6: Seek Help if Needed

 

Don’t navigate this alone if it’s complex. Consult with a water use licence practitioner, a hydrogeologist, or an environmental lawyer to understand your specific obligations and to help with applications.

 

Important Note: The “Comments Invited” Stage

 

The notice you read says Comments invited. This means these are draft, proposed regulations—not final law yet. The government is seeking input from the public, farmers, industries, and experts before making them official. The final rules may be adjusted based on this feedback.

 

In summary, South Africa is moving to formally protect its underground water. For the layman user, this will likely mean registering your borehole, metering your use, reporting your numbers, and preventing pollution.

 

Start by understanding your current use and stay informed about the final version of the rules.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND SANITATION

 

NO. 6935 10 December 2025

 

PROPOSED REGULATIONS FOR THE PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF GROUNDWATER RESOURCES

 

I, Pamela Castelina Majodina, Minister of Water and Sanitation, hereby gives notice in terms of section 69 of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998), to make the Regulations for the protection and management of national groundwater resources, in terms of section 26(1) (a), (b), (g) and section 143 of the National Water Act, 1998.

 

Any person wishing to comment on or make representations with regards to the proposed Regulations is hereby invited to do so within 60 days of the date of publication of this notice (excluding from 15th December 2025 to 05 January 2026). All such comments and representations must be submitted, in writing, in any of the following ways:

 

By post to: The Director-General

Department of Water and Sanitation

Private Bag X313

Pretoria

0001

 

By hand to: The Director-General

Department of Water and Sanitation

Sedibeng Building, 185 Francis Baard Street,

Pretoria

0001

 

By e-mail to: groundwaterregs@dws.gov.za

 

Comments or representations must be marked for the attention of: Deputy Director-General: Regulation, Compliance and Enforcement, Mr Collin Xolani Zwane.

 

Any enquiries in connection with the proposed Regulations may be directed to Ms R. N. Mazwi at 012 336 7554 or to mazwir@dws.gov.za.

 

Comments received after the closing date may not be considered.

 

The Department of Water and Sanitation complies with the Protection of Personal Information Act, 2013 (Act No. 4 of 2013). Comments received and responses thereto are collated into a comments and response report, which will be made available to the public as part of the consultation process. If a commenting party has any objection to his or her name, or the name of the represented company or organisation, being made publicly available in the comments and responses report, such objection must be highlighted in bold as part of the comments submitted in response to this Government Notice.

 

P C MAJODINA, MP

MINISTER OF WATER AND SANITATION

DATE:

  

SCHEDULE

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CHAPTER 1

DEFINITIONS, PURPOSE AND APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS

 

1. Definitions

2. Purpose of Regulations

3. Application of Regulations

 

CHAPTER 2

PROVISION OF DRILLING AND PUMP INSTALLATION INFORMATION

 

4. Obtaining existing geosite identifiers

5. Acquisition of geosite information before drilling

6. Provision of pump installation settings

 

CHAPTER 3

PROHIBITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

 

7. Prohibited areas

8. Prohibited activities

9. Restricted activities

 

CHAPTER 4

GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT

 

10. Groundwater development for communal water supply services

11. Groundwater protection

12. Schedule 1 Use

13. Borehole drilling

14. Borehole siting

15. Borehole construction

16. Borehole decommissioning

17. Capping of artesian boreholes

18. Blow yield and testing

19. Geohydrological reporting

 

CHAPTER 5

WATER QUANTITY AND QUALITY ASSESSMENT

 

20. Water quantity assessment

21. Water quality assessment

 

CHAPTER 6

WATER USE AUTHORISATION

 

22. Water Use Authorisation

 

CHAPTER 7

OFFENSES

 

23. Offenses

 

CHAPTER 8

SHORT TITLE

 

24. Short title and commencement

 

CHAPTER 9

REFERENCES

 

25. References

 

CHAPTER 1

DEFINITIONS, PURPOSE AND APPLICATION OF REGULATIONS

 

Definitions

 

1. In these Regulations, any word or expression to which a meaning has been assigned in the Act shall have the meaning so assigned, and unless the context indicates otherwise—

 

“abandoned borehole” is a borehole that is found to be dry, closed or unused;

 

“artesian borehole” means a borehole that brings water to the surface without pumping because the water is under pressure within the body of rock, aquifer;

 

“borehole” has the meaning assigned to it in section 1 of the National Water Act, 1998;

 

“borehole casing” means a tubular lining of a borehole inserted to ensure borehole stability and integrity;

 

“borehole decommissioning” means the process required for boreholes that are no longer in use, to ensure safety after cessation;

 

“borehole siting” means the process of identifying/locating drilling target positions for a new borehole with the potential to yield water;

 

“borehole testing” means the process whereby a borehole is subjected to pumping under controlled test conditions in order to determine the performance characteristics of a borehole;

 

“borehole yield” means the volume of water that can be abstracted from a borehole;

 

“blow yield” means a quantity of water blown out of the borehole at each water strike during drilling;

 

“cemeteries” means a place where the remains of dead people are buried or otherwise interred. This can include burial grounds, gravesites, graveyards, or a green space called a memorial park;

 

“coordinate” means two values that represent the longitudinal and latitudinal offset of a geosite;

 

“data owner” means a person or an organisation that owns geosite data;

 

“driller” is a person who owns drilling equipment and assumes the responsibility of operating the equipment for water drilling and is registered on prescribed DWS Systems or any delegated authority for undertaking any geosite drilling activities;

 

“existing lawful use” means the use of water authorised by or under any law that took place at any time for a period of two years before the commencement of the National Water Act 1998;

 

“existing water user” means a water user that use water from a geosite in an area prior to commencement of these Regulations;

 

“field measurement” is a term used to describe pre-selected parameters that are observed in the field, as part of the water sampling process;

 

“general authorisation” is an authorisation to use water without a license, provided that the water use is within certain limits and complies with conditions set out in the general authorisation as Gazetted;

 

“geophysical data” is the data used to provide information on the physical properties of the earth’s surface and subsurface;

 

“Geohydrological Report” means the technical report which reflects the hydrogeological investigations;

 

“Geohydrological Reports System” is a database that contains groundwater related technical reports compiled by Departmental Officials or Consultants or Contractors;

 

“geosite” means a feature that is a naturally occurring, or artificially excavated, or constructed, or improved underground cavity which can be used for the purposes of water storing in an aquifer, extracting water from an aquifer, collecting data of water in an aquifer and recharging water in an aquifer (types of geosites include borehole, dug well, well point, tunnel, lateral collector, mine, seepage pond, sinkhole and drain);

 

“Geosite Identification Allocator Tool” is a tool that provides the ability to allocate and manage identifiers which are used for capturing and identifying data on the National Groundwater Archive;

 

“groundwater-dependent ecosystems” are defined as ecosystems that depend on groundwater such that they would be significantly altered and even irreversibly degraded if groundwater availability (quantity & quality) was to change beyond its normal range of fluctuation;

 

“groundwater protection scheme” means a component of aquifer protection that prevents pollution of groundwater resource supply systems for all scales and types of use where groundwater quality needs to be maintained;

 

“groundwater protection zone” is an area delineated with the aim of protecting a groundwater resource by restricting certain activities in the vicinity that may compromise its quality;

 

“hydrocensus” is a task that involves gathering information on water features, water supply sources and sources of potential water pollution in a particular site or area;

 

“hazardous substance” is a substance that can present a significant threat to public health, welfare, or the environment when released;

 

“identifier” means a number allocated to a geosite by a data owner. This number is used along with the data owner to uniquely identify a geosite;

 

“Integrated Regulatory Information System (IRIS)” means the national integrated regulatory information system of the Department where various reports and data required in these regulations must be uploaded too. The system can be accessed at https://ws.dws.gov.za/IRIS/login.aspx. For assistance on registration and upload of reports or data the IRIS helpdesk contact details are available on https://ws.dws.gov.za/IRIS/login.aspx.

 

“intended geosite purpose” means the reason(s) why the geosite has been identified for drilling, developing, monitoring, dewatering, drainage, exploration, monitoring, production (water supply), recharge, standby, waste disposal, etc);

 

“International Organization Standardization 17025” the international standard that specifies the general requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories;

 

“lithology” means the physical characteristics of a rock;

 

“geological log” means description of the rock’s visible physical characteristics with low magnification microscopy, such as colour, texture, grain size and composition;

 

“National Groundwater Archive” is a web enabled database system that allows capturing, viewing, modifying and extraction of groundwater related data by registered users;

 

“Person” includes a natural person, a juristic person, an unincorporated body, an association, an organ of state and the Minister;

 

“pump installation” refers to the process of setting up and placing a pumping system in its intended location, ensuring it is connected to the necessary components and making it ready for operation;

 

“pump installer” means a person who is responsible for the installation, maintenance, and commissioning of a pump system on a borehole;

 

“SANS 10299” refers to the South African National Standards for the Development, Maintenance and Management of Groundwater Resources;

 

“site owner” means an individual or an organisation that owns a geosite or owns the property on which the geosite is found or is the head man of the rural area;

 

“Schedule 1 users” refers to Schedule 1 of the National Water Act, (Act No. 36 of 1998) which lists a range of permissible water use;

 

“Standard Descriptors for Geosites” means a set of standards (or protocols) on how to describe geosite data as well as a list of geosite types;

 

“Strategic Water Source Areas” are currently defined as areas of land that either: (a) supply a disproportionate (i.e. relatively large) quantity of mean annual surface water runoff in relation to their size and so are considered nationally important; or (b) have high groundwater recharge and where the groundwater forms a nationally important resource; or (c) areas that meet both criteria (a) and (b). They include transboundary water source areas;

 

“The Act” means the National Water Act (Act No. 36 of 1998);

 

“water quality” describes the physical, chemical, biological, and aesthetic properties of water which determine its fitness for a variety of uses and for protecting the health and integrity of aquatic ecosystems;

 

“water quantity” refers to the volume of water abstracted at a geosite as measured by a water measuring device;

 

“water strikes” means term used to describe the particulars where water was encountered when a borehole was drilled; and

 

“Water User Association” means a water management institution, but their primary purpose is to operate at a restricted localised level, and are in effect co-operative associations of individual water users who wish to undertake water-related activities for their mutual benefit;

 

2. Purpose of Regulations

 

The purpose of these Regulations is to—

 

(a) identify and control certain activities related to the drilling of boreholes to ensure the protection of groundwater resources;

 

(b) set general and specific requirements, practises and standards for drilling and management of aquifers and boreholes;

 

(c) improve data and information management to better manage groundwater resources through the following:

 

(i) the registration of geosites for all existing and new groundwater users;

 

(ii) the registration of information for drillers and pump installers;

 

(iii) the capturing of borehole drilling information and geosites information; and

 

(iv) the capturing of geohydrological information and reports.

 

(d) streamline the SANS standards for groundwater management, drilling and pump testing; and

 

(e) ensure that groundwater is managed in a sustainable manner.

 

3. Application of Regulations

 

These Regulations apply to all groundwater users (new and existing) including those issued with entitlements, permits, water court orders throughout the Republic of South Africa and must be read together with the conditions of such an entitlement, permit or water court order.

 

CHAPTER 2

PROVISION OF DRILLING AND PUMP INSTALLATION INFORMATION

 

4.Obtaining existing geosite information

 

All borehole owners, including Schedule 1, Existing Lawful Use (ELU), General Authorisation (GA), and water use license users, must capture their details and details of the existing geosite information on the National Groundwater Archive (NGA). See Annexure 1 for registration of information. Existing users are expected to register their details within 12 months of these Regulations.

 

5.Acquisition of geosite information before drilling

 

(1) A person must obtain geosite identifiers from the NGA before undertaking drilling of a borehole on any aquifer.

 

(2) The water user and or driller of the geosite must capture and provide, at minimum, the drilling data on the NGA, in line with the Standard Descriptors for Geosites (SDG), and within two months after the closure of the registered project on the Geosite Identification Allocator Tool (GIAT). The complete information requirements for geosite data for capturing on the NGA are shown in Annexure 1.

 

6.Provision of pump installation settings

 

(1) Any person who intends installing borehole pumping equipment for the purpose of abstracting water from an aquifer must provide yield test result or recommended sustainable abstraction rate together with the pump installation settings on the NGA before commencement of water abstraction.

 

(2) All persons with existing installed pump equipment on boreholes must provide the pump installation settings on the NGA within twelve months of commencement of these Regulations.

 

CHAPTER 3

PROHIBITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

 

7. Prohibited areas

 

7.(a) Drilling of boreholes for any water use, including domestic, mining, industrial, livestock and irrigation purposes, are prohibited within 50m from cemeteries, informal waste disposal sites, subsistence agriculture activities, animal kraals, watering points and dipping tanks, fuel tanks, informal vehicle servicing, spray painting and parts washing facilities, pit latrines or other potentially hazardous operations areas.

 

(b) Drilling of boreholes for any water use within one (1) kilometre from strategic infrastructure.

 

8.Prohibited activities

 

The following activities are prohibited:

 

(a) the use of a geosite that is not registered on the NGA and related information management systems;

 

(b) the disposal or injection, without a water use authorisation, of any waste or chemicals that may detrimentally impact or pollute the water resources; and

 

(c) the injection, without approval by the responsible authority and without a water use authorisation, of chemicals for rehabilitation of a borehole.

 

(d) The disposal of hazardous substances, effluents/contaminated runoff from mining, agricultural or industrial activities in areas identified as groundwater protected areas without prior authorisation.

 

9.Restricted areas

 

The drilling of boreholes for any use is restricted within—

 

(a) the locally defined distance from Strategic Water Source Areas, informed by the outcomes of research studies on their protection approach;

 

(b) five kilometres of a freshwater ecosystem or priority areas, critical biodiversity areas or areas with high conservation status as determined by the South African National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI); and

 

(c) all areas in the Republic of South Africa identified and declared as restricted in terms of any international conventions.

 

(d) A borehole may not be drilled within a groundwater protection zone should there be potential impacts by streamflow reduction activities, agricultural activities, and open cast or underground mining; based on specialist studies.

 

CHAPTER 4

GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT

 

10. Groundwater development for communal water supply services

 

All groundwater development for the purposes of water supply to communities must be conducted according to the most recent/updated Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for Groundwater Resource Development for Community Water Supply Projects (DWS, 2023), as published on the DWS website.

 

11.Groundwater protection

 

(1) Municipalities must develop a groundwater protection scheme within 5-years from the promulgation of the Regulations.

 

(2) Appropriate groundwater buffers with respect to groundwater protection schemes, including groundwater protection zones, as developed by municipalities in accordance to the WRC Guidance Document TT 902/22 (Gibson & McGibbon, 2023), must be adhered to inform monitoring frequency of a groundwater resource towards compliance reporting.

 

(3) A re-calculation of local groundwater protection zones, based on local aquifer characteristics is recommended if significant groundwater abstractions or land uses are proposed.

 

(4) Municipalities must ensure the appropriate education in respect of safe, effective and efficient groundwater use and management.

 

12. Schedule 1 Use

 

(1) Any person who contemplates to drill a borehole under Schedule 1 of the National Water Act, 1998 must inform the municipality prior to drilling the borehole.

 

(2) All municipalities must develop municipal abstraction limits for all boreholes in their area of jurisdiction.

 

(3) If a Schedule 1 water user, uses water from municipal supply and supplements or augments with borehole water and its use exceeds the municipal water abstraction limits; the contemplated use is no longer considered reasonable as per Schedule 1 and the borehole must be authorised in terms of section 4(3) of the Act.

 

13.Borehole drilling

 

For any new drilling activities, the water user must appoint a driller, who is registered on the NGA, to manage the drilling operation.

 

14.Borehole siting

 

(1) Borehole siting must be conducted according to SANS 10299-1:2003 or any applicable best practices or guidelines.

 

(2) The geophysical data related to borehole siting for drilling of a borehole must be compiled as part of the Geohydrological Report.

 

15.Borehole construction

 

(1) All new boreholes must be constructed according to the SANS 10299.

 

(2) Sub-regulation 15(1) also applies to dry and abandoned boreholes, to adhere to the prescribed standards.

 

16.Borehole decommissioning

 

All dry or unused boreholes must be decommissioned within 60 days of final use. Borehole decommissioning must adhere to SANS 10299-9 or any equivalent best practice guideline or standard.

 

17.Capping of artesian boreholes

 

Artesian boreholes must be capped by the registered owner at their own expense and the boreholes must be capped by a registered driller and the information must be captured within 60 days on the NGA.

 

18.Blow yield and borehole testing

 

(1) Boreholes in use for abstraction, for any purpose contemplated under the Act, must be subjected to borehole testing according to SANS 10299-4 or any applicable best practices or guideline; and must be installed with a pump that is suitable for the capacity of the borehole based on the borehole yield results.

 

(2) The borehole testing results contemplated in sub-regulation 18(1) must be registered and captured on the NGA.

 

(3) The blow yield measurements and water strikes intercepted during the drilling of any borehole must be captured on the NGA.

 

(4) The pump installed or to be installed on any borehole must adhere to SANS 10299-4, and the capacity of the installed pump must be captured on the NGA.

 

19.Geohydrological Reporting

 

(1) The Geohydrological Report contemplated in sub-regulation 14(2) must be compiled according to the Regulations regarding the Procedural Requirements for Water Use License Applications and Appeals (published under GNR. 267 in Government Gazette No. 40713 of 24 March 2017) and must be submitted uploaded on Geohydrological Reports System at https://www.dws.gov.za/ghreport/

 

(2) Schedule 1, ELU and GA water users must provide all available information as per Annexure 1 onto the NGA

 

(3) Water Use Licence holders must provide geological and hydrocensus information in the prescribed format as contemplated in the Electronic Water Use License Application and Authorisation System (e-WULAAS) and upload it on the Geohydrological Reports System at https://www.dws.gov.za/ghreport/

 

(4) The geological logs of the drilled boreholes must be recorded as part of the Geohydrological Report contemplated in sub-regulation 14(2) and must be captured on the NGA.

 

CHAPTER 5

WATER QUANTITY AND QUALITY ASSESSMENT

 

20.Water quantity assessment

 

(1) ELU, GA and water use license holders must measure groundwater levels biannually or in accordance with the water use license conditions or GA. Water quantity assessment must adhere to SANS 10299-8:2003 or any equivalent best practice guideline and must be captured on the NGA annually or in line with the applicable authorization.

 

(2) All groundwater users must install metering devices to monitor volumes of water abstracted on each geosite in use and data on abstracted volumes must be captured on the NGA annually or in line with the applicable Authorisation;

 

(a) a water user must ensure that metering devices are replaced and repaired should they break or be stolen; and

 

(3) In the event, that a change in pump rate and volume abstracted affects the authorisation of the water use, the water user must notify the Responsible Authority and follow the required e-WULAAS process; and update the information on the NGA.

 

21.Water quality assessment

 

(1) Water quality sampling and analysis for groundwater users must be conducted in line with the applicable authorization and results must be captured on Integrated Regulatory Information Systems (IRIS) at https://ws.dws.gov.za/IRIS/login.aspx .

 

(2) Water quality sampling and analysis for Schedule 1 and ELU users must be conducted annually; the results must be captured on the NGA.

 

(3) Any water analysis must be conducted using laboratories that are accredited for using the International Organization Standardization (ISO/IEC 17025) standards.

 

CHAPTER 6

WATER USES AUTHORIZATION

 

22.Water Use Authorization

 

(1) The Department of Water & Sanitation must be granted access to boreholes for routine audits on groundwater quantity and quality.

 

(2) All water users subjected to the water use entitlement as contemplated by the Act are obligated to notify or apply for the appropriate water use authorization to the Responsible Authority for any use of water other than the entitled or authorized.

 

(3) For any application for water use license for any geosite, the water user must adhere to the requirements contemplated in the Regulations regarding procedural requirements for water use license application and amendments (as Gazettes).

 

CHAPTER 7

OFFENCE

 

23.Offences

 

(1) A person is guilty of an offence if that person—

 

(a) Fails or refuses to give data or information, or provides false or misleading information in any form, including any document submitted in terms of these Regulations to the responsible authority and the public, or intentionally omits information that may have an influence on the outcome of a decision of a responsible authority.

 

(b) obtains a water use authorisation through fraud, non-disclosure or material information or misrepresentation of a material fact, or

 

(c) fails to comply with any provision of these Regulations.

 

(2) Any person who contravenes any provision of sub-regulation 23(1) is guilty of an offence and liable, on the first conviction, to a fine or imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years, or to both a fine and such imprisonment and, in the case of a second or subsequent conviction, to a fine or imprisonment for a period not exceeding ten years or to both a fine and such imprisonment.

 

CHAPTER 8

SHORT TITLE

 

Short title and commencement

 

24. These Regulations are called the Regulations for the Protection and Management of Groundwater Resources, 2025 and come into operation on the date of publication in the Government Gazette.

 

CHAPTER 9

REFERENCES

 

Department of Water and Sanitation. (2017). Regulations regarding the procedural requirements for water use licence applications and appeals. Pretoria. Retrieved from https://www.gov.za/sites/default/files/gcis_document/201703/40713rg10701gon267.pdf

 

Department of Water and Sanitation. (2023). Standard Operating Procedure for Groundwater Resource Development for Community Water Supply Projects. Pretoria. Retrieved from https://gwd.org.za/sites/default/files/2024-07/SOP%20for%20Groundwater%20Ver%204.0_Dec%202023.2.pdf

 

Gibson, K., & Mc Gibbon, D. (2023). Guidance document on Protection Zones (Delineation and Protection): Development of methodological approach and implementation plan. Pretoria: Water Research Commission. Retrieved from https://wrcwebsite.azurewebsites.net/wpcontent/uploads/mdocs/TT%20902%20final%20web.pdf

 

International Organization for Standardization. (2017). General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories (ISO/IEC 17925:2017). Retrieved from https://www.iso.org/standard/66912.html#:~:text=ISO%2FIEC%2017025%20is%20the,their%2

0testing%20and%20calibration%20results.

 

Standards South Africa. (2003). South African National Standard – Development, maintenance and management of groundwater resources – Part 1: The location and siting of water boreholes. Pretoria.

 

South African Bureau of Standards. (2003). South African National Standard: Development, maintenance and management – Part 4: Test-pumping of water boreholes. Pretoria.

 

Standards South Africa. (2003). South African National Standard – Development, maintenance and management of groundwater resources – Part 8: The management of water boreholes. Pretoria.

 

Standards South Africa. (2003). South African National Standard – Development, maintenance and management of groundwater resources – Part 9: The decommissioning of water boreholes. Pretoria.

 

Standards South Africa. (2003). South African National Standard: development, maintenance

and management of groundwater resources. Pretoria.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

National Water Act: Regulations: Protection and management of groundwater resources: Comments invited

G 53828 GoN 6935

– Comment by 02 Mar 2026

10 December 2025

 

53828gon6935.pdf

 

 

STEP-BY-STEP BREAKDOWN

 

Here is a detailed step-by-step breakdown of the Proposed Regulations for the Protection and Management of Groundwater Resources under the National Water Act (South Africa), based on the standard structure and content of such regulations.

 

Step-by-Step Breakdown of the Proposed Groundwater Regulations

 

Step 1: Understanding the Purpose & Scope

 

  • What it is: A new set of rules to manage South Africa’s groundwater as a national strategic resource.

 

  • Main Goal: To prevent overuse, pollution, and degradation of aquifers (underground water stores) to ensure long-term water security.

 

  • Who it applies to: ANYONE who abstracts or uses groundwater, including:
    • Farmers and agricultural enterprises.
    • Mines and industries.
    • Municipalities and water boards.
    • Businesses (e.g., factories, bottling plants).
    • Large residential estates or developments.
    • Essentially, any user beyond basic domestic needs (like a single household borehole for gardening and drinking).

 

Step 2: The Core Obligations for Users (The “Must-Do” List)

 

The regulations will likely create a multi-tiered system based on the scale and risk of the water use.

 

A. Registration of Existing Water Use (The “Amnesty” & Census Step)

 

1.     Identify: Determine if you have any groundwater abstraction point (borehole, well, spring).

 

2.     Register: Submit detailed information about each abstraction point to the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) within a specified deadline (e.g., 12 months from the regulations taking effect).

 

3.     Information Required: You will need to provide:

o   Geographic coordinates (GPS location).

o   Purpose of use (irrigation, industrial, domestic, etc.).

o   Estimated or measured abstraction volume.

o   Borehole construction details (depth, casing).

o   Proof of lawful establishment (if possible).

 

B. Authorisation (Licensing)

 

1.     Check if you need a licence: The regulations will specify thresholds. If your use is above a certain volume (e.g., more than 10,000 cubic meters per year) or poses a specific risk (e.g., located in a sensitive area), you will require a Water Use Licence (WUL).

 

2.     Apply for a Licence: If required, you must submit a comprehensive WUL application to DWS. This involves:

o   Hydrogeological assessments (by a specialist).

o   Environmental impact reports.

o   Public participation processes (if large-scale).

o   Proof of need and efficient water use plans.

 

3.     Operate within Licence Conditions: Your licence will state exactly how much water you can take, when, and under what conditions. You must comply strictly.

 

C. Installation of Monitoring Equipment

 

1.     Mandatory Metering: You will be required to install and maintain a DWS-approved water meter on each abstraction point.

2.     Calibration: The meter must be calibrated at regular intervals to ensure accuracy.

3.     Data Loggers: For larger users, installation of automatic data loggers that record abstraction volumes at set intervals may be required.

 

D. Regular Monitoring & Reporting

 

1.     Record Keeping: Maintain a logbook or digital record of:

o   Daily/weekly/monthly meter readings.

o   Total monthly and annual abstraction volumes.

o   Any maintenance or issues with the borehole or meter.

 

2.     Submit Returns: You must submit water use returns (the official data forms) to DWS at prescribed intervals (likely quarterly or annually). Failure to submit is an offence.

 

3.     Water Quality Sampling: You may be required to periodically sample and test your groundwater quality and submit the results to DWS to monitor for pollution.

 

E. Groundwater Resource Protection

 

1.     Establish Protection Zones: The regulations will define criteria for setting up Groundwater Protection Zones around important abstraction points or sensitive aquifers.

2.     Restrict Activities: Within these zones, certain activities may be prohibited or restricted (e.g., storing hazardous chemicals, establishing waste disposal sites, certain types of farming).

3.     Prevent Contamination: General duty of care to prevent any activity on your property that could lead to groundwater pollution.

 

Step 3: Prohibitions & Offences (The “Must-Not-Do” List)

 

The regulations will explicitly forbid:

 

1.     Unlawful Abstraction: Taking groundwater without the required registration or licence.

2.     Over-Abstraction: Taking more water than your licence allows or in excess of the sustainable yield of the aquifer.

3.     Wasteful Use: Using groundwater in a manner that is unreasonable or wasteful.

4.     Causing Pollution: Any activity that leads to the deterioration of groundwater quality.

5.     Tampering: Damaging, removing, or tampering with monitoring equipment (meters, DWS gauges).

6.     Non-Reporting: Failing to submit the required water use returns or providing false information.

 

Step 4: The Compliance Timeline & Process

 

Here is a visual roadmap of the typical compliance journey for an existing groundwater user:

 

Step 5: Consequences of Non-Compliance

 

Failure to comply can result in:

  • Administrative Actions: A compliance notice, followed by a fine.
  • Criminal Prosecution: Significant fines and/or imprisonment.
  • Licence Revocation: Withdrawal of your water use licence.
  • Resource Curtailment: DWS may physically restrict or seal your borehole.

 

Important Note: The notice in your document states “Comments invited.” This means these are draft regulations. Stakeholders (like farmers’ associations, mining councils, industry bodies) are currently reviewing them and submitting comments. The final regulations may be adjusted before being signed into law. Your first actionable step is to obtain the final, signed version from the Government Gazette once the comment period is closed and the regulations are promulgated.

 

ACTION

 

·     Register all boreholes and geosites on the National Groundwater Archive (NGA).

·     Provide drilling, pump installation, and geohydrological data.

·     Adhere to SANS 10299 standards for borehole construction, testing, and decommissioning.

·     Conduct water quantity and quality assessments and upload results to NGA and IRIS systems.

·     Obtain water use authorisations where required.

 

 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

 

Waste Act: Regulations: Procedure to be followed by persons called upon to apply for a waste management licence

 

G 53831 GoN 6939

 

10 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1.     Municipalities operating landfill sites.

2.     Private waste disposal companies managing hazardous or general waste.

3.     Industrial facilities with on-site waste disposal operations.

4.     Mining companies with waste storage or disposal areas.

5.     Agricultural enterprises involved in large-scale waste management activities.

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT?

 

The “Waste Act” is South Africa’s main law for controlling pollution and managing waste (like industrial, hazardous, or large amounts of general waste).

 

If your business activity involves storing, treating, or disposing of waste in a significant way, you likely need a Waste Management Licence from the government. This licence is your legal permission to operate.

 

Before this regulation, the application process might have been unclear, inconsistent, or confusing for businesses.

 

This new regulation standardizes and clarifies every step of that application process. It’s designed to make the rules clear for everyone—applicants and government officials alike.

 

2. What Does This Regulation Actually Do?

 

It sets out a clear, step-by-step roadmap. Here’s what it typically covers:

 

Who must apply: It clarifies exactly what types of waste activities trigger the need for a licence.

 

The application form: It specifies the exact form to use and where to get it.

 

The “what” and “how much”: It lists all the detailed information you must provide, such as:

 

o   A full description of your proposed waste activity.

o   The types and quantities of waste you’ll handle.

o   Detailed site plans and engineering drawings of your facilities.

o   An assessment of the environmental risks and how you’ll manage them (like preventing groundwater pollution).

o   Your plans for monitoring and reporting.

 

The supporting documents: It lists mandatory reports you might need to include, like specialist studies on air, water, or soil impact.

 

The submission process: It states exactly where to submit your application (which government department or office), how many copies, and the correct method.

 

The review “clock”: It often sets timeframes for the authorities to acknowledge, review, and make a decision on your application, making the process more predictable.

 

Public participation: It outlines the process for notifying the public (like neighbours or community groups) about your application and how they can comment, which is a key legal requirement.

 

Why Was This Published Now?

 

This is part of a broader “action-packed compliance movement” by the government for 2026. It’s linked to the new National Waste Management Strategy 2026.

 

In simple terms: South Africa is updating its entire game plan for waste. This regulation is one of the new, clearer “rules of the game” designed to make the strategy work on the ground.

 

4. Impact & Action Required (What This Means for a Business)

 

Impact:

 

·       Positive: More clarity and consistency. Businesses now have a single, official guide to follow, which should reduce confusion and unfair treatment.

·       Necessary: It increases the administrative burden. You must follow this precise procedure; cutting corners or submitting incomplete information will likely lead to your application being rejected or delayed.

 

Recommended Action):

 

“Familiarize with new licence application procedures.”

 

This means:

 

Get the Document: Obtain the official regulation (Gazette No. G 53831, GoN 6939).

 

Study It: If you operate in waste management or are planning a project that generates/manages waste, you or your environmental consultant must read this procedure carefully.

 

Update Your Processes: Use it as your new checklist for preparing any future licence applications. Ensure your team or consultants know the new requirements.

 

Be Proactive: Understanding the rules ahead of time prevents costly delays and mistakes when you need a licence to start or continue your operations.

 

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

National Environmental Management: Waste Act: Regulations: Procedure to be followed by persons called upon to apply for a waste management licence

 

G 53831 GoN 6939

10 December 2025

 

53831gon6939.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Submit an Application for a Waste Management Licence

 

  • Complete the official application form (Appendix 1 in the notice).
  • Provide details such as project description, site coordinates, and background information.

 

2. Prepare a Pollution Impact Assessment Report

 

  • Commission an independent specialist to assess:
    • Pollution and degradation caused by the organization’s activities.
    • An Environmental Management Programme with mitigation measures and compliance actions.

 

3. Conduct a Public Participation Process

 

  • Display a notice board at the site boundary (minimum size: 60 cm x 42 cm).
  • Make all relevant information (including the assessment report and management programme) available to the public.
  • Allow at least 30 days for public comments.

 

4. Submit Comments and Responses Report

 

  • Compile all public comments and provide responses.
  • Submit this report along with the application to the Minister or MEC (depending on landfill class and waste type).

 

5. Ensure Compliance with Additional Requirements

 

  • Attach copies of other authorizations (if any).
  • Include an Environmental Management Programme that meets Appendix 2 requirements.
  • Respond promptly if the licensing authority requests additional information.

 

6. Monitor Timelines

 

  • The decision on the application will be finalized within 120 days after all required information is submitted.
  • Appeals can be lodged under the National Appeal Regulations, 2025.

 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

NATIONAL WATER ACT

 

Raw water use chargers for 2026/27 Financial Year

 

G 53818 GeN 3687

 

09 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Domestic & Industrial Water Users

 

  • Municipalities supplying water to households and businesses.
  • Industrial companies (e.g., manufacturing, processing plants) that abstract raw water for operations.

 

2. Agricultural Sector

 

  • Irrigation boards and farmers who use raw water for crop irrigation.
  • Large-scale agricultural enterprises dependent on government water schemes.

 

3. Forestry Operations

 

  • Commercial forestry companies using water for plantation management.

 

4. Energy and Mining Companies

 

  • Entities like Eskom and Sasol, which are explicitly mentioned under special tariffs for projects such as VRESAP.
  • Mining companies requiring water for processing and dust suppression.

 

5. Water Boards and Bulk Water Suppliers

 

  • Organizations managing regional water distribution and infrastructure.

 

6. Any Entity Linked to Government Water Schemes

 

  • Users connected to projects such as:
    • Berg Water Project
    • Vaal River System
    • Komati Water Scheme
    • Mokolo and Crocodile River Augmentation Project
    • Umkhomazi Water Project
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

National Water Act: Raw water use chargers for 2026/27 Financial Year

G 53818 GeN 3687

09 December 2025

 

53818gen3687.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you take note of the new set of chargers for 2026/27

 

 

 

END

 

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

National Water Act: Regulations:

 

Management and control of Government Waterworks and Surrounding state-owned land: Comments invited

 

G 53963 GoN 7002

 

– Comment by 19 Mar 2026

 

16 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

Directly affected

 

·       Government entities managing waterworks

·       Lessees, resort operators, marinas, tourism operators

·       Event organisers

·       Vessel owners and boating businesses

·       Fisheries, aquaculture, and environmental agencies

·       Drone and aviation operators

·       Adjacent landowners

 

Indirectly affected

 

·       Recreational users (fishers, swimmers, water‑sport participants)

·       Contractors building structures near waterworks

·       Waste management & environmental service firm

·       Emergency and public safety organisations

 

SUMMARY

 

1. Definitions

 

Provides legal definitions for key terms used throughout the regulations, including:

  • Government waterworks (dams owned/controlled by the Minister)
  • Accredited personnel, competent authority, lessee, landowner
  • Event, vessel, aquaculture, commercial activities
  • Houseboat, recreational water use, unmanned aircraft, restricted area

 

This section forms the legal foundation for the rest of the regulations.

 

2. Application of Regulations

 

  • Regulations apply to all government waterworks unless specified otherwise.
  • Dams deemed unsafe for public use will be listed on the DWS website.

 

3. Control, Access, and Use at Government Waterworks

 

  • Minister may appoint a Competent Authority to manage a waterwork.

 

  • Entry requires approval from:
    • Competent Authority, or
    • Landowner (where servitudes exist), or
    • Lessee (where leasing applies).

 

  • These parties must:
    • Keep records of visitors and incidents.
    • Report annually via the DWS IRIS system.

 

  • Searches for dangerous objects may be conducted.
  • Visitors must comply with:
    • Relevant Acts
    • Waterwork rules
    • SASCOC sport rules (where applicable)

 

  • Commercial activities require a commercial lease agreement.

 

  • Activities underway before the regulations have 6 months to become compliant.

 

4. Resource Management Plan (RMP)

 

  • Competent Authority must implement an approved RMP.
  • If no RMP exists, it must be drafted within 1 year and approved within 2 years.
  • Rules formed under the RMP must be published and visible to users.

 

5. Duty of Care

 

Visitors must:

 

  • Follow navigation aids and safety notices.
  • Cooperate with enforcement officers.

 

  • Vessel operators must:
    • Not operate under the influence of alcohol or narcotics.
    • Exercise reasonable care.
    • Comply with vessel movement monitoring requirements.

 

6. Application and Approval of Events

 

  • Events, photography, filming, advertising require written permission.
  • Event organisers must comply with the Safety at Sports and Recreational Events Act, 2010.
  • Hosts (lessees, landowners, competent authorities) are responsible for safety and waste management.

 

7. Accommodation and Night‑Time Activities

 

  • Overnight stays on land only allowed in designated areas.
  • Fires allowed only in designated areas.
  • Night‑time activities on the water are prohibited unless approved.
  • Seasonal timeframes determine when activities must start/stop.

 

8. Accommodation on Vessels / Houseboats

 

  • Overnight stays on water only in designated areas and authorised vessels.
  • Waste systems on vessels must use holding tanks and proper disposal.
  • Owners must keep disposal records for 4 years.

 

9. Fishing

 

  • Fishing only in designated areas.
  • Must follow “catch & release” / “catch & destroy” rules for specific species.
  • Commercial fishing requires authorisation.
  • Introduction of aquatic species is prohibited without approval.
  • Fishing licences are required.

 

10. Vessels

 

  • Vessels must be inspected at wash bays to prevent invasive species.
  • Must comply with National Small Vessel Safety Regulations.

 

  • Enforcement officers may:
    • Inspect vessels
    • Request certifications
    • Direct or prohibit movement

 

  • Unattended vessels must be properly anchored; night anchoring only in designated areas.

 

11. Aids to Navigation (AtoN)

 

  • Deployment of markers or moorings requires approval.
  • Must comply with IALA and SAMSA standards.
  • Tampering with markers is an offence.

 

12. Open Water Swimming & Diving

 

  • Swimmers must be accompanied by a vessel and use safety buoys.
  • Divers/snorkellers must inform the landowner.
  • Scuba divers must provide recognised certification.

 

13. Aircraft & Hovercraft

 

  • Water landings/take-offs for amphibious aircraft require approval.
  • Hovercraft use requires approval and certified piloting.
  • Must remain in designated areas.

 

14. Unmanned Aircraft (Drones)

 

  • Cannot fly over people, security zones, or national key points without approval.
  • Commercial drone operations require approval from:
    • Competent Authority
    • ATNS
    • SACAA

 

  • Private operations allowed under strict R‑VLOS limits.

 

15. Unmanned Vessels

 

  • Only certain unmanned vessels allowed (bait boats, model boats, survey vessels).
  • Must operate within line‑of‑sight; night operation allowed only with lights and approval.

 

16. Power Generation

 

  • Floating solar or hydro installations require:
    • Water use licence
    • Environmental authorisation
    • Lease agreement

 

17. Erection of Structures

 

  • Slipways, jetties, marinas, and fencing require approval.
  • Must align with the RMP and lease conditions.

 

18. Hygiene & Waste Management

 

  • Dumping waste on land or into water is prohibited.
  • If no bins are provided, waste must be removed and disposed of properly.

 

19. Selling of Liquor

 

  • Requires a commercial lease and a valid liquor licence.

 

20. Damage to Property & Liability

 

  • Damaging government waterworks property is an offence.
  • Competent Authorities are not liable for visitor actions.

 

21. Protection of Biodiversity

 

  • No hunting, disturbing fauna, or removing flora without permission.
  • Pest control allowed by authorised persons.
  • All activities must comply with NEMBA and related laws.

 

22. Excessive Noise

 

  • Noise may not disturb other users.
  • Curfew times for noise are specified for each day of the week.

 

23. Incident Reporting

 

  • Visitors, landowners, and lessees must report incidents via the DWS system.
  • Vessel incidents must also be reported to SAMSA within 24 hours.

 

24–26. Non‑Compliance (Visitors, Lessees, Landowners)

 

  • Authorities may remove disruptive or non‑compliant visitors.
  • Lessees and landowners are responsible for their guests.
  • Repeated non‑compliance can result in withdrawal of access or leases.

 

27. Prohibitions

 

  • No entering restricted areas.
  • No activities that endanger infrastructure.
  • Minister may prohibit access to any area.

 

28. Appeals

 

  • Aggrieved persons may appeal decisions to the Minister within 30 days.

 

29. Offences and Penalties

 

  • Lists specific offences (e.g., unapproved entry, illegal fishing, illegal drone flights).
  • Offences may result in fines or imprisonment under the National Water Act.

 

30. Repeal

 

  • Replaces regulations from Government Notice R.654 of 1964.

 

31. Application of Other Laws

 

  • These regulations do not exempt users from complying with all other applicable laws.

 

32. Commencement

 

  • Regulations take effect 6 months after publication in the Gazette.

 

Annexure A: Forms

 

Forms for:

1.     Event applications

2.     Solar/hydro power lease applications

3.     Lease agreements

4.     Grazing agreements

 

 

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND SANITATION

 

No. R 7002 16 January 2026

 

NATIONAL WATER ACT, 1998 (ACT NO. 36 OF 1998)

 

PROPOSED REGULATIONS FOR THE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF GOVERNMENT WATERWORKS AND SURROUNDING STATE-OWNED LAND

 

I, Pemmy C. Majodina, Minister of Water and Sanitation hereby consult on the intention to make regulations for the management and control of government waterworks and surrounding state-owned land for recreational purposes in terms of section 116 of the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998) (hereinafter “NWA”) as set out in the Schedule hereto.

 

Members of the public are invited to submit written comments or inputs within 60 days (excluding from 15 December 2025 to January 2026) after the publication of this notice in

the Gazette, to any of the following addresses:

 

By post to: Department of Water and Sanitation

The Director-General

Attention: Mrs Anet Muir

Private Bag X 313

PRETORIA

0001

 

By hand at Reception: Sedibeng Building, 185 Francis Baard Street, Pretoria

By E-mail at gww@dws.gov.za

 

SCHEDULE

 

Table of Contents:

 

Notice.

Schedule

Abbreviations

 

1. Definitions

2. Application of Regulations

3. Control, access and use at government waterworks

4. Resource Management Plan

5. Duty of Care

6. Application and Approval of Events

7. Accommodation and night-time activities

8. Fishing

9. Vessels

10. Aids to Navigation

11. Open water swimming and diving

12. Fixed or rotary wing aircraft capable of landing and taking off on water and hovercraft

13. Unmanned Aircraft

14. Power generation

15. Erection of structures including boating slipways, jetties and marinas

16. Hygiene and waste management

 

17. Selling of liquor

18. Damage to property and liability

19. Protection of biodiversity

20. Excessive noise

21. Incident reporting

22. Non-compliance by visitors at a government waterwork to the regulations

23. Non-compliance by lessee and his or her visitors to regulations

24. Non-compliance by landowners and his or her visitors to regulations

25. Prohibitions

26. Appeal

27. Offences and Penalties

28. Repeal

29. Application of other laws

30. Commencement

Annexure A

 

Abbreviations

 

ATNS – Air Traffic and Navigation Services

AtoN – Aids to Navigation

CA – Competent Authority

CAMU – Central Airspace Management Unit

CoC – Certificate of Competency

CoF – Certificate of Fitness

DWS – Department of Water and Sanitation

IA – Implementing Agent

IALA – International Association of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse Auhorities

LGSC – Local General Safety Certificate

NSVS – National Small Vessel Safety

NWA – National Water Act

NEMBA – National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act

NWRIA – National Water Resource Infrastructure Agency

RMP – Resource Management Plan

R-VLOS – Restricted visual line of sight

SACCAA – South African Civil Aviation Authority

SAMSA – South African Maritime Safety Authority

SAPS – South African Police Services

SASCOC – South African Sports Confederation and Olympic Committee

SAS – South African Sailing

UA – Unmanned Aircraft

 

Definitions

 

1. In these Regulations, any word or expression to which a meaning has been assigned in the Act, shall have the meaning so assigned, and, unless the context indicates otherwise—

 

“access point” means an authorised place and / or point of entry, including, but not limited to access gates.

 

“accommodation” means facilities of any nature for the accommodation of day and overnight visitors.

 

“accounting officer” means the head of the Department.

 

“adjacent landowner” means a person owning property adjacent to a government waterwork but has no direct legal access to the land on which the government waterworks is situated.

 

“aquaculture” means the farming of aquatic organisms in a controlled aquatic freshwater environment involving—

 

(a) a degree of human intervention in the rearing process to enhance production which includes propagation, breeding, regular stocking, feeding, protection from predators and harvesting of cultured aquatic organisms; and

(b) individual or corporate ownership of the stock being farmed and includes ranching and stock enhancement.

 

“authorised person” the Minister or a Water Management Institution may, in writing, appoint any suitable person as an authorised person to perform the functions contemplated in sections 124 and 125(1), (2) and (3) of the National Water Act (NWA).

 

“bioprospecting” means bioprospecting as defined in section 1 of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004).

 

“commercial fishing” means fishing for the purpose of generating revenue from the sale of the fish at a government waterwork.

 

“commercial activities” means activities utilising the water stored or land upon which the government waterworks are situated for revenue generation, including organised sporting and tourism activities as well as events.

 

“competent authority” in relation to the control over recreational, conservation and tourism use of the relevant government waterworks or portion thereof, includes the Director-General or any person designated by the Minister, the National Water Resource Infrastructure Agency (NWRIA) or Implementing Agent (IA) to carry out recreational, conservation and tourism use management functions.

 

“damage causing animal” means an individual of a listed threatened animal species of which, when interacting with human activities, there was substantial proof that-

(a) it caused losses to stock or to the wild specimens,

(b) caused excessive damage to cultivated trees, crops, natural flora or other property,

(c) presented a threat to human life, or

(d) was present in such numbers that agricultural grazing was materially depleted.

 

“dangerous object” means any explosive and/or incendiary material, any explosive or incendiary device, any firearm, and any gas, material, weapon or other article, object or instrument which may be employed to cause bodily harm to a person, or to render a person temporarily paralysed or unconscious, or to cause damage to property, as well as anything which the Minister of Police may by notice in the Gazette declare to be a dangerous object in terms of the Control of Access to Public Premises and Vehicles Act, 1985 (Act No. 53 of 1985).

 

“Department” means the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS).

 

“Director-General” see NWA 1(1)(vii).

 

“enforcement officer” means a member of the South African Police Service, a safety officer or any person designated as an enforcement officer by the South African Maritime Safety Authority (SAMSA) or the Department.

 

“event” means organised exhibitions, competitions, sporting, entertainment, educational, recreational, religious, cultural, or similar activities hosted at a government waterwork that exceeds more than 50 persons (participants and or spectators). Also includes commercial photography, film production and advertising activities.

 

“event organiser” means any person, Club, or State land user who plans, is in charge of, manages, supervises or holds an event or sponsorship rights to an event or in any manner controls or has a material interest in the hosting of an event.

 

“fish” refers to the freshwater living resources found in inland water bodies, including all aquatic plants, fish, molluscs, crustaceans, as well as their eggs, larvae, and juvenile stages.

 

“fishing” means an act of searching for, catching, taking fish or an attempt to engage in such activity, regardless of method employed.

 

“government waterworks” means a dam owned or controlled by the Minister and includes the land on which it is situated as defined in section 1 of the NWA. For these regulations, the focus is on National Departmental dams with their available water surface and adjacent land and excludes the following:

 

(a) rivers,

(b) canals, and

(c) pipelines.

 

“hunt” in relation to all species, includes—

 

(a) to intentionally kill such species by any means, method or device whatsoever.

(b) to capture such species by any means, method or device whatsoever with the intent to kill or breed.

(c) to search for, lie in wait for, pursue, shoot at, tranquillise, or immobilise, such species with the intent to kill; or

(d) to lure by any means, method or device whatsoever, such species with the intent to kill, but excludes the culling of a listed threatened or protected species in a protected area or on a registered game farm or for culling of a listed threatened or protected species that has escaped from a protected area and has become a damage causing animal.

(e) excludes fishing for the purposes of these regulations.

 

“houseboat” means any vessel, irrespective of whether or not it is propelled under its own power, capable of being occupied by more than one person, which is equipped with facilities for night accommodation and on which food preparation facilities and toilet or washing facilities have been provided but exclude a sailing vessel and a day vessel equipped with a toilet facility.

 

“Implementing Agent” means the appointment of an organ of state or non-profit entity through a Memorandum of Agreement to manage a specific government waterwork.

 

“incident” means an isolated event that is either of risk, of serious nature, unpleasant or unusual and can be of the following nature:

 

(a) criminal,

(b) life-threatening,

(c) accident or incident involving vessels,

(d) drowning or near-drowning,

(e) fire in non-designated areas or veld fires,

(f) structural failure,

(g) flooding,

(h) pollution,

(i) unlawful land occupation,

(j) civil unrest,

(k) unruly people or nuisance,

(l) entering the “No access or limited access” zones of the waterworks or Security Area, or

(m) non-compliance to these regulations.

 

“inland fisheries” means the capturing of living aquatic organisms from a government waterwork including small-scale and recreational fisheries, the associated value chains and service industries, but excludes activities at aquaculture facilities.

 

“introduction” in relation to a species, means the introduction of species as defined in section 1 of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004).

 

“landowner” means a person that owns land upon which the Department has constructed a government waterworks and where the Department has a servitude to either occupy land belonging to this landowner with the waterworks or where the Department occupies land belonging to this landowner by submerging it under water. The servitude agreement sets out conditions for the landowner in terms of access and use of the government waterwork.

 

“lease agreement” means an agreement entered into between a prospective lessee and the lessor.

 

“lessee” means a person appointed by the Lessor and thereby given the right to use State property for a fixed period at a market related rental, without transfer of ownership, based on a written lease agreement and subject to the Departmental lease policy.

 

“Lessor” means the Department of Water and Sanitation or the National Water Resource Infrastructure Agency (NWRIA) if the government waterworks has been transferred in ownership.

 

“Minister” means the Minister of the Department of Water and Sanitation.

 

“National Water Resources Infrastructure Agency” means a State-Owned Company of the Department established under the South African National Water Resources Infrastructure Agency SOC Limited Act, Act No. 36 of 2024 (which will come into effect on a date determined by the President by Proclamation in the Gazette) assented to 2 September 2024.

 

“night” means the pre-determined times between sunset and sunrise in which restrictions on certain activities might be in effect.

 

National Small Vessel Safety” means the Merchant Shipping (National Small Vessel Safety) Regulations, 2007, published under Government Notice. 705 of 2007.

 

“person” includes a natural person, a juristic person, an unincorporated body, an association, and an organ of state.

 

“Private operation of unmanned aircraft operations” means the use of an Unmanned Aircraft (“Drones”) for an individual’s personal and private purposes where there is no commercial outcome, interest or gain.

 

“recreational fisheries” means all value chain activities and institutions associated with recreational fishing, including services and supplies, commercial angling charters, lodges and guides, and angler organisations.

 

“recreational water use” means the use of government waterworks for recreational purposes and includes all activities that require the use of state-owned land, including the surface of water for—

 

(a) events, including but not limited to sport, tourism and leisure.

(b) personal use including, but not limited to, subsistence fishing, religious and cultural practices.

(c) activities which contribute to the general health, well-being and skills development of individuals and society.

(d) Tourism activities but not limited to nature conservation, camping and hiking.

 

“resource management plan” means approved management document for a specific State Dam that describes and regulates functional, workable sustainable access and utilisation plans (zoning) for water and land resources of the State Dam through a process based on the attainment of harmony within the natural and cultural environment, while addressing the needs and expectations of both the community, users and visitors based on sound business principles combined with a representative institutional structure to take charge of the management of the resource in an equitable manner, thus ensuring that the process will be consultative with interested and affected parties playing an essential role in the success of the final plan and implementation thereof.

 

“restricted area” means any area, building or place at government waterworks in which public access is prohibited and access is limited to authorised person for management, security maintenance and operational purposes.

 

“South African Maritime Safety Authority” means the entity established under the SAMSA Act No. 5 of 1998 under the Department of Transport to ensure amongst others the administration of the Merchant shipping (National Small Vessel Safety) Regulation, 2007, as amended

 

“species” means a species as defined in section 1 of the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004).

 

“State” means the Government of the Republic of South Africa, acting directly or through its lawfully designated representatives, which for government waterworks is the Department and the National Water Resource Infrastructure Agency.

 

“water sport” means water skiing, including wing foiling, kite-surfing, windsurfing, parasailing, tubing, or other water sport in the water, on the water or under the water.

 

“the Act” means the National Water Act, 1998 (Act No. 36 of 1998).

 

“vessel” means any conveyance floating on, in, or over water and designed for navigation on or in water, howsoever propelled and includes any canoe, floating platform, decked vessel, carrier vessel, or any vessel equipped with an inboard or outboard motor or any other craft, whether surface craft or submarine.

 

“vessel incident” means any vessel, on a government waterwork –

 

(a) which has been lost, abandoned or stranded.

(b) which has been seriously damaged or has caused serious damage to any vessel.

(c) on which any casualty resulting in loss of life or serious injury to any person, or an accident has occurred.

(d) which has been in a position of great peril either from the action of some other vessel or for any other reason.

 

Application of Regulations

 

2(1) These Regulations are, unless specified otherwise, applicable to all government waterworks.

(2) Government waterworks that are closed are deemed not safe for public access and use and a list shall be published by the Minister on the Departmental website within 6 months of the publication of the regulations and updated when required.

 

Control, access and use at government waterworks

 

3(1) The Minister may, in writing and for a period, designate a Competent Authority, and assign to it the necessary powers to manage and control government waterworks and surrounding state-owned land.

(2) The powers contemplated in regulation 3(1) must be exercised subject to the provisions of

these Regulations and terms and conditions the Minister may deem fit.

 

(3) A person may enter a government waterwork with the approval of the Competent Authority.

 

The Competent Authority must:

(a) keep records of aspects relating to water use, such as, number of visitors and incidents including reports received from landowners and leases as per sub-regulation 3(5)(b) and 3(6)(b).

(b) must submit a summary report of its records and the records referred to in regulation 3(5)(a) annually to the Minister by registering and uploading required information on the departmental Integrated Regulatory Information System https://ws.dws.gov.za/IRIS/programmes.aspx .

 

(4) The Competent Authority must take reasonable measures to ensure all persons accessing the waterworks are familiar with the rules and regulations as referred to in these regulations.

(5) A person may enter a government waterwork with the approval of a landowner for purposes set out in regulation 6 to 9 (where the Department has a registered servitude of submersion, aqueduct and abutment as defined in the Act) over their land subject to the specific conditions of the servitude. The landowner must take reasonable measures to ensure all persons accessing the waterwork through their property are familiar and adhere to the conditions of the servitude, any Resource Management Plan and rules for the specific government waterwork (as provided under Regulation 4) and these regulations. Such landowners, subject to the specific conditions of the servitude, must:

(a) keep records of aspects relating to water use, such as, number of visitors and incidents.

(b) must submit the records referred to in regulation 3(5)(a) annually to the Competent Authority.

 

(6) A person may enter a government waterwork with the approval of the Lessee of State Land subject to its lease conditions. The Lessee must take reasonable measures to ensure all persons accessing the waterwork through leased state land are familiar and adhere to the conditions of their lease, any Resource Management Plan and rules for the specific government waterworks (as provided under Regulation 4) and these regulations. Such Lessee, subject to the lease conditions, must:

 

(a) keep records of aspects relating to water use, such as, number of visitors and incidents.

(b) must submit the records referred to in regulation 3(5)(a) annually to the Competent Authority.

 

(7) Any person accessing the government waterworks does so at their own risk and the department accepts no responsibility for any injuries, loss or damage sustained.

 

(8) Any person entering a government waterworks or any part thereof must, if requested by the Competent Authority, landowner, lessee, enforcement officer or an official of the department, furnish his or her full personal and contact details. Emergency service responders are exempted from this requirement when responding to an incident at the government waterworks.

 

(9) No person other than a person on official duty may be in possession of any dangerous object at a government waterwork.

 

(10) The Competent Authority may search any vehicle or person, who seeks to enter a government waterworks, for dangerous objects and may refuse access to the government waterworks if such dangerous objects are found or if the person does not consent to such a search.

 

(11) The landowner and Lessee subject to regulations (5) and (6) respectively may search any vehicle or person, who seeks to enter a government waterworks, through their private property or leased property for dangerous objects and may refuse access to the government waterworks if such dangerous objects are found or if the person does not consent to such a search.

 

(12) Any person who wishes to enter any part of a waterworks, which is not open for the public, must get written approval from the Competent Authority.

 

(13) The Competent Authority, an official of the department, South African Police Services (SAPS), South African Maritime Safety Authority (SAMSA), Enforcement Officer or lessee may request any person, who seeks to enter a government waterworks, for required licences, permits and equipment needed for certain activities at the waterworks and may refuse access to the government waterworks if request is denied or required licenses, permits or equipment can’t be provided.

 

(14) A person who accesses the waterworks (dam wall, water surface and surrounding state land) must comply with:

 

(a) the Acts, regulations and Resource Management Plans relevant to a government waterwork.

(b) where relevant, the rules, development programmes and activity standards as prescribed by the relevant South African Sports Confederation and Olympic Committee (SASCOC) recognised national body / federation of the activity being engaged in, must be adhered to.

(c) the rules and standards of the lessee / landowner.

 

(15) Any commercial activity where the government waterwork is being used to generate a revenue will require in a commercial lease agreement between the Department and the owner of the commercial activity prior to the activity commencing

 

(16) Where such activity has already commenced prior to these regulations such persons will have six (6) months from date of publication of the final regulations to conclude such agreements the to enable the continuation of such activities.

 

Resource Management Plan

 

4(1) The Competent Authority must implement and manage an approved Resource Management Plan (RMP), unless the government waterworks will be closed for secondary use

(2) If there is no Resource Management Plan in place, the Competent Authority must commence with the compilation of a RMP, based on the format as required by the department within one year from the date of the publication of these regulations, and must submitted for approval by the Minister within two years.

(3) A Competent Authority may make rules for the safety of the public in a specific government waterwork in accordance with the powers assigned to it in terms of regulation 3(1) These rules must form part of the RMP consultation process.

(4) Prior to finalising the RMP, the Competent Authority must consult any landowners, existing lessees and relevant catchment management agency.

(5) The rules contemplated in regulation (3) must be posted up or provided at the entrance of that government waterworks or must be placed in an area where they can be seen by every person accessing and using the government waterworks and the Resource Management Plan and rules must be placed on any relevant electronic media including the Departments webpage.

 

Duty of Care

 

5(1) Any person accessing a government waterwork must –

 

(a) adhere to the rules including navigational aids and demarcation markers on the water surface, navigational / zonal maps displayed or provided upon entry and these regulations.

(b) exercise due care to other users and the safety of any passengers.

(c) cooperate with any authorised person, including, but not limited to the Department’s personnel, implementing agencies, safety officers, enforcement officers, wash bay operators, the South African Police Services or any other emergency personnel.

(d) adhere, respect and not tamper with any applicable safety rules and notices, warnings, navigational aids and signals.

 

(2) A person who is in control of any vessel or engages in water sport must —

(a) not be under the influence of alcohol or a drug having a narcotic effect;

(b) exercise reasonable care for the safety of any passengers, and

(c) must adhere to any vessel movement monitoring process put in place by the Department or Competent Authority.

 

Application and Approval of Events

 

6(1) Events, photography, film production and advertising on state land or the water surface of the government waterwork may take place only with the written permission of the Competent Authority.

(2) An application for permission contemplated in regulations 6(1) must be made to the Competent Authority by using the form referred to in Annexure A.

(3) It is the responsibility of the landowner and lessee (where there is a lease agreement and its conditions enables the hosting of an event) and event organiser who wants to host an event at a government waterworks, to adhere to the requirements set out in the Safety at Sports and Recreational Events Act, 2010 (Act no. 2 of 2010) and to conclude all relevant administrative procedures of the mentioned Act and any other relevant legislation by all event participants. Must also ensure the physical safety and security of persons at the event as well as the property on which the event is hosted.

(4) The Competent Authority is not liable for any injury, loss of life or damage caused at or during an event. The liability remains with the landowner, lessee and the event organiser.

(5) Events must be scheduled with the Competent Authority to ensure minimal impact on the day-to-day activities at the waterworks and on other users.

(6) The event organiser and the host (competent authority, lessee or private landowner) who hosts an event shall also take responsibility for the waste management of the event.

 

Accommodation and night-time activities

 

7(1) No person may stay overnight on state-owned land of a government waterworks except in official accommodation or on sites reserved and serviced for that purpose:

(2) No person may make a fire at a government waterwork except in a designated area.

(3) No activities are allowed at night on the water surface of a government waterwork except when authorised through an event application (see regulation 6(2)).

 

(4) The Competent Authority of each government waterwork will determine its own nighttime schedule based on seasonal changes to prevent uncertainty regarding when activities on the water surface must stop before sunset and start after sunrise. The two seasonal periods are:

(a) Summer (1 October till 31 March)

(b) Winter (1 April till 30 September)

 

(5) All lawful land activities like shore fishing, is allowed at night-time.

 

Accommodation on the surface of the water

 

8(1) A person may only overnight inside designated overnight areas on vessels with overnight accommodation facilities that are authorised by the Competent Authority through a commercial lease on a government waterwork.

(2) No person may use a vessel on the waterworks as a place of permanent abode.

(3) Vessels with sanitation facilities must be able to safely contain and retain effluent in a holding tank and must be disposed of in an approved sewerage network onshore.

(4) The owner of a lawful houseboat or pleasure boat shall retain accurate records relating to the removal and disposal of effluent for a period of four years and shall provide such records to the department for inspection upon demand thereof.

 

Fishing

 

9(1) All fishing at a government waterworks must be done at designated areas set out for fishing and must adhere to the “catch and release” or “catch and destroy” rule of a specific alien, threatened or protected fish species relevant at a specific waterwork.

(2) No fishing with gill nets or nets that can catch a high volume of fish at once or commercial fishing will be allowed at a government waterwork without a water use authorisation and consent from the relevant environmental competent authorities.

(3) No live fish or other aquatic life may be released into a government waterwork without a water use authorisation issued under the National Water Act (NWA) and a permit obtained from the Department responsible for the environment or its agency responsible for conservation.

(4) No spearfishing or crossbow fishing is allowed at a government waterwork.

(5) Any person intending to do recreational fishing or small-scale fishing at a government waterwork must produce a valid fishing license obtained from the Department responsible for the environment or its agency responsible for conservation.

(6) Access to and use of a government waterwork for aquaculture / inland fisheries are subject to a water use authorisation issued under the NWA and consent from the landowner and relevant Competent Authority.

 

Vessels

 

10(1) The owner of a travelling vessel to a waterworks must report to a wash bay at a waterworks. Should there be no wash bay, the Competent Authority, lessee or landowner will ensure that the vessel and trailer are clean with no visible plant material on the vessel or trailer prior to launching. The landowner, lessee or enforcement officer may not allow the launch of a vessel and trailer if it is not compliant.

(2) Any person who wishes to enter a government waterwork with any vessel must ensure that he or she and the vessel comply with the requirements of the National Small Vessel Safety Regulations, of the South African Maritime Safety Authority.

(3) The Competent Authority, lessee or landowner must refuse access to the government waterworks to any person who fails to produce any required documentation in terms of the Merchant Shipping (National Small Vessel Safety) Regulations, 2007, and necessary safety appliances and equipment for the specific vessel.

 

(4) An enforcement officer may, to verify and ensure compliance with the National Small Vessel Safety (NSVS) Regulations –

(a) board and inspect a small vessel and its appliances and equipment, ask any pertinent questions of, and obtain all reasonable assistance from, the owner or skipper, or any person who is in charge or appears to be in charge, of the vessel; and

 

(b) require the owner or skipper or other person who is in charge or appears to be in charge of the vessel to produce –

(i) personal identification; and

(ii) any document or certificate required by the NSVS Regulations.

(iii) Indicate location where skipper and vessel launched from.

 

(5) An enforcement officer may, to ensure compliance with the NSVS Regulations and in the interests of public safety, direct the movement or prohibit the operation of the vessel.

(6) Every person must comply with the valid instructions of an enforcement officer while performing functions under the NSVS Regulations or enforcing the provisions of these Regulations.

(7) No substance such as petrol, oil or anything similar used in engine-driven craft, may be disposed of in the water.

(8) No person shall leave a vessel unattended in the water area, unless it has been properly anchored or moored in approved designated areas or moved to dry land at a safe height above the water level.

(9) No vessel is allowed to anchor at night outside designated mooring or overnight areas unless with prior approval from the competent authority.

 

 

(10) All vessels the lessee or landowner wants to be moored inside relevant designated areas, must be approved by the Competent Authority (CA) and the lessee or landowner must keep record of each vessel being moored,

(11) All Pontoon Party Boats, Passenger Vessels, House Boats, Floating Restaurants, moored and/or utilizing any Government Waterworks must be approved by the Competent Authority prior to a Commercial Lease Agreement (regulation 3(17)) and prior to the South African Maritime Safety Authority and its Authorized Agents issuing a Certificate of Fitness or Local General Safety Certificate.

 

Aids to Navigation

 

11(1) A person who wants to deploy Aids to Navigation (AtoN), Demarcation Markers and moorings according to the DWS Navigational and Zonal map / chart of a government waterwork must obtain prior approval from the Competent Authority.

(2) Deployment of any AtoN & Demarcation Markers must adhere to the Departmental standards, which are in accordance with International Association of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse Authorities (IALA) and South African Maritime Safety Authority recommendations and guidelines.

(3) Vessels to stay at least 20 m clear from any AtoN or Safety Buoy Line.

(4) It is an offence to tamper with any deployed Fixed or Floating AtoN or Demarcation markers.

 

Open water swimming and diving

 

12(1) Where there is no designated swimming area as identified in the Resource Management Plan and there is boating activity, a swimmer must swim attached to an approved open water swimming buoy and be accompanied by a vessel with a skipper e.g. canoe, stand up paddle, boat, etc.

(2) Divers / snorkelers must inform the relevant landowner before entering a waterworks for monitoring purposes. The divers / snorkelers must dive with an identification buoy and a vessel with skipper.

(3) Persons intending on scuba diving must provide recognised scuba diving certification.

 

Fixed or rotary wing aircraft capable of landing and taking off on water and hovercraft

 

13(1) No amphibian aircraft shall be permitted to land on any waterwork without the prior permission of the Competent Authority. When such permission is given, special areas for landing, mooring and taking off may be demarcated and the amphibian aircraft shall keep within such areas and the person or persons in control thereof shall comply with all other conditions attached to the said permission.

(2) Hovercraft must get approval to operate from the Competent Authority and must be piloted by a certified trained person. The hovercraft must stay within relevant designated areas and can enter / exit the waterworks only at designated areas.

 

Unmanned Aircraft

 

14(1) A person shall not operate an Unmanned Aircraft directly overhead any person or group of people or within a lateral distance of 50 m from any person, unless approved by the Competent Authority and where needed, South African Civil Aviation Authority.

 

(2) No flights of an Unmanned Aircraft are allowed to fly over National Key Points or key security points at a waterworks without approval from the Competent Authority and South African Civil Aviation Authority. Key security points at the government waterworks are the following:

a) Dam wall

b) DWS houses and offices.

c) Dam security zone

 

(3) No commercial unmanned aircraft may fly over a water works without approval from the Competent Authority Air Traffic and Navigation Services and the South African Civil Aviation Authority.

 

(4) Private unmanned aircraft operations may be flown day and night within restricted visual line of sight (R-VLOS) – means an operation within 500m of the remote pilot and below the height of the highest obstacle within 300m of the unmanned aircraft, which the remote pilot maintains direct unaided visual contact with the UA to manage its flight and meet separation and collision avoidance responsibilities.

 

a) It is the full responsibility of the remote pilot of the unmanned aircraft (UA) to fly his/her aircraft safely and not endanger the safety of another aircraft, any person or property.

b) The remote pilot must observe all statutory requirements relating to liability, privacy and any other laws enforceable by any other authorities.

c) Private operations of an unmanned aircraft shall be conducted only with a Class 1A or 1B UA (mass < 7kg & impact energy < 15KJ)

 

(5) No person may release, dispense, drop, deliver or deploy any object or substance from an unmanned aircraft without the approval of the Competent Authority.

 

Unmanned Vessels

 

15(1) Only the following unmanned vessels are allowed on a government waterwork:

a) Vessel dropping fish bait (bait boat).

b) Radio controlled model sail or race boats.

c) Hydrographical survey vessels.

 

(2) Unmanned vessel pulling another vessel or person is not allowed unless approved by the Competent Authority.

(3) All manoeuvres of the unmanned vessel must be done within line of sight of the operator and not more than 200m from the shore. For out of line of sight manoeuvres, prior approval must be obtained from the competent authority.

(4) Unmanned vessels can operate at night on the water surface of a government waterworks if it has the required navigation lights; approval from the Competent Authority and adheres to all relevant regulations and rules.

 

Power generation

 

16(1) No floating solar or hydro power generation at a government waterwork is allowed without the necessary water use authorisation, relevant environmental authorisations and lease agreement from the Competent Authority.

(2) Where power generation is approved on a government waterwork, the owner or company must adhere to all legislation relevant to the waterworks and conditions stipulated in the lease agreement, water use licence and other environmental approvals.

 

Erection of structures including boating slipways, jetties and marinas

 

17(1) The erection of any structures on State Land or the water surface including navigational aids requires approval from the Competent Authority and is subject to lease agreement conditions and the relevant Resource Management Plan.

(2) The installation of any fencing onto the banks of the government waterworks into the water that may be submerged during high water levels poses a risk to users and requires approval from the Competent Authority.

 

Hygiene and waste management

 

18(1) No person may deposit, dispose or leave or discharge in any place on land or into the water the following except in a receptacle provided for that purpose.

 

(a) any refuse, waste, wastewater, or material of any kind, or

 

(b) any litter, bottle, broken glass, pottery, plastic articles, rubbish, refuse, seeds, fruit or vegetable matter or any other waste material.

 

(2) If none is provided it must be removed and disposed of at an appropriate or permitted receptacle.

 

Selling of liquor

 

19 Any landowner or lessee, subject to the servitude and lease agreement respectively, selling liquor for on-site consumption on a government waterwork (including vessels must be in possession of a commercial lease (regulation 3(17) and a valid liquor license issued under the Liquor Act 59 of 2003).

 

Damage to property and liability

 

20(1) A person who intentionally or negligently causes damage to any government waterworks or other property of the waterworks is liable for the resulting loss or damage and is guilty of an offence.

(2) The Competent Authority is not liable and has indemnity for any loss, damage or injury caused by a person who intentionally or negligently caused any loss, damage or injury at a government waterwork.

 

Protection of biodiversity

 

21(1) Any person entering a government waterwork may not hunt, injure or disturb any fauna (animals) or destroy the nest or eggs of any fauna without written permission from the Competent Authority and relevant conservation agency.

(2) A Competent Authority, lessee or landowner is permitted to control pest.

(3) Only authorised persons are permitted to exercise their duty in managing a dangerous animal(s)

(4) Any person entering a government waterwork may not cut, uproot or destroy or remove any indigenous flora (plants) from such area without written permission from Competent Authority and relevant conservation agency.

(5) Any person who wishes to access any part of a government waterwork for bioprospecting or breeding of any species must obtain prior approval from the Department or Competent Authority.

(6) Introduction of any plant or animal species at a government waterwork is prohibited. The only exception is when such a species is introduced as part of a Departmental approved alien and invasive species plan and water use authorisation under the National Water Act.

(7) All persons utilising a government waterwork must adhere to the Alien and Invasive Species Management plan and requirements of the relevant government waterworks.

(8) Any person authorised to engage in activities contemplated in regulations 21(1) and (2), must undertake such activities in compliance with the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act no. 10 of 2004), the National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act, 2003 (Act no. 57 of 2003), the National Freshwater (Inland) Wild Capture Fisheries Policy, 2021 and any other applicable legislation.

 

Excessive noise

 

22(1) Excessive noise that becomes a nuisance to other users of the government waterworks is not allowed and must adhere to the local Municipality’s By-laws.

 

(2) Excessive noise generating activities including the following:

 

(a) Loud music

(b) Engine revving

(c) Unruly behaviour.

 

(3) The following time schedule when all noise generating activities must stop at government waterworks are as follows:

 

(a) Monday to Thursday: 22:00 till 06:00 the next morning

 

(b) Friday: 02 :00 till Saturday 06:00

(c) Saturday: 00:00 till Sunday 07:00

(d) Sunday: 22:00 till Monday 06:00

 

Incident reporting

 

23(1) It’s the duty of the landowner, lessee and or visitor accessing a government waterwork to report incidents that they become aware of using the Departmental incident reporting system and protocol that is in place, if system is not in place, report incident to the relevant emergency response services and Competent Authority.

(2) It’s the statutory duty of the landowner, lessee and skipper of a vessel to report any vessel incident to the Competent Authority as well as to the South African Maritime Safety Authority using Marine Notice No.8. of 2011 within 24 hours after the incident occurred in terms of section 259 of the Merchant Shipping Act 57 of 1951, as amended.

 

Non-compliance by visitors at a government waterwork to the regulations

 

24(1) An authorised person or enforcement officer, may exclude or remove from a government waterwork any person who –

 

(a) is in a state of intoxication or under the influence of narcotics.

(b) behaves in a manner which is a nuisance, disorderly, unseemly or disruptive to other persons visiting the government waterworks; or

(c) commits, or is reasonably suspected by an authorised person to have committed, an offence or any other act which is in contravention of any provision of this regulation.

 

(2) Failure or refusal by a person referred to in regulation 23(1) to leave a government waterwork upon being ordered by the authorised person or enforcement officer to do so is an offence in terms of this Regulation.

 

(3) The Competent Authority can prohibit a specific problematic visitor access based on right of admission.

 

Non-compliance by lessee and his or her visitors to regulations

 

25(1) A visitor accessing a government waterwork through a leased property, who doesn’t comply with regulations must be instructed to leave the government waterworks  immediately. It is the responsibility of the lessee who host the transgressor to attend to the transgression and to remove the person(s) if needed, from the government waterworks.

(2) The lessee can prohibit a specific problematic visitor access based on right of admission.

(3) Where a lessee whose family, visitors, members, clients, employees or him/herself accessing a government waterworks, is in non-compliance with the Act and the regulation or fails to report a known incident that the Competent Authority becomes aware of, the Lessee will be notified in writing from the Department or Competent Authority of its intention to withdraw permitted access to the water surface. This notice will be suspended

for one month.

(4) Should an incident(s) occur within that one-month period, the lessee’s lease may be withdrawn.

(5) Before effecting the withdrawal contemplated in regulation 24(4), the Lessor must give the lessee an opportunity to make a written representation, within fourteen days, as to why the withdrawal should not be affected.

(6) A lessee or visitor that belongs to a South African Sports Confederation and Olympic Committee linked federation, which transgresses the regulations must be reported to the federation by the Competent Authority.

 

 

Non-compliance by landowners and his or her visitors to regulations

 

26(1) A visitor accessing government waterworks through a landowner, who doesn’t comply with the regulation must be instructed by the landowner to leave the government waterworks immediately. It is the responsibility of the landowner who hosts the transgressor to attend to the transgression and to remove the person(s) if needed, from the government waterworks.

(2) The landowner can prohibit a specific problematic visitor access based on right of admission.

(3) Where a landowner on which the Department has a water storage servitude and whose family, visitors, members, clients, employees or him/herself accessing the surface water of a government waterworks, don’t comply with the Act and the regulation in this regard, or fails or fails to report a known incident that the Competent Authority becomes aware of must receive a warning in writing from the Competent Authority withdrawing permitted access to the water surface should non-compliance re-occur.

(4) Should three written notices be issued to the private landowner within twelve months, access to the water surface may be refused.

(5) Before effecting the refusal of admission contemplated in regulation 26(4), the Competent Authority must give the landowner an opportunity to make a written representation, within fourteen days, as to why the refusal of admission should not be affected.

 

Prohibitions

 

27(1) Where an electric or mechanical driven infrastructure is sited on a government waterworks, recreational activities may occur only outside the demarcated areas.

(2) No person may undertake or pursue any activity which endangers the safety operation or interferes with the safety of the infrastructure at a government waterwork.

(3) Only an authorised person may enter a restricted area at a government waterwork.

(4) The Minister may prohibit access to any part of a government waterwork and may cause notices to that effect to be posted at the entrance to such prohibited areas. Any person who, contrary to such notice, enters such areas shall be guilty of an offence.

 

Appeal

 

28(1) An applicant or person who is aggrieved by the decision of the Competent Authority under regulations 5, 17, 18 or 19 may lodge an appeal to the Minister within 30 days of becoming aware of the decision or after being provided with reasons for the decision.

(2) The Minister must, within 90 days of receiving the appeal contemplated in regulation 28(1), make and communicate his or her decision to the applicant.

 

Offences and Penalties

 

29 (1) No person may

a) enter a government waterwork without the approval of the Competent Authority, lessee or landowner.

b) enter any part of the government waterwork the Minister prohibited access to.

c) fail to comply with any conditions attached to accessing the government waterworks.

d) host any events without the written approval of the Competent Authority.

e) participate in night-time activities without approval from the Competent Authority.

f) fish with gill nets or nets that can catch a high volume of fish at once or fish commercially without a water use authorisation and authorisation from the relevant environmental competent authorities.

g) enter a government waterwork with a vessel that doesn’t comply with the requirements of the Merchant Shipping (National Small Vessel Safety) Regulations, 2007 after being refused entry.

h) fly an Unmanned Aircraft over a National Key Point or key security point at a waterworks without approval from the Competent Authority and South African Civil Aviation Authority.

i) deposit, dispose, leave or discharge waste in any place on land or into the water other than permitted in these regulations.

j) hunt, injure or disturb any fauna without written permission from the Competent Authority and relevant conservation agency.

k) enter a government waterwork cutting, uprooting or destroying or removing any indigenous flora (plants) without written permission from Competent Authority and relevant conservation agency.

 

(2) Any person who contravenes any provisions in subsection (1) is guilty of an offence under the Act and liable on conviction, to a fine or imprisonment provided under the Act.

 

Repeal

 

30 The Regulations published under Government Notice No. R.654 of 1 May 1964 are hereby repealed.

 

Application of other laws

 

31 Any person who has been granted permission by the Minister to access and use a government waterwork is not exempted from having to comply with the provisions of any other laws.

 

Commencement

 

32 These Regulations come into effect 6 months after the date of publication thereof in the

 

Government Gazette.

 

Annexure A

 

The relevant forms listed below is available for download from https://www.dws.gov.za/Documents/default.aspx

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

National Water Act: Regulations: Management and control of Government Waterworks and Surrounding state-owned land: Comments invited

 

G 53963 GoN 7002

– Comment by 19 Mar 2026

16 January 2026

 

53963gon7002.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 19 March 2026

 

END

 

ENERGY AND PETROLEUM

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

ELECTRICITY REGULATION ACT

 

Grid Capacity Allocation Rules

 

G 53914 GoN 6982

 

24 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

  Network Service Providers (NSPs)

  • Legal entities licensed to provide electrical network services, including planning, processing connection applications, operating, and maintaining transmission or distribution networks.

 

  Licensees

  • Holders of licences granted by NERSA for electricity transmission or distribution.

 

  Applicants seeking grid connection allocation, such as:

  • Renewable energy developers (solar, wind, etc.)
  • Thermal energy generation projects
  • Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS)
  • Pumped hydro projects
  • Hybrid systems integrating storage and generation technologies.

 

  Investors and participants in the Electricity Supply Industry (ESI)

  • Entities intending to develop, operate, and maintain generation facilities or related infrastructure.

 

 

SUMMARY

 

Purpose

 

To ensure fair, efficient, and transparent allocation of grid capacity and third-party access to South Africa’s transmission and distribution power systems, supporting investment and energy transition.

 

Key Objectives

 

  • Promote investment in the Electricity Supply Industry (ESI).
  • Ensure efficient and reliable use of grid infrastructure.
  • Prioritize projects that are ready to connect.
  • Provide clarity on grid capacity allocation processes.
  • Enable informed decisions by potential industry entrants.

 

Scope & Applicability

 

  • Applies to Network Service Providers (NSPs) licensed to operate transmission and distribution networks.

 

  • Applies to Applicants seeking grid connection for:
    • Renewable energy projects
    • Thermal generation
    • Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS)
    • Pumped hydro and hybrid systems.

 

Core Principles

 

  • Non-discriminatory access for all third parties.
  • Compliance with the Grid Code.
  • Transparent and fair allocation process.
  • Capacity may be refused only if insufficient to maintain system integrity.

 

Allocation Process

 

Three stages:

 

1.     Pre-feasibility – Apply for Cost Estimate Letter (CEL), pay fee, show project intent.

2.     Reservation – Accept CEL, provide environmental authorisation, financial guarantees, resource data, and apply for Budget Quote (BQ).

3.     Allocation – Accept BQ, sign legally binding agreements (connection, implementation), provide financial guarantees.

 

Queuing System

 

  • First-ready, first-served principle.
  • Transparent queue management with monthly public updates (excluding sensitive data).
  • Queue positions based on readiness milestones.

 

Compliance & Enforcement

 

  • NSPs must publish plans (Transmission Development Plan annually, Network Development Plan every three years).
  • NERSA will monitor compliance and resolve disputes.
  • Capacity can be revoked for non-compliance unless delays are due to force majeure.

 

Implementation

 

Effective immediately upon publication in the Government Gazette (24 December 2025).

 

 

In Simple Terms: What Are These Rules?

 

Think of the national electricity grid as a massive highway system.

“Grid capacity” is the available space (lanes) on that highway for new electricity-generating traffic (like new solar farms, wind farms, or power plants) to connect and send power to consumers.

These new rules are the “Rulebook for Booking a Spot on the Electricity Highway.”

 

They change how new power projects apply for, get approval for, and secure a connection to the national grid.

 

The main goal is to manage the flood of new connection applications (especially from renewable energy projects) in a fair, transparent, and efficient way, preventing grid congestion and ensuring the system remains stable and reliable for everyone.

 

Key Changes in Plain Language:

 

1.     A New “First Ready, First Served” Queue: Instead of a simple first-come-first-served list, the rules likely create a prioritized queue. Projects that are more “shovel-ready” (with financing secured, permits in hand, etc.) may get priority over projects that are just speculative. This prevents grid capacity from being “hoarded” by projects that never get built.

 

2.     Strict Milestones and Deadlines: Once you get a provisional allocation (a “reserved spot” on the grid), you will have to meet strict development milestones (like signing a land lease, ordering equipment, etc.). If you miss these deadlines, you lose your spot. This keeps the queue moving.

 

3.     Cluster or “Batching” Approach: The grid operator (likely Eskom or a similar System Operator) may now group connection applications from the same geographic area and process them together in “batches.” This is more efficient than dealing with them one by one.

 

4.     Upfront Financial Commitment: Applicants may need to show more serious financial commitment earlier in the process, such as paying higher, non-refundable application or feasibility study fees. This deters unserious applications.

 

5.     Clarity on Costs and Responsibilities: The rules should make it clearer who pays for what—whether it’s the grid operator or the connecting party—when new substations or power lines are needed to accommodate the new project.

 

Who is Affected & What Must Be Done to Comply:

 

Who is Affected?What This Means for YouImmediate Action to Comply
 

Renewable Energy Developers (Solar, Wind, Battery Storage, etc.)

 

The process to get a grid connection is now more structured and stringent.

 

You must be more prepared and move faster once you enter the queue.

 

1. Review the full Rules document (Gazette 6982).

2. Strengthen project development before applying. Ensure land rights, environmental approvals, and financial models are solid.

3. Plan for stricter timelines and costs. Budget for potential fees and adhere to all milestones religiously.

 

Independent Power Producers (IPPs)

 

Your ability to bid in government procurement programs (like REIPPPP) or sell power to private buyers now critically depends on securing a grid allocation under these new rules.

 

1. Factor the new queue process into your project timelines. Everything will take longer.

2. Engage early with the System Operator to understand cluster plans for your target region.

3. Ensure your technical studies are robust to meet new requirements.

 

Large Energy Users & Mining Companies(wanting to build their own generation)

 

If you plan to build your own power plant to supply your operations, you must now navigate this formal grid connection process.

 

Follow the same steps as an IPP/Developer. Your internal team or consultants must understand this new regulatory gateway.

 

Municipalities & Local Governments

 

If your municipality is developing its own generation projects, it must comply.

 

You also need to understand how these rules affect the future energy mix and grid stability in your area.

 

1. Inform your technical departments about the new rules.

2. Coordinate with developersin your region to understand their challenges under the new system.

 

 

 

 

 

Eskom (as System Operator)

 

Eskom must now implement and administer this new queuing system, process batches, and enforce milestone compliance.

 

Develop the internal systems, public portals, and communication protocols to manage the new process transparently.

 

Overall Takeaway:

 

These rules are designed to clear the grid connection backlog and prevent future chaos.

 

For businesses, it means the era of casually applying for a grid connection is over.

 

Compliance is now about rigorous preparation, speed of execution, and careful financial and project planning.

 

Your next step: Obtain the full text of Government Gazette No. 6982 (G 53914) dated 24 December 2025, and review the specific sections on the application process, qualification criteria, milestones, and financial guarantees. If the rules are still in draft or have a comment period, you may have an opportunity to provide input.

 

 

STEP BY STEP

 

Based on the new Grid Capacity Allocation Rules (Gazette 6982, 24 Dec 2025), here is a step-by-step action plan to secure grid capacity for a new power project (e.g., a solar farm, wind farm, battery storage):

 

Step-by-Step Process to Secure Grid Capacity

 

1. PRE-APPLICATION: GET YOUR DUCKS IN A ROW

 

The new rules prioritize “shovel-ready” projects. You must be highly prepared before you even apply.

 

Action: Conduct a pre-feasibility study to confirm:

 

Project Location & Land: Secure land rights (lease or purchase) and confirm the site is viable.

 

Grid Connection Point: Identify the nearest feasible substation or grid connection point.

 

Resource Assessment: For renewables, have preliminary solar/wind data.

 

Basic Financial Model: Ensure the project is bankable.

 

Environmental & Regulatory Scoping: Understand the permitting landscape.

 

2. APPLICATION: ENTER THE FORMAL QUEUE

 

Submit a formal grid connection application to the System Operator (Eskom or the designated authority).

 

Action: Prepare and submit a comprehensive application package that will likely require:

·       Detailed technical specifications of your plant.

·       Proof of land control.

·       Preliminary environmental authorizations.

·       Evidence of financial capability.

·       Payment of a non-refundable application fee (as per the new rules).

 

3. QUEUE MANAGEMENT: UNDERSTAND YOUR POSITION

 

Your application enters a prioritized queue, not just a first-come list.

 

Action: Actively monitor your queue status. The rules may “batch” or cluster projects in the same region for processing. Be ready to provide updated information promptly.

 

4. MILESTONE COMMITMENTS: MEET DEADLINES OR LOSE YOUR SPOT

 

Once you receive a Provisional Allocation Offer, you will be given a strict timeline with development milestones.

 

Action: Religiously meet every milestone. Typical milestones include:

 

Milestone 1: Signing a firm land agreement.

 

Milestone 2: Securing financing (Financial Close).

 

Milestone 3: Ordering long-lead equipment (e.g., turbines, PV panels).

 

Milestone 4: Obtaining final environmental authorization.

 

CRITICAL WARNING: If you miss a milestone, your grid capacity allocation will be revoked and given to the next project in line.

 

5. FINAL AGREEMENT & CONSTRUCTION

 

After meeting all milestones, you will receive a Final Grid Connection Agreement.

 

Action:

 

Sign the agreement and pay any associated network reinforcement costs (if applicable).

Proceed with construction, coordinating closely with the System Operator on technical integration.

 

6. COMMERCIAL OPERATION

 

Once built and tested, your plant is connected to the grid.

 

Action: Pass final compliance tests and begin commercial operations under the terms of your agreement.

 

SUMMARY CHECKLIST FOR COMPLIANCE

 

To successfully secure capacity under the new 2026 rules, you must:

 

PhaseKey Action for Compliance
 

PREPARE

 

✅ Have a fully developed project site with secured land rights.
✅ Understand the new rulebook (Gazette 6982) inside out.
✅ Budget for higher upfront, non-refundable costs.

 

APPLY

 

✅ Submit a robust and complete application that demonstrates “readiness.”
✅ Be prepared for a cluster/batch review if in a congested area.

 

EXECUTE

 

Treat all milestone deadlines as absolute. Missing one = losing your spot.
✅ Maintain constant communication with the System Operator.
✅ Have financing ready to deploy quickly to meet milestones.

 

 

The Big Picture Shift

 

Old Way: Apply early with a concept, then slowly develop the project while holding a place in line. New 2026 Rules: Only the serious and prepared need apply. The system is designed to clear out speculative projects and reward those who can move fast and deliver.

 

Your immediate move: Obtain the official Grid Capacity Allocation Rules document and focus on the sections covering the Application Process, Qualification Criteria, and Milestone Requirements. This is your new playbook.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL RESOURCES AND ENERGY

 

NO. 6982 24 December 2025

 

GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION RULES

 

PURPOSE

 

To ensure the efficient, expeditious and uniform administration of grid capacity allocation and third-party access to transmission and distribution power systems and to create sustainable and justifiable considerations for licensees to apply when allocating grid capacity, thus facilitating a fair balance between the interests of customers and end users, licensees, investors in the electricity supply industry and the public.

 

Table of Contents

 

DEFINITIONS

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

1. BACKGROUND

2. LEGAL MANDATE

3. OBJECTIVES OF THE GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION RULES

4. PRINCIPLES OF THE GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION RULES

5. APPLICABILITY OF THE RULES

6. INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC

7. GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS

8. THE QUEUING PROCEDURE

9. REVOCATIONS

10. COMPLIANCE

11. DISPUTES

12. IMPLEMENTATION DATE

 

1. BACKGROUND

 

1.1 Grid access refers to the process of connecting electricity generators, as well as consumers, to the transmission and distribution power systems. A crucial element of this access process is that renewable energy generated not only enters the grid, but is also allowed to be dispatched and sold according to the relevant grid connection rules and codes.

 

1.2 As demand for electricity generation rises and the shift from fossil fuels to renewable sources continues, it is essential to have well-defined policies and rules that protect grid access matters. These rules ensure fairness and consistency in their implementation.

 

1.3 However, available grid connection capacity is becoming increasingly limited, particularly at the substation level and throughout the western part of the country. This scarcity highlights the need for regulatory measures to establish structured rules for grid capacity allocation.

 

1.4 Delays that happen after the allocation of grid access, resulting in the actual start of project construction being deferred to later dates, often occur due to financial constraints or lengthy environmental approval processes.

 

1.5 The inadequate development of grid infrastructure not only hinders the connection of new generation power sources, but also slows down the energy transition, resulting in higher costs for clean energy developments. Thus, it is important to evaluate key factors that can ensure efficiency, effectiveness, and fairness in grid connection processes.

 

1.6 Given the shortages in grid connection capacity and the rapidly changing landscape of electricity generation markets, it has become clear that Grid Capacity Allocation Rules must be crafted to ensure non-discriminatory and open access. This approach should be fair and transparent for all Applicants seeking grid connection capacity.

 

1.7 In the past, licensees allocated grid capacity on a first-come, first-served (fc-fs) basis. However, as the demand for electricity generation increased, it has become clear that the process of allocating grid capacity should be refined further to ensure efficient distribution and to minimise the risk of speculators monopolising the grid without a genuine commitment to fostering investment. Hence, the first-ready, first-served principle is being adopted as a way of allocating grid capacity. Section 4 further clarifies the provisions of the readiness and the first-ready, first-served principles.

 

1.8 The rules are designed to promote a balanced allocation of grid capacity among all Applicants, which is essential for maintaining long-term energy security. Consequently, non-discriminatory access will enhance customer options for affordable and reliable electricity supply.

 

1.9 In the South African market, regulating the allocation of grid access by transmission and distribution network owners is essential, especially as the energy sector moves towards a more competitive environment. In this context, the ER has deemed it necessary to outline key regulatory principles for the use and allocation of access to transmission and distribution grids. This aims to ensure that access is granted fairly and that the available capacity in the grid is utilised efficiently and effectively.

 

1.10 As electrical transmission and distribution lines are historically natural monopolies, it is vital to ensure fair access to these power systems to allow healthy competition in the electricity market, with the aim to result in competitive prices for end users.

 

2. LEGAL MANDATE

 

2.1 The National Energy Regulator of South Africa (NERSA) is a regulatory authority established as a juristic person in terms of section 3 of the National Energy Regulator Act, 2004 (Act No. 40 of 2004) (‘NERA’).

 

2.2 NERSA’s mandate is to regulate the electricity, piped-gas and petroleum pipeline industries in terms of the Electricity Regulation Act, 2006 (Act No. 4 of 2006), Gas Act, 2001 (Act No. 48 of 2001) and Petroleum Pipelines Act, 2003 (Act No. 60 of 2003).

 

2.3 Section 2A of the Electricity Regulation Act, 2006 (Act No.4 of 2006), as amended (‘the Act’) confirms that the Act is applicable to the generation, transmission, distribution, reticulation, system operation, trading, and import and export of electricity activities, and to persons undertaking such activities.

 

2.4 In terms of section 3 of the Act, the Energy Regulator (‘the ER’) is the custodian and enforcer of the regulatory framework provided for in the Act and has regulatory authority over persons undertaking activities that are subject to the Act. Therefore, the ER is entrusted with ensuring that the objectives of the Act are achieved.

 

2.5 The ER is obliged, in terms of section 4(a)(iv) of the Act, to issue rules designed to implement the national government’s electricity policy framework, the integrated resource plan and this Act.

 

2.6 Section 35(1) of the Act empowers the ER to make rules, guidelines, directives and codes of conduct and practice after consultation with licensees, municipalities that reticulate electricity and such other interested persons as may be necessary.

 

2.7 Section 35(3) of the Act further provides that, without derogating from the general nature of the empowerment, the ER makes rules that relate to

 

‘(c) the security, operation, use and maintenance of transmission and distribution power systems’ and ‘(k) any other ancillary or administrative matter for which it is necessary to make rules for the proper implementation of this Act’.

 

2.8 Policy position 5 of the Electricity Pricing Policy (EPP) of 2008 details the circumstances under which access must be provided to all users, which aligns with the provisions of section 21 of the Act, which requires transmission and distribution licensee to provide non-discriminatory access to its transmission or distribution power system to third parties.

 

2.9 In the development of delegated or subordinate legislation, the following interactive factors play a role in enabling the legality of such subordinate legislation:

 

a) The extent to which the discretion of the delegated authority is structured and guided by the enabling legislation.

 

b) The public importance and constitutional significance of the measures.

 

c) The shortness of the period to develop such subordinate legislation.

 

d) The extent to which the subject matter necessitates the use of forms for rapid intervention, which could otherwise be slow and inhibit other processes.

 

2.10 The justification for having the rule-making powers vested in administrative bodies, such as NERSA, is based on numerous practical considerations, including the following:

 

a) The technical nature of financial regulation and the degree to which specialist knowledge is needed for effective rule-making.

 

b) The importance of the time factor in addressing matters where rapid intervention is critical.

 

c) Issues on which regulations are made are often of a non-political, administrative/technical nature.

d) Best practices in other jurisdictions indicate that rule-making powers are vested in administrative authorities/bodies rather than in political office bearers.

 

e) Rules are subject to the ultra vires rule, which means that they may be struck down by a court if not authorised in the enabling Act.

 

2.11 To meet the legality requirement, the ER has ensured that the appropriate powers have been exercised to ascertain jurisdictional fact and satisfy the stakeholder consultation legal requirements.

 

2.12 These rules are developed to ensure uniformity in the consideration of applications, relevant factors and the lapsing of such right to access that has been given.

 

3. OBJECTIVES OF THE GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION RULES

 

3.1 The objectives of these Rules are to:

 

a) promote investment in the Electricity Supply Industry (ESI);

 

b) ensure the efficient, fair, and reliable use of the electricity grid infrastructure;

 

c) improve capacity allocation to prioritise projects that are ready to connect while maintaining options for Applicants;

 

d) bring clarity and order to how grid capacity is allocated to potential generation and load projects; and

 

e) ensure that potential entrants to the industry have sufficient preliminary information to enable proper assessment and informed investment decisions.

 

4. PRINCIPLES OF THE GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION RULES

 

4.1 The Network Service Provider (NSP) must adhere to the following principles in the provision of grid access:

 

a) Non-discriminatory access: Third parties must be granted equal access to the grid, encouraging competition and fairness.

 

b) Protection of existing customers: The rights and responsibilities of current customers are safeguarded, ensuring that their interests are not jeopardised by new connections or projects.

 

c) Compliance with the Grid Code: Any party seeking to connect to the grid must comply with the standards and guidelines established in the Grid Code, which governs technical and operational practices.

 

d) Fair access process: Access to the grid must be granted through a transparent and fair procedure, reducing barriers for legitimate connections.

 

e) Capacity limitations: NSPs may refuse access if they can objectively demonstrate insufficient network capacity to maintain system integrity.

 

f) Capacity discrimination: NSPs may not discriminate between customers or classes of customers regarding access, tariffs, prices, and conditions of service, except for objectively justifiable and identifiable differences approved by the Regulator.

 

g) Information costs: Parties requesting information about network capacity may be charged a reasonable fee, which helps cover the costs associated with providing such information.

 

4.2 Acceptance of the Cost Estimate Letter (CEL): Both parties must agree that the acceptance of the CEL recognises the indicative nature of the costs that are provided, including the technical scope, which might change when the scope becomes more accurate at the Budget Quote (BQ) stage. The acceptance of the CEL by the Applicant puts an obligation on the NSP to reserve capacity for an Applicant. The provisions below establish the framework for determining a project’s readiness level for grid access:

 

a) First ready: A threshold of readiness of the Applicant’s project to build the generation Facility and related grid infrastructure in accordance with the published rules.

 

b) For the purposes of these Rules, readiness refers to the demonstrable stage at which a generation, transmission or distribution project has met all regulatory, technical, financial, and contractual conditions required to proceed with physical grid connection and energisation within a defined timeframe, as verified by the NSP.

 

5. APPLICABILITY OF THE RULES

 

5.1 These rules shall apply to NSPs that are legal entities to provide electrical network services and are responsible for planning, processing connection application, operation, and maintenance of an electricity network in their respective jurisdictions. The scope of an application encompasses electricity transmission and distribution activities, including the following:

 

a) An Applicant intending to develop, operate, and maintain a Facility.

 

b) A licensee or its appointed representative that develops, operates and maintains the distribution network.

 

c) A licensee or its appointed representative that develops, operates and maintains the transmission network.

 

5.2 These rules shall also apply to Applicants seeking grid connection allocation, including renewable energy, thermal energy sources, Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS), pumped hydro, and hybrid systems integrating storage to enhance dispatchability and provide ancillary services and/or any other technology that generates electricity.

 

6. INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC

 

6.1 The Transmission NSP shall develop the Transmission Development Plan (TDP) annually and ensure its availability to the public by publishing it on its official website.

 

6.2 The Distribution NSP shall develop the NDP every three years, with a minimum window period of five years, and make it available to the public on request.

 

6.3 The Grid Code, as an extension of the Act, mandates the NSP to indicate available network capacity by publishing the TDP and making the NDP available on request.

 

6.4 Such network capacity information and any other network information that must be made available to an Applicant, must be on time, be accurate, be complete, and be sufficiently detailed to ensure that Applicants are fully informed and able to make decisions based on reliable and adequate information.

 

6.5 The NSP may charge a reasonable fee to be published in a schedule of fees for the cost of providing additional information relating to the network capacity and measures that would be necessary to reinforce the network on application.

 

6.6 The NSP shall develop the grid allocation policies, processes, and procedures and publish them on their website.

 

6.7 The NSP shall publish the connection application form with the information pack indicating the application process.

 

7. GRID CAPACITY ALLOCATION PROCESS REQUIREMENTS

 

7.1 The grid capacity allocation process shall have three stages that include the pre-feasibility stage, reservation stage and allocation stage, as shown in

 

Figure 1 below.

 

7.2 Pre-feasibility stage: An Applicant shall apply for a CEL with a relevant NSP and demonstrate project development intent, showing that they have started engagements with relevant authorities such as the Department of Environmental Affairs and landowners.

 

7.3 The Applicant should be able to determine the project location, size of the project in terms of Megawatts (MWs) and technology.

 

7.4 The Applicant shall also be required to pay a reasonable fee for the cost of the provision of a CEL.

 

7.5 The timelines for the provision of a CEL shall be in line with the requirements of the Grid Code, unless the NSP has a reduced timeline compared to those indicated in the Grid Code.

 

7.6 Reservation stage: The capacity shall be reserved for a project when an Applicant has accepted the CEL and has paid the CEL fee.

 

7.7 The Applicant must also provide proof of the following readiness documents:

a) Environmental authorisation for the generation site

b) Provision of a financial guarantee

c) Verified site resource data, such as twelve months site resource data for wind technology or satellite-verified data for solar technology

d) Proof confirming that it has applied for/obtained registration or a generation licence with NERSA.

 

7.8 Thereafter, the Applicant shall be required to apply for a BQ.

 

7.9 The BQ shall be accompanied by all the relevant agreements such as connection agreements and implementation agreements.

 

7.10 The timelines for the provision of a BQ shall be in line with the requirements of the Grid Code, unless should the NSP have a reduced timeline compared to those indicated in the Grid Code.

 

7.11 Allocation stage: The capacity shall be allocated to a project when it has proof of the following readiness documents:

a) When the BQ has been accepted and provision of financial guarantees related to project execution.

b) When the Applicant and an NSP have signed legally binding agreements such as a connection agreement(s) and/or implementation agreement.

 

7.12 The connection agreement(s) and/or implementation agreement shall contain the technical scope, project timelines, and the Commercial Operation Date (COD).

 

7.13 Construction schedules and Engineering Contracts may be submitted to the NSP to ensure the successful commissioning of the project.

 

7.14 The readiness of the three stages of the grid capacity allocation process shall be assessed by either a pass or fail condition based on the requirements/criteria emanating from each of the three stages. An NSP shall be required to use the readiness criteria illustrated in Table 1 to move the project from one stage to the next.

 

7.15 The approach set out in Table 1 supports the first-ready, first-served principle whereby a project will only move to the next grid capacity allocation stage when all conditions from a previous stage are met.

 

8. THE QUEUING PROCEDURE

 

8.1 The NSP shall develop a fair and transparent queuing procedure to manage multiple applications, ensuring equitable treatment of all Applicants. The queuing procedure developed by the NSP shall be in line with the grid capacity allocation process requirements stipulated in section 7 of these rules.

 

8.2 The queuing procedure shall outline a clear tracking or allocation system, detailing how applications are assessed and moved up or down the queue at each phase of the allocation process (i.e. pre-feasibility, reservation and allocation) as stipulated in section 7 of these rules.

 

Queue Provisions

 

8.3 NSPs shall implement a three-stage queuing system consisting of project registration (pre-feasibility), capacity reservation and capacity allocation.

 

8.4 This system shall apply to all Applicants seeking connection to the Grid. Queue positions shall be based on progression through defined project milestones and validated evidence of project readiness.

 

Project Registration (Pre-feasibility)

 

8.5 NSPs shall keep an official record of Applicants that have signalled initial project intent and submitted a complete application.

 

8.6 In order to be placed on the project list/register, the Applicant must fulfil the following:

 

a) Submit a completed application

 

b) Submit a request for a CEL to the NSP, pay the CEL fee and provide a proof of payment.

 

c) Submit documentary proof of initial engagements with affected landowners and Department of Environmental affairs.

 

8.7 On receipt of the above, the NSP shall:

 

a) Enter the project into the project register/list

 

b) Issue a CEL within the timelines stipulated in the Grid Code.

 

8.8 The CEL is valid for a period of 12 months. If it is not accepted by the Applicant within 12 months, the CEL expires, and the project is removed from the project list.

 

8.9 On acceptance of the CEL and payment of the CEL acceptance fee within this period, the project will progress to be officially placed in the queue for capacity reservation.

 

8.10 A project that meets all requirements set out in section 7.6 and 7.7 of these rules ahead of schedule, will move up in the reservation queue, ahead of a project that has delayed its progress despite earlier registration.

 

Capacity Reservation Queue

 

8.11 Initial queue positions are determined by the date of CEL acceptance, submission of a formal request for BQ and payment of the relevant CEL acceptance fee.

 

8.12 The project must also demonstrate enhanced project readiness by meeting the following:

 

a) Provision of required guarantees or security payments

 

b) Obtaining Environmental Authorisations

 

c) Obtaining land and rights

 

d) Having 12 months validated generation resource data (validated generation resource data means for example independently verified solar irradiance or wind speed records)

 

e) Having proof that confirms that it has applied for/obtained registration or a generation licence with NERSA.

 

8.13 On receipt of the above (8.11 and 8.12), the NSP shall reserve capacity for the project, and prepare and issue a BQ within the timelines stipulated in the Grid Code.

 

8.14 The BQ is valid for a period of six months (i.e. six months post BQ issue date). If it is not accepted by the Applicant within six months, the BQ expires and the capacity reservation lapses.

 

8.15 Projects failing to meet the advancement milestones within the validity period of the BQ will be removed from the queue and the reserved capacity will go to the next eligible project.

 

8.16 The NSP may, on receipt of a substantiated written request from the Applicant, grant a single extension of no more than six months for the fulfilment of the BQ requirements. The outcome of this stage is that once all the requirements are met by the Applicant (i.e. BQ accepted and payment made by the applicant), the project progresses to the capacity allocation queue.

 

Capacity Allocation Queue

 

8.17 To enter the capacity allocation queue, the project must demonstrate readiness by having fulfilled the following:

 

a) Accepted the BQ and paid the BQ acceptance fee.

b) Completed legally binding agreements such as a connection agreement, use-of-system agreement and implementation agreement.

 

8.18 Connection timelines are contractually binding and monitored for compliance.

 

8.19 On fulfilment of the above (8.18) by the Applicant, the NSP shall formally allocate capacity to the project and remove it from the competitive queue.

 

8.20 Capacity may be revoked and reallocated if the project fails to reach its milestones within the agreed timelines in the relevant agreements.

 

General Provisions/Principles on Queuing

 

8.21 All Applicants must submit an application in accordance with the process specified by the NSP, including the required technical information and applicable application/CEL fee.

 

8.22 On receipt of the application, the NSP shall validate the completeness and accuracy of the submission.

 

8.23 On successful validation, the NSP shall record the project in the project register, indicating the date on which a complete application was made.

 

 

8.24 The NSP is required to provide feedback on incomplete applications within 10 working days.

 

8.25 Queuing shall commence at the capacity reservation stage based on CEL acceptance and related submissions.

 

8.26 Queuing shall apply where multiple applications are received for connection capacity at a specific node or geographic area. Where no competition exists for capacity, queuing principles shall not apply.

 

8.27 Advancement from the project register to the capacity reservation queue is determined by the date of acceptance of the CEL.

 

8.28 Queue positions are non-transferable, except in cases of change of ownership.

 

8.29 Applicants must maintain their queue position in good standing by complying with:

 

a) all applicable requirements at each stage (e.g. agreements, documentation, financial guarantees); and

 

b) the prescribed deadlines.

 

8.30 Each queueing stage has defined validity periods. Failure to advance within these periods will result in removal from the queue.

 

8.31 NSP delays shall not negatively impact the Applicant, meaning Applicants may not lose their queue positions due to NSP delays.

 

8.32 Applicants may be eligible for refunds of financial security deposits if actual network upgrade costs exceed initial estimates by thresholds higher than those stated in the CEL or BQ.

 

8.33 Any disputes regarding queue positions or readiness assessments shall be referred to NERSA for adjudication.

 

8.34 If a project is ready but capacity is insufficient, it retains its queue position for the validity period of the CEL or respective stage.

 

8.35 The NSP should notify the Applicant within 10 business days once capacity becomes available again.

 

8.36 NSP shall publish a public queue status report monthly, subject to confidentiality protections.

 

8.37 Queue information must be publicly disclosed and updated monthly, and must exclude commercially sensitive data.

 

8.38 The following queue information shall be published by the NSP:

 

a) Project/Applicant reference number

 

b) Application date

 

c) Size/capacity applied for

 

d) Technology

 

e) Location e.g. substation or node

 

f) Status

 

g) Position

 

h) Total capacity available at key nodes

 

i) Total queued capacity per node

 

j) Timeline estimates for when capacity may become available.

 

8.39 The following information shall not be publicised by the NSP, as it is deemed to be sensitive:

 

a) Project/Applicant identity

 

b) Commercial/financial information

 

8.40 The NSP shall, at a minimum, update the queue information on the public tracking system monthly.

 

9. REVOCATIONS

 

9.1 The following aspects shall be the triggers for capacity revocation:

 

a) Non-compliance with project milestones within the allocated timeframe.

 

b) Termination of the connection agreement(s) and/or related contracts.

 

9.2 However, the NSP shall not revoke capacity for a project if the delays are caused by a force majeure event.

 

10. COMPLIANCE

 

NSPs are subject to the enforcement of these rules in accordance with the licence

conditions, and compliance will be strictly monitored and enforced by NERSA.

 

11. DISPUTES

 

Disputes shall be dealt with as contracted for, and/or referred to NERSA for resolution by means of mediation and/or arbitration.

 

12. IMPLEMENTATION DATE

 

These Rules shall be published in the Government Gazette and shall take effect immediately on publication.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Electricity Regulation Act: Grid Capacity Allocation Rules

G 53914 GoN 6982

24 December 2025

 

53914gon6982.pdf

 

 

 

ACTION

 

For Applicants (Generators, Storage, Hybrid Systems):

 

1.     Pre-feasibility Stage

 

o   Apply for a Cost Estimate Letter (CEL) and pay the required fee.

o   Demonstrate project intent (engage with landowners and environmental authorities).

 

2.     Reservation Stage

 

o   Accept CEL and provide:

§  Environmental authorisation

§  Financial guarantees

§  Verified site resource data

§  Proof of NERSA registration/licence application

 

o   Apply for a Budget Quote (BQ).

 

3.     Allocation Stage

 

o   Accept BQ and sign all required agreements.

o   Provide financial guarantees for project execution.

o   Submit construction schedules and engineering contracts if required.

 

4.     Maintain Queue Position

 

o   Meet deadlines and readiness criteria at each stage.

o   Request extensions (max six months) if needed.

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

ELECTRICITY ACT

 

Electricity licence fees and levies on Piped-Gas and Petroleum Pipeline Industries for 2026/27 Financial Year: Comments invited

 

G 53915 GoN 6983

 

– Comment by 23 Jan 2026

 

24 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Licensed Electricity Generators

 

  • Any entity that holds a licence to generate electricity for supply.
  • These organizations will pay a proposed licence fee of 0.15699c/kWh for electricity generated during the previous calendar year.

 

2. Piped-Gas Industry Participants

 

  • Importers and producers of gas who deliver gas to the inlet flanges of transmission and distribution pipelines.
  • These entities will pay a proposed levy of 66.502c/Gj based on the volume of gas delivered.

 

3. Petroleum Pipeline Industry Participants

 

  • Importers, refiners, and producers of petroleum who deliver petroleum to the inlet flanges of petroleum pipelines.
  • These organizations will pay a proposed levy of 0.70991c/litre based on the volume of petroleum delivered.
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Electricity Act: Electricity licence fees and levies on Piped-Gas and Petroleum Pipeline Industries for 2026/27 Financial Year: Comments invited

G 53915 GoN 6983

– Comment by 23 Jan 2026

24 December 2025

 

53915gon6983.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 23 January 2026.

 

 

 

FINANCE

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

FINANCIAL INTELLIGENCE CENTRE ACT

 

Directive 10 on geographic locations of head office, branch and subsidiaries: Comments invited

 

G 53873 GoN 6953

 

– Comment by 13 Feb 2026

 

19 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

The Draft Directive 10 of 2025 applies to every accountable institution listed in Schedule 1 of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act (FIC Act). These are organizations that have obligations under South Africa’s anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing framework.

 

Types of Organizations Affected

 

Accountable institutions typically include:

 

  • Banks and other financial institutions

 

    • Commercial banks
    • Mutual banks
    • Cooperative banks

 

  • Insurance companies

 

    • Long-term insurers

 

  • Investment and securities firms

 

    • Stockbrokers
    • Portfolio managers

 

  • Money remitters and foreign exchange dealers
  • Credit providers
  • Attorneys and law firms
  • Trust and company service providers
  • Estate agents

 

  • Dealers in high-value goods

 

    • Motor vehicle dealers
    • Jewelers

 

  • Gaming and gambling institutions
  • Crypto asset service providers (recently added under amendments to the FIC Act)

 

ACTION

 

These organizations must:

 

  • Register with the Financial Intelligence Centre (FIC).
  • Provide detailed geographic information about their head office, branches, subsidiaries, and branches of subsidiaries (both in South Africa and abroad).
  • Update this information within 90 days of commencement of the directive or any subsequent changes.

 

Failure to comply will result in administrative sanctions under section 45C of the FIC Act.

 

SUMMARY

 

Purpose

 

  • Issued by the Financial Intelligence Centre (FIC) under section 43A(1) of the FIC Act.
  • Specifies the details about an accountable institution’s head office, branches, subsidiaries, and branches of subsidiaries (inside and outside South Africa) that must accompany its registration.

 

Scope

  • Applies to all accountable institutions listed in Schedule 1 of the FIC Act (e.g., banks, insurers, attorneys, estate agents, crypto asset service providers, etc.).

 

Key Requirements

 

1.     Registration Details

 

o   Institutions must provide full particulars for:

§  Head office

§  Branches (domestic and international)

§  Subsidiaries and their branches (domestic and international)

 

o   Information includes name, license number, registration number, business address, and contact person details.

 

2.     Updates

 

o   Existing registered institutions must update their registration within 90 days of the directive’s commencement.

o   Any changes to particulars must be updated within 90 days.

 

3.     Compliance

 

o   Failure to comply results in administrative sanctions under section 45C of the FIC Act.

 

Commencement

 

  • Effective on the date of publication in the Government Gazette.
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

CONSULTATION NOTE

 

Relating to the draft Directive 10 on information pertaining to geographic locations to be provided with registration in accordance with section 43B of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No. 38 of 2001)

 

FOR CONSULTATION PURPOSES ONLY

 

INTRODUCTION

 

1. The Financial Intelligence Centre (Centre) has prepared for consultation draft Directive 10 in terms of section 43A(1) of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No. 38 of 2001) (FIC Act).

 

2. The draft Directive 10 is available on the Centre’s website at www.fic.gov.za

 

3. The draft Directive requires accountable institutions, as part of the registration process, to provide information regarding the head office, branches and subsidiaries in the Republic and outside the Republic to determine the geographic location for group structures.

 

4. The geographic location will assist the Centre and supervisory bodies to understand the group structure of an accountable institution and to accordingly apply risk-based supervision in a more informed manner in relation to group-wide compliance.

 

5. The information requested in the draft Directive is not intended to require accountable institutions to register branches and subsidiaries as a separate accountable institution to the head office, nor to regard such registered branches and subsidiaries as accountable institutions (if they are not a separate legal entity).

 

CONSULTATION

 

6. Commentators are invited to comment on the draft directive using the online consultation comments form only, link: https://forms.office.com/Pages/ResponsePage.aspx?id=szVSHGOkAUqWp9wmNLKqdFeq

Gu3LQAtHhSNWTYCyu29UOFFLTTNaNUk5SEFIODNVUklTV1ZPQldQOS4u.

 

Commentators may submit questions regarding the consultation of Draft Directive 10 to the Centre by email at: consult@fic.gov.za.

 

7. Submissions on the draft directive will be received until the close of business on Friday, 13 February 2026.

 

FOR CONSULTATION PURPOSES ONLY

 

COMMUNICATION WITH THE FIC

 

8. Queries can be directed to the compliance contact centre on 012 641 6000 and select option 1, or be submitted online by clicking on http://www.fic.gov.za/ContactUs/Pages/ComplianceQueries.aspx or visiting the Centre’s website and submitting an online compliance query.

 

Issued By:

The Acting Director

 

 

Financial Intelligence Centre

19 December 2025

 

DRAFT DIRECTIVE 10 FOR CONSULTATION PURPOSES ONLY

 

DRAFT NOTICE IN TERMS OF SECTION 43A(1) OF THE FINANCIAL INTELLIGENCE CENTRE ACT, 2001 (ACT NO. 38 OF 2001)

 

1. Title

 

Draft Directive 10 of 2025 on information pertaining to geographic locations to be provided with registration in accordance with section 43B of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No. 38 of 2001).

 

2 Purpose

 

2.1 This Directive is issued by the Financial Intelligence Centre in terms of section 43A(1) of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No. 38 of 2001).

 

2.2 The purpose of this Directive is to specify, in accordance with section 43B(2) of the Act, the particulars concerning an accountable institution’s head office, branches, subsidiaries and branches of subsidiaries in the Republic or outside the Republic that must accompany its registration in terms of section 43B(2) of the Act.

 

3. Definitions

 

3.1 In this Directive ‘the Act’ means the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (Act No 38 of 2001) and includes any regulation or directive made under the Act, and, unless the context otherwise indicates, any word or expression to which a meaning has been assigned in the Act has that meaning, and—

 

(a) “branch” includes, but is not limited to, an office of an accountable institution, that is not a separate legal entity or a separate accountable institution, and which is located elsewhere other than at the head office of the accountable institution, where business is conducted for and on behalf of the accountable institution;

 

(b) “head office” means the place where an accountable institution’s senior management and their direct support staff are located or, if they are located at more than one location, the place where they are primarily or predominantly located; and

 

(c) “subsidiary” means one or more subsidiaries of an accountable institution, alone or in any combination where the accountable institution—

 

(i) is directly or indirectly able to exercise, or control the exercise of, a majority of the general voting rights associated with issued securities of that subsidiary or subsidiaries, whether pursuant to a shareholder agreement or otherwise; or

 

(ii) has or have the right to appoint or elect, or control the appointment or election of, directors of that subsidiary or subsidiaries who control a majority of the votes at a meeting of the board.

 

4. Application

 

This Directive applies to every accountable institution referred to in Schedule 1 of the Act.

 

5. Registration of an accountable institution to be accompanied by certain particulars

 

5.1 An accountable institution that has operations in more than one geographic location must provide the following information when it registers with the Centre in terms of section 43B(1)—

 

(a) if it has a head office, full particulars of—

 

 

(i) the name of the head office;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the head office; and

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the head office who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution;

 

(b) if it has one or more branches, in respect of each branch in the Republic, full particulars of—

 

(i) name of the branch;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the branch;

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the branch who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution;

 

(c) if it has one or more branches outside the Republic, in respect of each branch outside the Republic, full particulars of—

 

(i) name of the branch;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the branch; and

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the branch who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution;

 

(d) if it has one or more subsidiaries, in respect of each subsidiary’s head office in the Republic, full particulars of—

 

(i) name of the head office;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the head office; and

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the head office who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution;

 

(e) if it has one or more subsidiaries outside the Republic, in respect of each subsidiary’s head office outside the Republic, full particulars of—

 

(i) name of the head office;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the head office; and

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the head office who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution;

 

(f) if the subsidiary of the accountable institution has one or more branches in the Republic, in respect of each branch, full particulars of—

 

(i) name of the branch;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the branch; and

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the branch who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution; and

 

(g) if the subsidiary of the accountable institution has one or more branches outside the Republic, in respect of each branch , full particulars of—

 

(i) name of the branch;

 

(ii) the license number, if applicable;

 

(iii) the registration number, if applicable;

 

(iv) the business address of the branch; and

 

(v) the surname, first name and contact particulars of a contact person at the branch who may be contacted in relation to the registration of the accountable institution.

 

5.2 Accountable institutions that are registered with the Centre on the date of commencement of this Directive must update their registration by providing the particulars mentioned in paragraph 5.1 within 90 days of the date of commencement of the Directive.

 

5.3 Accountable institutions must update the particulars provided under paragraph 5.1 within 90 days after such a change.

 

 

6. Failure to comply with the directive

 

An accountable institution that fails to comply with a provision of this Directive is non-compliant and is subject to an administrative sanction in accordance with section 45C of the FIC Act.

 

 

7. Commencement

 

This directive takes effect on the date of publication in the Gazette.

 

PIETER SMIT

ACTING DIRECTOR

FINANCIAL INTELLIGENCE CENTRE

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Financial Intelligence Centre Act: Directive 10 on geographic locations of head office, branch and subsidiaries: Comments invited

G 53873 GoN 6953

– Comment by 13 Feb 2026

19 December 2025

 

53873-gon6953.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. Review and Prepare Geographic Information

 

  • Collect and verify details for:
    • Head office (name, license number, registration number, address, contact person).
    • Branches (domestic and international).
    • Subsidiaries and their branches (domestic and international).

 

  • Ensure contact persons are designated for each location.

 

2. Update Registration with the Financial Intelligence Centre

 

  • If already registered:
    • Submit the required geographic particulars within 90 days of the directive’s commencement.

 

  • If registering for the first time:
    • Include all required details during initial registration.

 

3. Maintain Ongoing Compliance

 

  • Update the FIC within 90 days of any changes to:
    • Branch locations
    • Subsidiary details
    • Contact person information

 

4. Internal Compliance Measures

 

  • Assign responsibility to compliance officers for monitoring changes.
  • Update internal systems and policies to capture geographic data for reporting.
  • Train staff on new reporting obligations.

 

5. Avoid Penalties

 

  • Non-compliance will result in administrative sanctions under section 45C of the FIC Act.

 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

FINANCIAL SECTOR REGULATION ACT

 

General Finance Laws (Official Benchmarks and Procurement) Amendment Bill: Explanatory summary: Extension of deadline for comments

 

G 53873 GoN 6958

 

– Comment by 23 Jan 2026

 

19 December 2025

 

 

IN A NUTSHELL

 

Extends commentary deadline to 23 JANUARY 2026.

 

 

LET’S UNDERSTAND A FEW THINGS

 

The Johannesburg Interbank Average Rate (JIBAR) is a benchmark interest rate used in South Africa’s financial markets.

 

It represents the average rate at which banks lend money to each other over a short-term period, typically ranging from one month to twelve months.

 

JIBAR is widely used as a reference rate for pricing loans, bonds, and other financial instruments in South Africa.

How JIBAR Works:

 

1.     Calculation: JIBAR is calculated daily based on the interest rates quoted by major South African banks for unsecured lending to one another. These rates are submitted to the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE), which calculates the average and publishes the JIBAR rate.

 

2.     Purpose: JIBAR serves as a standard reference rate for financial contracts, such as loans, bonds, and derivatives.  For example, a loan might have an interest rate of “JIBAR + 2%,” meaning the interest rate is 2% above the current JIBAR rate.

3.     Why is it important? JIBAR is a key part of South Africa’s financial system, as it provides a consistent and transparent way to set interest rates for various financial products.  It helps ensure stability and predictability in financial transactions.

 

Why is JIBAR being replaced?

 

JIBAR is being phased out because it no longer accurately reflects the underlying market conditions.  The South African Reserve Bank plans to replace it with ZARONIA (South African Rand Overnight Index Average), which is considered a more reliable and robust benchmark for financial contracts.

 

ZARONIA is based on actual overnight transactions, making it less prone to manipulation and more reflective of real market activity.

 

The South African Rand Overnight Index Average (ZARONIA) is a new benchmark interest rate being introduced by the South African Reserve Bank (SARB) to replace JIBAR.

 

It is designed to be more accurate and reliable, reflecting actual overnight borrowing and lending activities in South Africa’s financial markets.

 

How ZARONIA Will Work:

1.     Based on Overnight Transactions: Unlike JIBAR, which is based on quoted rates from banks, ZARONIA will be calculated using actual overnight transactions in the South African money market. This makes it a more transparent and robust measure of short-term interest rates.

2.     Calculation: ZARONIA will be calculated daily by the SARB. It will represent the weighted average interest rate of unsecured overnight loans between banks and other financial institutions.

3.     Purpose: ZARONIA will serve as a benchmark rate for pricing financial products such as loans, bonds, and derivatives.  It is expected to provide a more accurate reflection of market conditions and reduce the risk of manipulation

4.     Transition: The SARB plans to phase out JIBAR by December 2026, and ZARONIA will become the new standard.  The transition is being carefully managed to ensure that existing contracts referencing JIBAR (legacy contracts) can smoothly switch to ZARONIA without causing disruptions.

 

Benefits of ZARONIA:

  • Transparency: Since it is based on actual transactions, ZARONIA is less prone to manipulation compared to JIBAR.
  • Stability: It provides a more stable and reliable benchmark for financial markets.
  • Global Alignment: ZARONIA aligns South Africa with international best practices, as many countries are moving towards transaction-based benchmarks.

 

PRESS RELEASE EXTRACT:

 

In response, the  National Treasury has published for public comment, Government Notice No. 6891 in Government Gazette No. 53762 (1 December 2025), the Draft General Finance Laws (Official Benchmarks and Procurement) Amendment Bill, 2025 (the draft Bill).

 

The draft Bill proposes amendments to the Financial Sector Regulation Act, 2017 (Act No. 9 of 2017) (FSR Act) and the Public Procurement Act, 2024 (Act No. 28 of 2024).

 

The draft Bill can be accessed on the National Treasury website (www.treasury.gov.za).

 

Proposed amendments to the FSR Act

 

The draft Bill proposes to introduce a new chapter in the FSR Act to support the implementation of domestic reforms aimed at strengthening official financial benchmarks. As mentioned, South African financial markets have over time relied on the Johannesburg Interbank Average Rate (JIBAR) as the official benchmark rate for pricing loans, derivatives and other financial instruments. However, the JIBAR’s reliance on indicative quotes rather than actual transactions has raised concerns about its credibility and transparency.

 

To address this, the JIBAR will be replaced by a new reference rate, the South African Rand Overnight Index Average (ZARONIA). By establishing an appropriate legal framework, the amendments create mechanisms to facilitate an efficient transition to new official replacement benchmarks that are administered by the South African Reserve Bank.

 

The proposed amendments include the following provisions:

•         The designation and replacement of official benchmarks used in financial contracts and offering processes, to support the transition from the current official benchmark, the JIBAR, to the new reference rate, the ZARONIA;

•         Mechanisms for the replacement of the official benchmarks referenced in legacy contracts;

•         Limitations on liability arising from the use of a designated replacement benchmark or designated adjustment spreads; and

•         Requirements for the consultation processes to be followed by the South African Reserve Bank when replacing official benchmarks.

 

Proposed amendments to the Public Procurement Act

 

The Bill also proposes amendments to section 68 of the Public Procurement Act. These amendments extend the timeframes within which the Minister must review the implementation of the Act after it comes into effect, prepare a report on that review and submit the report to Parliament. The proposed amendment is necessitated by the fact that the Public Procurement Act has not taken effect to date pending the finalisation of the Public Procurement Regulations which are necessary for the effective implementation of the Act.

 

Consultation Process

 

All written comments will be considered, and the draft Bill will be workshopped with various stakeholders before submission to Cabinet. The Bill will then be processed for tabling in Parliament.

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

  Government Departments and Public Entities

 

  • Entities involved in procurement processes and financial management under the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA) and Municipal Finance Management Act (MFMA).

 

  State-Owned Enterprises (SOEs)

 

  • Organizations that follow official procurement frameworks and financial benchmarks.

 

  Municipalities and Local Government Bodies

 

  • Responsible for compliance with procurement laws and financial standards.

 

  Financial Institutions and Benchmark Administrators

  • Banks and other institutions that use or manage official benchmarks referenced in government finance laws.

 

  Suppliers and Service Providers to Government

  • Businesses participating in public procurement processes.

 

  Auditing and Compliance Firms

  • Entities advising on procurement compliance and financial benchmarks.
 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

NATIONAL TREASURY

 

NO. 6958 19 December 2025

 

EXTENSION OF PERIOD TO SUBMIT COMMENTS ON DRAFT GENERAL FINANCE LAWS (OFFICIAL BENCHMARKS AND PROCUREMENT) AMENDMENT BILL, 2025

 

The period within which written comments may be submitted, as specified in Government Notice No. 6891 published under Government Gazette No. 53762 of 1 December 2025, on the draft General Finance Laws (Official Benchmarks and Procurement) Amendment Bill, 2025, is hereby extended to 23 January 2026.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Financial Sector Regulation Act: General Finance Laws (Official Benchmarks and Procurement) Amendment Bill: Explanatory summary: Extension of deadline for comments

G 53873 GoN 6958

– Comment by 23 Jan 2026

19 December 2025

 

53873-gon6958.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 23 January 2026.

 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

GENERAL LAWS (ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING AND COMBATING TERRORISM FINANCING) AMENDMENT BILL: DRAFT

 

G 53955 GoN 6997

 

– Comment by 13 Jan 2026

 

14 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO:

 

1. Non‑Profit Organisations (NPOs)

 

The Bill amends the Nonprofit Organisations Act, 1997, expanding monitoring, enforcement, sanctions, and governance requirements for NPOs.

 

This means all registered NPOs and those required to register will be affected.

 

2. Financial Institutions & “Accountable Institutions

 

The Bill extensively amends the Financial Intelligence Centre Act (FIC Act), 2001, which regulates:

  • Banks
  • Financial service providers
  • Attorneys
  • Estate agents
  • Dealers in high‑value goods
  • Anyone defined as an accountable institution under the FIC Act

 

These organisations will face changes related to:

  • Reporting duties
  • Record‑keeping
  • Lifestyle audits
  • Customer due diligence
  • Technology‑related AML/CFT risks

 

3. Companies Registered Under the Companies Act

 

All companies under the Companies Act, 2008 may be affected, particularly where the Bill:

  • Empowers the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission (CIPC) to deregister companies that fail to submit a securities register
  • Introduces administrative penalties tied to beneficial ownership compliance

 

4. Financial Sector Institutions & Regulators

 

Amendments to the Financial Sector Regulation Act, 2017 affect:

  • Banks
  • Insurers
  • Financial service providers

 

 

  • Market infrastructures
  • Significant owners / beneficial owners
  • Financial regulators (Prudential Authority, FSCA)

 

 

WHAT IS THIS ABOUT

 

The General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2025 aims to strengthen South Africa’s legal framework to combat money laundering, terrorism financing, and related financial crimes.

 

It proposes amendments to four key laws:

 

1.     Nonprofit Organisations Act, 1997 (NPO Act):

 

o   Expands the Directorate’s role to monitor and enforce compliance by nonprofit organisations.

o   Allows the Directorate to impose administrative sanctions for noncompliance.

o   Introduces an Arbitration Tribunal to handle appeals against administrative sanctions or refusal to register.

o   Sets maximum penalties for offences under the Act: fines up to R1 million or imprisonment up to 5 years (or both).

 

2.     Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 (FIC Act):

 

o   Expands definitions to include terms like “lifestyle audit,” “municipality,” and “public entity.”

o   Allows the Financial Intelligence Centre (FIC) to conduct lifestyle audits to ensure individuals’ living standards align with their legitimate income.

o   Extends the record-keeping period for financial transactions from 5 years to 7 years.

o   Expands the sharing of information with entities like the Public Procurement Office and Border Management Authority.

o   Requires accountable institutions (e.g., banks, financial service providers) to report more detailed information about clients and transactions.

o   Mandates institutions to assess risks related to new technologies and delivery mechanisms that could facilitate money laundering or terrorism financing.

o   Provides protection for individuals and institutions that report suspicious activities in good faith.

o   Introduces administrative sanctions for noncompliance with reporting obligations or court orders.

 

3.     Companies Act, 2008:

 

o   Empowers the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission (CIPC) to deregister companies that fail to submit securities or beneficial interest registers for two consecutive years.

o   Allows the CIPC to impose administrative fines for noncompliance with compliance notices.

o   Introduces a process for companies to appeal administrative fines through the Companies Tribunal.

 

4.     Financial Sector Regulation Act, 2017 (FSR Act):

 

o   Expands the definition of financial products and services to include new and innovative arrangements, regardless of the technology used.

o   Empowers financial sector regulators to license institutions providing new financial products or services, even if they are already licensed under other laws.

o   Allows regulators to obtain information from significant or beneficial owners and conduct investigations into suspected violations of financial sector laws.

 

COMPLIANCE STEPS

 

To ensure compliance with the provisions of this Bill, a compliance officer should:

 

1.     For Nonprofit Organisations:

 

o   Ensure the organisation if it is required to be registered- *only certain NPO’s must be registered- are registered under the NPO Act and that they comply with its constitution and obligations.

o   Respond promptly to any compliance notices issued by the Directorate.

o   Be prepared to appeal administrative sanctions through the Arbitration Tribunal if necessary.

o   Avoid any actions that could lead to penalties (e.g., fines up to R1 million or imprisonment).

 

2.     For Accountable Institutions (e.g., banks, financial service providers):

 

o   Update record-keeping systems to retain transaction records for at least 7 years.

o   Implement risk assessment processes for new products, services, and technologies to prevent money laundering or terrorism financing.

o   Ensure timely reporting of suspicious transactions, property linked to terrorism, or financial sanctions as required by the FIC Act.

o   Cooperate with the FIC in lifestyle audits and provide requested information about clients and transactions.

o   Train staff on the expanded reporting obligations and ensure protection for employees who report suspicious activities in good faith.

 

3.     For Companies:

 

o   Submit securities and beneficial interest registers to the CIPC annually to avoid deregistration or administrative fines.

o   Address compliance notices from the CIPC promptly to avoid penalties.

o   Familiarise yourself with the process for appealing administrative fines through the Companies Tribunal.

 

4.     For Financial Institutions:

 

o   Monitor new financial products, services, and technologies for potential risks related to money laundering or terrorism financing.

o   Ensure compliance with licensing requirements under the FSR Act, even for new services or products.

o   Provide information to financial sector regulators when requested, including details about significant or beneficial owners.

o   Be prepared for investigations by financial sector regulators if there is suspicion of noncompliance with financial sector laws.

 

WHAT PENALTIES ARE OUTLINED FOR NONCOMPLIANCE?

 

1. Nonprofit Organisations Act (NPO Act):

 

  • Maximum Fine: Up to R1 million.
  • Maximum Imprisonment: Up to 5 years.
  • Combination of Both: A person convicted of an offence under the NPO Act may face both a fine and imprisonment.

 

2. Financial Intelligence Centre Act (FIC Act):

 

·       Failure to Report Property Linked to Terrorism or Financial Sanctions:

    • Guilty of an offence for failing to report possession or control of property owned or controlled by entities linked to terrorism or financial sanctions.
    • Administrative sanctions may also apply for noncompliance.

 

 

·       Failure to Comply with Court Orders:

    • Guilty of an offence for failing to comply with an order issued by a magistrate or judge under section 35.
    • Administrative sanctions may also apply for noncompliance.

 

·       General Noncompliance:

    • Accountable institutions that perform acts in contravention of section 20A or fail to meet reporting obligations are subject to administrative sanctions.

 

3. Companies Act:

 

·       Failure to Submit Securities or Beneficial Interest Registers:

    • Companies that fail to submit these registers for two consecutive years may be deregistered by the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission (CIPC).

 

·       Failure to Comply with Compliance Notices:

    • Administrative fines may be imposed by the CIPC for noncompliance with compliance notices.
    • Fines can be up to 10% of the company’s turnover during the period of noncompliance or up to R10 million, whichever is greater.

 

4. Financial Sector Regulation Act (FSR Act):

 

  • Noncompliance with Financial Sector Laws:
    • Financial institutions that contravene, are in the process of contravening, or are about to contravene financial sector laws may face investigations and penalties imposed by financial sector regulators.

 

Key Takeaways for Compliance Officers:

 

  • Ensure timely reporting of suspicious transactions, property linked to terrorism, and financial sanctions.
  • Maintain proper records for the required period (7 years for accountable institutions under the FIC Act).
  • Respond promptly to compliance notices from regulatory bodies like the CIPC.
  • Conduct risk assessments for new products, services, and technologies to mitigate money laundering and terrorism financing risks.
  • Cooperate with regulators during investigations and provide requested 2. Administrative Fines for Noncompliance:

 

Review of Administrative Fines:

 

  • A company or person on whom an administrative fine has been imposed can apply to the Companies Tribunal to review the fine.

 

  • The Tribunal may:
    • Confirm, modify, or set aside the fine.
    • If the fine is confirmed or modified, the company must pay the fine within the specified time period.

 

These penalties aim to ensure compliance with the Companies Act, particularly regarding the submission of required registers and adherence to compliance notices

 

 

 

SUMMARY OF THE DRAFT BILL

 

The Bill strengthens South Africa’s anti–money laundering (AML) and counter‑terrorism financing (CTF) framework in preparation for the 2027 FATF mutual evaluation. It amends four key Acts:

 

  • Nonprofit Organisations Act (NPO Act)
  • Financial Intelligence Centre Act (FIC Act)
  • Companies Act
  • Financial Sector Regulation Act (FSR Act)

 

Its overarching goals are to:

 

  • Improve compliance, supervision, and enforcement across sectors.
  • Expand information‑sharing and investigative powers.
  • Regulate emerging financial products and technologies.
  • Address gaps identified during FATF grey‑listing processes.

 

1. Amendments to the NPO Act

 

Key reforms:

  • Directorate empowered to monitor and enforce NPO compliance.
  • Administrative sanctions may be imposed for non‑compliance (e.g., failure to meet obligations under the Act).
  • Appeal procedures expanded: Arbitration Tribunal now hears appeals on administrative sanctions.
  • Stricter penalties: fines up to R1 million or 5‑year imprisonment.

 

Purpose: Strengthen oversight of NPOs, a high‑risk sector for terrorist financing.

 

2. Amendments to the FIC Act (most extensive changes)

 

The Bill significantly increases the Financial Intelligence Centre’s powers, reporting duties, and information‑sharing mechanisms.

 

2.1 Expanded Definitions & New Entities

 

  • Adds Public Procurement Office and Border Management Authority as “authorised officers”.
  • Introduces definitions for lifestyle audits, public entity, municipality, and others.

 

2.2 Expanded FIC Powers

 

  • FIC may now conduct lifestyle audits.
  • FIC can request information from any organ of state, municipality or public entity.
  • FIC can access more databases and registers.

 

2.3 Increased Reporting & Record‑keeping Requirements

 

  • Record‑keeping periods extended from 5 to 7 years.

 

  • Accountable institutions must report:
    • Whether a person is a client, dates of business relationships, and associated details.
    • Property or attempted transactions involving UN‑sanctioned persons.

 

2.4 Changes to UN Sanctions Implementation

 

  • Notice requirements expanded to include High Court orders under anti‑terrorism legislation.
  • Extraordinary expenses and interest accrual may be permitted for frozen accounts.

 

2.5 Monitoring Orders

 

  • Applications may be heard by any magistrate or judge where the accountable institution operates.

 

2.6 Broader Protection for Reporting Persons

 

  • Ensures protection for individuals and entities who act in good faith when reporting.

 

2.7 New Technology & Delivery Mechanism Risk Requirements

 

  • Accountable institutions must assess risks related to:
    • New or developing technologies
    • New delivery mechanisms

 

  • Additional risk management measures required for foreign branches in higher‑risk countries.

 

2.8 Expanded Information‑Sharing

 

FIC may now share:

 

  • Lifestyle audit results
  • Information with Public Procurement Office and Border Management Authority
  • Information with organs of state if relevant to their statutory functions

 

2.9 New Offences

 

  • Several new offences related to failures to report, scrutinise, or comply with sanctions‑related obligations.

 

3. Amendments to the Companies Act

 

Strengthens transparency on ownership and governance:

 

  • Mandatory deregistration of companies that fail to submit securities or beneficial ownership registers for 2+ years.
  • CIPC may impose administrative fines for non‑submission.
  • Fines increased up to R10 million.
  • Introduces right of review: companies may appeal fines to the Companies Tribunal.

 

Purpose: Address beneficial ownership transparency deficiencies flagged by FATF.

 

4. Amendments to the FSR Act

 

Focus: regulation of new financial services, fintech, and improved supervisory reach.

 

Key amendments:

 

  • “Financial investment” broadened to capture more investment‑like arrangements.
  • “Financial services/products” expanded to include technology‑driven innovations and similar arrangements (e.g., crypto‑assets, alternative investment schemes).

 

  • Regulators empowered to:
    • License institutions even if licensed under other laws.
    • Investigate suspected contraventions proactively.
    • Obtain information from significant or beneficial owners.

 

  • Excludes certain master agreement‑based financial transactions from specific provisions.

 

Purpose: Ensure regulators can keep pace with innovation and oversee emerging financial risks.

 

 

5. Other Notable Points

 

  • No major financial cost to the state anticipated.
  • Consultations done with major regulatory and government bodies.
  • Bill to follow the section 75 parliamentary process.

 

In Summary — What the Bill Achieves

 

This Bill represents South Africa’s next major compliance step toward addressing FATF shortcomings and exiting enhanced monitoring. It:

 

  • Strengthens AML/CTF supervision of NPOs, companies, and financial institutions.
  • Expands the FIC’s power, access to data, and information‑sharing capability.
  • Enhances reporting, transparency, and enforcement mechanisms.
  • Modernises laws to cover new technologies, innovative financial services, and emerging risks.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

NATIONAL TREASURY

 

NO. 6997 14 JANUARY 2026

 

PUBLICATION OF DRAFT GENERAL LAWS (ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING AND COMBATING TERRORISM FINANCING) AMENDMENT BILL, 2025, FOR PUBLIC COMMENT

 

Notice is hereby given that the draft General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2025 (‘the Bill’) is published for public comment. The Bill proposes to amend—

 

• the Nonprofit Organisations Act, 1997, to extend the functions of the Directorate to include monitoring and enforcement of nonprofit organisations; to provide for the director to impose administrative sanctions; to extend the appeal in respect to administrative sanction; and to provide for maximum penalties for offences;

 

• the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001, to amend and insert certain definitions; to expand the sharing of information by the Centre; to provide for the Centre to conduct lifestyle audits; to expand the general powers of the Centre to include the requesting of information from a public entity, municipality and municipal entity; to extend the period for which records must be kept;  to require the Director to give notice pursuant to an order in terms of section 23 of the Protection of Constitutional Democracy against Terrorist and Related Activities Act, 2004; to expand the circumstances under which a person or entity referred to in section 26A may be permitted provision of financial services to include providing for extraordinary expenses; to provide for the accrual of interest or other earnings due on accounts holding property affected by a prohibition under section 26B that arose before the date on which the person or entity was identified by the Security Council of the United Nations; to expand the type of information accountable institutions, reporting institution and persons subject to reporting obligations are required to advise the Centre of; to require the person authorised by the Minister to receive a report relating to the conveyance of cash to or from the Republic to send a copy of the report to the Centre within a prescribed period; to provide for magistrate or judge of an area of jurisdiction within which the accountable institution conducts business to hear applications by the Centre in respect of monitoring orders; to expand the circumstance under which the protection of persons making reports apply; to require accountable institutions to take into account the risk of new delivery mechanisms and the use of new or developing technologies which may involve or facilitate money laundering activities, the financing of terrorist and related  activities or proliferation financing activities; to expand the sections of the Act that the protection of personal information apply with regard to the Protection of Personal Information Act, 2013; to provide for consequential amendments to the relevant offences and failure to comply with certain sections;

 

• the Companies Act, 2008, to empower the Commission to deregister a company that fails to submit a securities register within a certain period; to empower the Commission to impose administrative penalties; to empower the Companies Tribunal to review a decision of the Commission to impose an administrative penalty; and

 

• the Financial Sector Regulation Act, 2017, to provide for the circumstances under which new services are expanded to include arrangements that are similar in nature or have similar outcomes as financial products and services; to ensure that the responsible authority may license financial institutions that are providing financial products and financial services, including new services despite existing licensing requirements in other legislation; to empower financial sector regulators to obtain information from significant owners or beneficial owners; to empower financial sector regulators to institute an investigation under certain circumstances; to exclude transactions concluded under a ‘master agreement’ as defined in section 35B(2) of the Insolvency Act, 1936, from the application of a certain section.

 

A  copy of the draft Bill and a memorandum on its objects are available on the National Treasury website: www.treasury.gov.za. Written comments on the draft Bill may be submitted to CommentDraftLegislation@treasury.gov.za within 30 days from the date of publication of this notice. By making a submission, the commentator agrees that the name of the commentator and the submission may be made public by the National Treasury and the submission will be disclosed if requested in terms of the Promotion of Access to Information Act, 2000.

 

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill: Draft

G 53955 GoN 6997

– Comment by 13 Jan 2026

14 January 2026

 

53955gon6997.pdf

 

Link to draft bill – Draft General Laws (AMLCTF) Amendment Bill

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments timeously.

 

 

END

 

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

FINANCIAL ITEMS WHICH WERE UNPACKED IN PREVIOUS GAZETTE.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Revenue Laws Amendment Act 6 of 2025 (English / Afrikaans) Act 6 of 2025

G 53916 GoN 6984 24 December 2025 

PUBLIC FINANCE MANAGEMENT ACT Rate of interest on Government Loans from 1 January 2026

G 53873 GeN 3707 19 December 2025 

 

Financial Markets Act: JSE Interest Rate and Currency Derivatives Rules: Central Securities Depository (CSD) Naming Convention: Approved amendments

 

G 53814 BN 862 12 December 2025 

 

Financial Markets Act: JSE Debt and Specialist Securities Listing Requirements: Central Securities Depository (CSD) Naming Convention: Approved amendments=

G 53814 BN 864 12 December 2025 

 

Public Finance Management Act: Exemption: Durban container terminal pier 2 – special

G 53816 GoN 6922 09 December 2025

 

 

HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

FIREARMS CONTROL ACT

 

Notice: Representations invited

 

G 53829 GoN 6935

 

– Comment by 28 Dec 2025

 

10 December 2025

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Firearms Control Act: Notice: Representations invited

G 53829 GoN 6935 – Comment by 28 Dec 2025 10 December 2025 

 

END

 

 

LABOUR

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

Labour Relations Act: Bargaining Council Agreements

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Labour Relations Act: Bargaining Council for the Motor Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Main Collective Agreement

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6927

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6927.pdf

 

Labour Relations Act: National Bargaining Council for the Chemical Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Pharmaceutical Sector Collective Agreement: Representations invited

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6929

– Comment by 02 Jan 2026

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6929.pdf

 

Labour Relations Act: Building Bargaining Council, North and West Boland: Extension of Main Amending Collective Agreement to non-parties

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6931

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6931.pdf

 

Labour Relations Act: Application for variation of registered scope of Statutory Council for the Squid and Other Fisheries of South Africa

G 53830 RG 11918 GoN 6937

12 December 2025

 

53830rg11918gon6937.pdf

 

Labour Relations Act: Motor Industry Bargaining Council: Extension to non-parties of the Administrative Collective Agreement

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6924

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6924.pdf

 

Labour Relations Act: National Bargaining Council for the Chemical Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Glass Sector Collective Agreement

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6926

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6926.pdf

 

 

Labour Relations Act: National Bargaining Council for the Chemical Industry: Extension to non-parties of the Petroleum Sector Collective Agreement

G 53822 RG 11917 GoN 6928

12 December 2025

 

53822reg11917gon6928.pdf

 

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

NATIONAL MINIMUM WAGE ACT:

 

Investigation into National Minimum Wage: Comments invited

 

G 53844 RG 11919 GoN 6943

 

11 December 2025

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

National Minimum Wage Act: Investigation into National Minimum Wage: Comments invited

G 53844 RG 11919 GoN 6943 11 December 2025 

 

END

 

LEGAL

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

RULES BOARD FOR COURTS OF LAW ACT: RULES

 

Conduct of proceedings of the Magistrates’ Courts of South Africa: Amendment (English / Afrikaans)

 

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6974

 

24 December 2025

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Rules Board for Courts of Law Act: Rules: Conduct of proceedings of the Magistrates’ Courts of South Africa: Amendment

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6974 24 December 2025 

 

END

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

RULES BOARD FOR COURTS OF LAW ACT: RULES

 

Conduct of proceedings of the Provincial and Local Divisions of the High Court of South Africa: Amendment (English / Afrikaans)

 

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6975

 

24 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. Judicial and Court Structures

  • High Courts of South Africa (Provincial and Local Divisions), as these rules govern their procedures.
  • Rules Board for Courts of Law, which oversees procedural rules.
  • Registrars and Service Desks within High Courts, since they will implement the e-Justice system.

 

2. Legal Profession

  • Law firms, attorneys, and advocates who litigate in High Courts.
  • Legal aid organizations and public defenders involved in High Court matters.

 

3. Government and Public Institutions

  • Department of Justice and Constitutional Development (issuing authority).
  • Director of Public Prosecutions (mentioned in appeal procedures).
  • Correctional Services, as rules include provisions for serving documents on incarcerated appellants.

 

4. Corporates and Businesses

  • Companies involved in litigation in High Courts (e.g., commercial disputes, appeals).
  • Banks and financial institutions that frequently engage in High Court proceedings.

 

5. Technology and Service Providers

  • E-Justice system operators and IT service providers, since the rules introduce electronic filing, service, and case management.

 

6. Civil Society and NGOs

  • Human rights organizations and community legal services assisting individuals in High Court matters.

 

 

SUMMARY

 

Summary of the Amendment

 

The amendment updates the Rules Regulating the Conduct of Proceedings of the Provincial and Local Divisions of the High Court of South Africa to:

 

  • Introduce and regulate the e-Justice system for electronic filing, service, and case management.
  • Define new terms such as e-justice system, registered user, PDF, electronic communication, andservice desk.
  • Update existing definitions like deliver, registrar, and party to include electronic processes.

 

  • Insert new rules (1A and 1B) detailing:
    • Scope and application of the e-Justice system.
    • Requirements for registered users (email address, document formatting, etc.).
    • Rules for uploading documents (PDF only, size limits, legibility).
    • Handling of exhibits, hyperlinks, and hard copies.
    • Procedures for appeals, reviews, and urgent applications under the e-Justice system.

 

  • Amend multiple existing rules (4A, 6, 37, 37A, 49, 49A, 50, 51, 52, 53, 62) to:
    • Allow electronic service and filing.
    • Adjust timelines and responsibilities for appeals and case management.
    • Provide for electronic bundles and access to court files.

 

Commencement: 30 January 2026.

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE AND CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT

 

NO. R. 6975 24 December 2025

 

RULES BOARD FOR COURTS OF LAW ACT, 1985 (ACT NO. 107 OF 1985) AMENDMENT OF THE RULES REGULATING THE CONDUCT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE PROVINCIAL AND LOCAL DIVISIONS OF THE HIGH COURT OF SOUTH AFRICA

 

The Rules Board for Courts of Law has, under section 6 of the Rules Board for Courts of Law Act, 1985 (Act No. 107 of 1985), and with the approval of the Minister for Justice and Constitutional Development, made the rules in the Schedule.

 

Please click on the link provided below to view the full document.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Rules Board for Courts of Law Act: Rules: Conduct of proceedings of the Provincial and Local Divisions of the High Court of South Africa: Amendment (English / Afrikaans)

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6975

24 December 2025

 

53897rg11922gon6975.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

1. High Courts and Judicial Structures

 

  • Implement the e-Justice system where applicable.
  • Train registrars and service desk staff on new electronic filing and service procedures.
  • Set up service desks to assist litigants with scanning, PDF conversion, and registration.

 

2. Law Firms, Attorneys, and Advocates

 

  • Register as users on the e-Justice system for divisions where it is operational.

 

  • Update internal processes to:
    • File and serve documents electronically in PDF format.
    • Maintain electronic mail addresses and accurate contact details.

 

  • Train staff on e-Justice compliance (uploading, formatting, deadlines).
  • Prepare for electronic bundles for trials and appeals.

 

3. Government Departments (Justice, DPP, Correctional Services)

 

  • Ensure integration with e-Justice system for appeals and criminal matters.
  • Update protocols for serving documents on incarcerated appellants (hard copy + electronic).
  • Provide electronic copies of records where required.

 

4. Corporates and Businesses

 

  • Engage legal teams to confirm readiness for electronic filing in High Court litigation.
  • Ensure document management systems can produce compliant PDFs.

 

5. Technology and Service Providers

 

  • Support courts and law firms with secure PDF conversion, e-filing, and system integration.
  • Ensure cybersecurity measures for sensitive case data.

 

6. NGOs and Civil Society

 

  • Assist clients with registration on the e-Justice system.
  • Educate communities about electronic filing and service requirements.

 

 

 

 

KEY COMPLIANCE STEPS FOR ALL

 

  • Register on the e-Justice system (where operational).
  • Maintain an electronic mail address and update details within 24 hours of changes.
  • Ensure all documents are in PDF format, legible, and meet size limits.
  • Prepare for hybrid filing (electronic + hard copy) where required.
  • Train staff on new timelines and procedures for appeals, reviews, and urgent applications.

 

END

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

LEGAL PRACTICE ACT

 

2026 fees

 

G 53814 GeN 3682

 

12 December 2025

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

Legal Practitioners

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

 

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Legal Practice Act: 2026 fees

G 53814 GeN 3682

12 December 2025

 

53814gen3682.pdf

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you take note of the 2026 fees.

 

END

 

PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

PUBLIC PROCUREMENT AMENDMENT BILL:

 

Explanatory summary: Comments invited

 

G 53956 GeN 3726

– Comment by 15 Feb 2026

16 January 2026

 

 

APPLIES TO: 

 

1. All Public Sector Institutions (High Impact)

 

Any entity that participates in public procurement will be directly affected.

 

This includes:

  • National departments
  • Provincial departments
  • Municipalities & municipal entities
  • State‑owned enterprises (SOEs)
  • Public universities & TVET colleges
  • Public hospitals and health institutions
  • Constitutional institutions (e.g., AGSA, Public Protector)
  • Any organisation using public funds to procure goods or services

 

The Bill affects these organisations because whistleblower disclosures and enforcement provisions relate to infringements or offences committed under the Public Procurement Act.

 

2. Whistleblowing‑related Organisations & Civil Society Groups

 

These include advocacy, legal, and support organisations such as:

  • Anti‑corruption NGOs
  • Whistleblower protection organisations
  • Legal resource centres
  • Human rights organisations
  • Media and investigative journalism bodies

 

The Bill creates whistleblower incentives, financial rewards, and offences related to whistleblower disclosures, meaning these groups will have new responsibilities or opportunities to support whistleblowers.

 

3. Private Companies That Do Business With the State (High Impact)

 

Any company involved in public tenders, including:

  • Construction and infrastructure companies
  • IT vendors
  • Consulting and professional services firms
  • Medical and pharmaceutical suppliers
  • Logistics and fleet management service providers
  • Security companies
  • Manufacturing suppliers
  • Service contractors of all kinds

 

These organisations will be affected because the Bill creates:

  • New whistleblower reporting obligations
  • Potential exposure to private prosecution for procurement‑related offences
  • Increased scrutiny and risk of financial recovery actions

 

4. Auditing, Legal, and Compliance Firms

 

These organisations support procurement compliance and investigation:

  • External audit firms
  • Internal audit providers
  • Legal practices specialising in public procurement
  • Forensic investigation firms
  • Governance, risk, and compliance (GRC) consultancies

 

They will need to adjust their advisory services to align with:

  • New offences
  • Whistleblower reward systems
  • Private prosecution mechanisms
  • Recovery of funds linked to procurement irregularities

 

5. Law Enforcement & Prosecution Bodies

 

Even though the NPA is not the subject of the Bill, it is heavily implicated.

 

Affected organisations include:

  • National Prosecuting Authority (NPA)
  • Directorate for Priority Crime Investigation (Hawks)
  • SAPS (Commercial Crimes)

 

 

SUMMARY

 

 

 

EXPLAINED AND UNPACKED

 

 

FULL TEXT

 

 

DETAILS

 

PARLIAMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA

 

NOTICE 3726 OF 2026

 

MS M.P. KOBE, MP

 

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO INTRODUCE A PRIVATE MEMBER’S BILL AND INVITATION FOR COMMENT ON THE DRAFT PUBLIC PROCUREMENT AMENDMENT BILL, 2026

 

MS M.P. Kobe, MP, acting in accordance with section 73(2) of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (“Constitution”), intends to introduce the Public Procurement Amendment Bill, 2026 (“draft Bill”), in Parliament. An explanatory summary of the draft Bill is hereby published in accordance with Rule 276(1)(c) of the Rules of the National Assembly (9th Edition).

 

South Africa’s experience with state capture, entrenched corruption networks, and the indispensable role played by whistleblowers during Judicial Commission of Inquiry into State Capture (“Zondo Commission”), highlights the urgent need to institutionalise whistleblower incentives in a sustainable, fair and appropriately scaled manner. Of particular concern and focus is the public procurement sector, which is estimated to account for over R800 billion in annual expenditure country wide.

 

Despite the vital contribution of whistleblowers in uncovering wrongdoing during the Zondo Commission, key recommendations relating to incentivising whistleblowers remain unimplemented. While sector-specific legislation such as the Marine Living Resources Act, 1998 (Act No. 18 of 1998), the National Forests Act, 1998 (Act No. 84 of 1998), and the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998), provide for financial rewards under limited conditions, these frameworks are narrow in scope and underutilised and do not offer a coherent systemic framework.

 

Of further concern is the National Prosecuting Authority’s (“NPA”) seeming repeated inability to effectively prosecute corruption and secure financial recoveries for the State. This systemic failure highlights the need to provide for private prosecutions whenever the NPA refuses or neglects to act.

 

There appears to be institutional hesitancy to effectively empower whistleblowers and to implement meaningful reward schemes capable of disrupting entrenched corruption networks. This may be attributed to capacity constraints, political sensitivity, and fear of unsettling entrenched patronage networks. Yet, research shows that whistleblower incentivisation coupled with private prosecution are highly effective anti-corruption tools, particularly in sectors marked by systemic corruption such as public procurement. For example, in the United States of America, the False Claims Act, 1863 (as (R52.2 billion) in 2024 alone. Similar models are now in place in the United Kingdom and several European jurisdictions.

 

In the Republic of South Africa, whistleblowers routinely face threats to their safety, livelihoods, and social standing. In tragic instances, such as the assassination of Babita Deokaran and Marius van der Merwe, the personal risks have proven fatal. It is unjust and unsustainable to expect whistleblowers to bear such burdens without meaningful support or recognition.

 

The draft Bill seeks to amend the Public Procurement Act, 2024 (Act No. 28 of 2024) (“principal Act”), by making provision for whistleblower disclosures in respect of any infringement or offence contemplated in the principal Act. The draft Bill further provides for monetary rewards to be awarded to persons whose whistleblower disclosures lead to the recovery of funds by the State. In addition, the draft Bill makes provision for offences in respect of whistleblower disclosures and the institution of private prosecutions for any offence committed in terms of the principal Act.

 

Interested parties and institutions are invited to submit written representations on the proposed content of the draft Bill to the Speaker of the National Assembly within 30 days of the publication of this notice. Representations can be delivered to the Speaker, New Assembly Building, Parliament Street, Cape Town; mailed to the Speaker, P O Box 15 Cape Town 8000, or emailed to speaker@parliament.gov.za and copied to parliament@actionsa.org.za.

 

Copies of the draft Bill may be accessed at this link: https://www.actionsa.org.za/bills

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Public Procurement Amendment Bill: Explanatory summary: Comments invited

 

G 53956 GeN 3726

– Comment by 15 Feb 2026

16 January 2026

 

53956gen3726.pdf

 

 

 

ACTION

 

Ensure that you submit your comments before 15 February 2026

 

END

 

MEDICAL

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

MEDICAL ITEMS WHICH WERE UNPACKED IN PREVIOUS GAZETTE.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Pharmacy Act: Bachelor of Pharmacy: Integrated Curriculum Outline

G 53827 GeN 866 10 December 2025

Pharmacy Act: Rules and guidelines relating to services for which pharmacists may levy a fee

G 53871 BN 868 17 December 2025

 

Health Professions Act: Annual fees payable by registered practitioners

G 53935 BN 870 09 January 2026

Health Professions Act: Rules relating to fees payable to council

G 53935 BN 869 09 January 2026

 

 

END

STANDARDS

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

Standards Act: Standards matters for comments

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Standards Act: Standards matters: Comments invited

G 53873 GeN 3708

– Comment by 18 Feb 2026

19 December 2025

 

53873gen3708.pdf

 

Standards Act: Standards matters: Comments invited

G 53814 GeN 3684

– Comment by 11 Feb 2026

12 December 2025

 

53814gen3684.pdf

 

END

 

TRANSPORTATION

 

 

LAW AND TYPE OF NOTICE

 

TRANSPORTATION ITEMS WHICH WERE UNPACKED IN PREVIOUS GAZETTE.

 

 

LINK TO FULL NOTICE

 

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Construction and Equipment of Fishing Vessels of 24 metres in length and over: Comments invited

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6977 24 December 2025

 

MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT: Regulations: Fisher Labour Welfare: Comments invited

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6979 24 December 2025

 

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Radio Installations

RG 11922 GoN 6978 24 December 2025

 

Merchant Shipping Act: Regulations: Construction and Equipment of Fishing Vessels of less than 24 metres in length and equal to or more than 25 GT: Comments invited

G 53897 RG 11922 GoN 6976 24 December 2025

 

National Road Traffic Act: Registration of Vehicle Testing Station: EL PVTS as Grade A Vehicle Testing Station

G 53839 GoN 6940 11 December 2025

 

Road Carrier Permits

 

 

 

END

 

ANTI-BRIBERY AND CORRUPTION ARTICLES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

Jooste associate jailed for Steinhoff fraud

 

An associate of late Steinhoff boss Markus Jooste, who worked at the retailer for 15 years, has pleaded guilty to fraud and been sentenced to five years in prison.

 

Iwan Schelbert is the third person linked to Steinhoff to be found guilty in SA, and the second former executive to be sentenced to jail time. The 63-year-old from Paarl, pleaded guilty in the Pretoria Specialised Commercial Crimes Court on Friday to one count of fraud for helping generate a fake invoice of R376m. Schelbert affirmed his awareness of the plea agreement and the guilty plea he entered when questioned by the magistrate. ‘I admit that my conduct was unlawful and that I am therefore guilty of the crime of fraud,’ states his plea explanation, read out in court by his lawyer, Advocate Piet Pistorius SC. Schelbert admitted that the fake R376m invoice was included in the operating income of Steinhoff At Work, of which he was a director. It was also included in the financial statements of Steinhoff’s JSE-listed parent group – giving a false picture of the company’s actual financial state. Schelbert was a director of Steinhoff At Work. ‘At a minimum, I knew and foresaw that the income of Steinhoff at Work had been falsely overstated, because Steinhoff at Work could not have earned the income attributed to it in the 2016 financial year.’ State Advocate Dries Janse van Rensburg said that it was ‘very clear’ that the Steinhoff executives ‘used’ Schelbert and ‘exploited his loyalty’, and he did not benefit financially from the fraud committed. The state also said Schelbert has agreed to testify in further prosecutions.

 

Full News24 report

 

 

ADVERTISING ARTICLES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

MSC Cruises faces complaint over ‘misleading R1 promotional offer’

 

A cruise liner’s “first guest pays R1” promotion came under the spotlight when the Advertising Regulatory Board was called upon to consider a consumer complaint against MSC Cruises S.A. in respect of a Black November promotional advertisement.

 

The advertisement was posted on Facebook and on its website. The complaint relates to the Black November promotional offer, promising a limited-time opportunity to enjoy a cruise from Durban aboard the MSC Opera.

 

It offered options ranging from short two-night trips to festive 14-night voyages. The promotional offer is, in particular, that the first guest will pay R1 for the cruise, with disclaimers noting that mandatory fees apply and terms and conditions are available via linked pages.

 

On the advertiser’s booking interface, pricing options are depicted as ranging “from R1,910 p.p.” for various cabin types (interior, ocean view and balcony) as well as “from R4,838 p.p.” for longer cruises with onboard credit.

 

It is also depicted that “total prices for two guests ranging from R7,019 to R49,676, depending on the selected cruise and cabin.”

 

The complainant submits that when selecting the Black November offer and adding a second guest, the total price displayed is significantly higher than expected, in some cases exceeding the standard fare for two guests.

 

For instance, the complainant submitted, where the advertised per-person price is R4,838, the total shown is R49,676, and where the price is R1,910 per person, the total is actually R7,019 for two guests.

 

The complainant contends that this pricing structure is misleading and inconsistent with the promotional claims. The advertiser noted that it is not a member of the ARB and does not submit to the ARB’s jurisdiction and that its response is provided without prejudice.

 

The cruise line company confirmed that the promotional material referenced by the complainant formed part of its “Black November” campaign, which ran in South Africa from November 5 to 17 last year.

 

The advertiser explained that the promotion allowed the first guest to pay R1, excluding mandatory fees, while the second guest paid the full fare plus mandatory fees.

 

Mandatory fees, it says, comprise port charges and hotel service charges, which apply to all passengers and cannot be discounted or altered for promotional purposes. MSC stated that these fees vary depending on the length and itinerary of the cruise.

 

In relation to the complainant’s two examples, MSC provides a breakdown of the pricing, in which it explains that on the 14-night cruise priced “from R4,838 p.p.,” the first passenger paid only mandatory fees (R4,838), while the second passenger paid the full cruise fare (R40,000) plus mandatory fees (R4,838), resulting in a total of R49,676 for two passengers.

 

 

For the two-night themed cruise priced “from R1,910 p.p.,” the first passenger paid R1 plus mandatory fees and a third-party entertainment fee (totaling R1,910), while the second passenger paid the full fare plus the same mandatory and entertainment fees (totaling R5,109), resulting in a total of R7,019.

 

MSC submitted that these amounts align with the advertised offer and the applicable terms and conditions. It emphasised that all charges are displayed transparently in the booking summary before a customer proceeds to payment and that variations in cruise fares arise either from promotional discounts or from MSC’s dynamic pricing model.

 

MSC denied that the advertisement was misleading or that any pricing irregularity occurred.

 

The ARB accepted that mandatory fees apply to all MSC cruises and that these fees vary depending on itinerary and duration. However, it said, the question is not whether the totals can be mathematically justified after the fact, but whether the advertisement, as presented to consumers, creates a misleading impression about the nature of the prices quoted.

 

It found the advertisement misrepresented the actual price payable.

 

Zelda Venter

IOL

ARB ruling

 

 

 

COMPETITION ARTICLES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

MASEDI TLHONG: Competition law exemptions offer a lifeline to SA’s ferrochrome industry

 

Government expands energy exemption to aid industries in distress

 

In the face of a persistent national energy crisis, South Africa’s government has taken a striking step. A 2023 block exemption allowed energy-intensive businesses to collaborate in ways normally forbidden, to share infrastructure, optimise supply and reduce costs — all to keep the lights on and the economy moving.

 

Now, a critical amendment earlier this month has expanded this lifeline beyond the grid’s constraints to include any “industry in distress”. This shift opens a vital door for sectors buckling under immense economic pressure.

 

At the forefront stands the ferrochrome industry, a cornerstone of the mining economy now facing an existential threat from soaring energy costs. The ferrochrome sector is the precise “industry in distress” the amended regulations were designed to rescue and leveraging this exemption is not just an opportunity but a necessity for its survival and transition.

 

The Competition Act allows the minister, after consultation with the Competition Commission, to issue regulations exempting certain agreements from the act to achieve its pro-competitive goals. In 2023, then-minister Ebrahim Patel did just that, creating a block exemption for “energy users”.

 

This permitted companies in both horizontal and vertical relationships to legally enter agreements that would otherwise be considered anticompetitive, such as market allocation and sharing infrastructure, for the purpose of securing backup power, reducing energy costs and promoting efficient energy use during the electricity supply constraint.

 

Notably, price-fixing and collusive tendering remained strictly prohibited. The sole purpose was to provide a collaborative toolkit for businesses to survive the energy crisis. Any agreement straying outside this defined scope would not be protected, leaving parties open to prosecution by the Competition Commission.

 

A crucial evolution occurred on January 5. The department of trade, industry & competition amended the exemption, broadening its scope. Now collaborations are permitted not only to respond to the electricity constraint but also to assist “an industry in distress”.

 

Furthermore, a pivotal clause was added: subject to the energy regulatory framework, parties may engage in “joint or collective negotiated price agreements … with energy suppliers to an industry in distress”, provided that such negotiated prices are approved by the National Energy Regulator of South Africa (Nersa). This, in effect, creates a cautiously regulated pathway for collective energy price negotiations, a form of conditional price agreement forbidden by the Competition Act.

 

The ferrochrome industry is the prime candidate to benefit from this amended exemption.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This amendment arrives as a potential life raft for industries that are drowning under cost pressures. A stark example is the ferrochrome sector. A joint statement last year from the Minerals Council and the Ferro Alloy Producers Association painted a bleak picture: electricity tariffs have skyrocketed by more than 900% since 2008, dealing a “deleterious” blow to the chrome ore industry. With smelters being intensely energy-dependent, this unsustainable cost spiral has all the hallmarks of a genuine “industry in distress” in urgent need of relief.

 

The ferrochrome industry is the prime candidate to benefit from this amended exemption. The regulation should empower ferrochrome smelters and chrome producers to legally collaborate in transformative ways.

 

For instance, they could jointly invest in large-scale renewable energy projects, sharing the colossal capital burden to move away from Eskom dependency. They can optimise logistics and share infrastructure at adjacent sites, driving down operational costs. Critically, under Nersa’s oversight they could potentially negotiate collectively with power suppliers to secure a viable, sustainable electricity price, an important step for immediate survival.

 

The ferrochrome industry, besieged by crippling energy costs, perfectly embodies the “distress” the regulation seeks to address. For this critical sector seizing the exemption is not about avoiding competition but about enabling collective survival and investment in a sustainable future. By collaborating on energy solutions the industry can stabilise itself, protect jobs and fund the renewable energy transition South Africa desperately needs.

 

The framework is now in place. The industry’s challenge is to use it wisely, transparently, and with urgent collective action to secure its future.

 

Masedi Tlhong

Businessday

 

CUSTOMS AND EXCISE CASES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

Tholo Energy Services CC v Commissioner SARS

 

Judgment: 16 January 2026

 

Keywords: Customs and excise – Fuel levy refunds – Licensed distributor obtaining fuel from unlicensed depots rather than licensed manufacturing warehouse – Whether fuel must be obtained directly from manufacturing warehouse premises – Whether Commissioner entitled to rely on additional grounds not raised in original determination – Whether reliance on additional grounds breaches constitutional principles – Customs and Excise Act 91 of 1964, s 64F(1)(b)

 

Summary: During April to June 2016, Tholo purchased 25 consignments of diesel (approximately 40 000 litres each) from PetroSA for removal to customers in Lesotho. PetroSA operated a licensed manufacturing warehouse at Mossel Bay but the fuel was collected from PetroSA’s unlicensed depots in Bloemfontein and Tzaneen and TotalEnergies’ depot in Alrode. Payment was made by Tholo’s affiliated Lesotho entity, Tholo Lesotho. All consignments were transported to Lesotho using oil tankers registered there and driven by Lesotho nationals. The fuel was cleared by customs officials at the border. Tholo claimed refunds totalling R4.2m for fuel and Road Accident Fund levies paid under the duty-at-source scheme. SARS disallowed the refunds citing two grounds: fuel was not obtained from a manufacturing warehouse as required by s 64F(1)(b) of the Customs Act and Tholo lacked required export permits. SARS later raised four additional grounds. The High Court found SARS entitled to rely on additional grounds and that Tholo failed to comply with statutory requirements. The SCA dismissed Tholo’s appeal and Tholo sought leave to appeal to the Constitutional Court.

 

Discussion: The Constitutional Court addressed three issues: whether SARS could rely on additional grounds in defending their determination; whether fuel must be obtained directly from licensed manufacturing warehouse premises; and whether export permits were required. On the first issue, the Constitutional Court held that s 47(9)(e) appeals constitute wide appeals involving complete rehearings de novo. Distinguishing the determination itself from the grounds supporting it, the Constitutional Court found that ‘the determination’ was the refusal to grant refunds – an outcome that remained constant throughout. SARS could advance additional legitimate grounds connected to this same determination without breaching constitutional principles of administrative fairness. Tholo suffered no prejudice as it had full opportunity to address additional grounds in its pleadings. The Constitutional Court adopted a strict compliance approach: s 64F(1)(b) requires fuel to be obtained ‘from stocks of a licensee’ of a manufacturing warehouse. While this phrase appeared ambiguous, the Constitutional Court interpreted it, considering the Customs and Excise Act’s control objectives, as requiring fuel to be obtained from stocks held at licensed warehouse premises, not unlicensed depots operated by entities holding manufacturing warehouse licences elsewhere. This interpretation served legitimate policy objectives by ensuring that fuel could be traced through controlled environments, reducing fraud and revenue leakage risks. Obtaining fuel from unlicensed depots meant that it could not be verified as locally manufactured rather than imported. Also, Tholo lacked required export permits under the International Trade Administration Act. Multiple other requirements were not satisfied: fuel was transported by Tholo Lesotho (not a licensed distributor or licensed remover); payment was made by Tholo Lesotho, not Tholo; and documentary requirements were not met.

 

Order: Appeal dismissed with costs.

 

Judgment

 

 

Detailed Summary of the Case: Tholo Energy Services CC v Commissioner for the South African Revenue Service [2026] ZACC [1]

 

Case Overview

 

This case concerns the scope and interpretation of tariff appeals under section 47(9)(e) of the Customs and Excise Act 91 of 1964 (CEA). ​ The applicant, Tholo Energy Services CC (Tholo), sought leave to appeal against the Supreme Court of Appeal’s (SCA) decision, which upheld the Commissioner for the South African Revenue Service’s (SARS) refusal to grant Tholo a refund of fuel levies under South Africa’s Duty-at-Source (DAS) scheme. The Constitutional Court granted leave to appeal but ultimately dismissed the appeal.

 

Key Legal Issues

 

1.     Wide Appeals under Section 47(9)(e) of the CEA:

 

o   The Court examined whether the Commissioner could rely on additional grounds not initially raised to oppose Tholo’s statutory appeal against the determination.

o   The Court confirmed that section 47(9)(e) allows for a wide appeal, meaning a complete rehearing of the matter, including the admission of new evidence and additional grounds, provided they are connected to the original determination.

 

2.     Premises Issue:

 

o   Whether a licensed distributor of fuel (LDF) must collect fuel levy goods directly from stocks at the licensee’s customs and excise manufacturing warehouse (VM) or whether collection from unlicensed depots is permissible.

o   The Court held that fuel must be obtained directly from the licensed VM premises to ensure compliance with the CEA’s control objectives.

 

3.     Permit Issue:

 

o   Whether an LDF was required to have an export permit issued by the International Trade Administration Commission (ITAC) at the time of export to qualify for a refund under the DAS scheme.

o   The Court ruled that export permits are mandatory for exporting restricted goods, including diesel, even to BLNS countries (Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, and Eswatini).

 

4.     Additional Grounds:

 

o   The Commissioner raised additional grounds during litigation, including:

§  Lack of proof that the fuel was manufactured in South Africa.

§  Fuel was not wholly and directly removed for delivery to Lesotho.

§  Transport was conducted by Tholo Lesotho, not Tholo, and Tholo Lesotho was not a licensed remover of goods in bond.

§  Payment for the fuel was made by Tholo Lesotho, not Tholo, which invalidated the refund claim.

 

Legislation Considered

 

1.     Customs and Excise Act 91 of 1964 (CEA):

o

o   Section 47(9)(e): Governs tariff appeals and allows for wide appeals involving a complete rehearing of the matter. ​

o   Section 64F: Defines licensed distributors and prescribes requirements for fuel levy refunds. ​

o   Section 75(1): Specifies conditions for rebates and refunds of excise duty and fuel levy. ​

o   Section 75(11A): Requires compliance with prescribed refund conditions. ​

o   Section 64D: Regulates licensed removers of goods in bond. ​

 

2.     International Trade Administration Act 71 of 2002 (ITA):

 

o   Section 6: Requires export permits for restricted goods, including diesel. ​

o   Government Notice R92 of 10 February 2012: Lists diesel as a restricted good requiring an export permit. ​

 

3.     Schedule 6 of the CEA:

 

o   Item 671.11: Provides for refunds of fuel levy goods obtained from stocks of a VM licensee and delivered to BLNS countries. ​

o   Note 12(b): Specifies requirements for refunds, including compliance with section 64F and its rules. ​

Outcome

 

1.     Leave to Appeal: Granted by the Constitutional Court.

2.     Appeal Decision: The appeal was dismissed, and the applicant (Tholo) was ordered to pay the respondent’s (SARS) costs, including the costs of two counsel.

 

Lessons Learned

 

1.     Strict Compliance with Statutory Requirements:

 

o   Refunds of fuel levies are privileges, not rights, and require strict adherence to all statutory conditions. ​ Failure to meet even one requirement can result in the denial of a refund.

 

2.     Wide Appeals Allow Additional Grounds:

 

o   Section 47(9)(e) of the CEA permits wide appeals, allowing the Commissioner to rely on additional grounds to defend a determination, provided they are connected to the original decision.

 

3.     Fuel Must Be Obtained from Licensed VMs:

 

o   Fuel levy goods must be obtained directly from the stocks of a licensed VM, not from unlicensed depots or other premises operated by VM licensees. This ensures compliance with the CEA’s control objectives and prevents fraud.

 

4.     Export Permits Are Mandatory:

 

o   Export permits issued by ITAC are required for the export of restricted goods, including diesel, even when exporting to BLNS countries. ​ The absence of such permits renders the underlying transaction unlawful and invalidates refund claims. ​

 

5.     Onus of Proof Lies with the Taxpayer:

 

o   In tariff appeals, the taxpayer bears the burden of proving compliance with all statutory requirements.  Failure to provide sufficient evidence of compliance will result in the dismissal of claims.

 

6.     Administrative Fairness in Wide Appeals:

 

o   While wide appeals allow for additional evidence and grounds, they must remain connected to the original determination. ​ The wide appeal mechanism itself is designed to protect taxpayers’ constitutional rights to just administrative action and access to courts.

 

Key Takeaways

 

This case underscores the importance of strict compliance with statutory requirements for claiming tax refunds, particularly in the context of customs and excise laws. ​ It also clarifies the scope of wide appeals under section 47(9)(e) of the CEA, emphasizing that while additional grounds may be raised, they must be connected to the original determination. The judgment serves as a reminder to taxpayers and businesses to ensure meticulous adherence to legislative and regulatory requirements to avoid adverse outcomes in disputes with tax authorities.

 

FINANCE ARTICLES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

Trust tax deadline: Penalties for late filers

 

Monday, 19 January was the last day for trustees and tax practitioners to file the annual tax returns for trusts. Missing the deadline this year will undoubtedly lead to penalties and interest.

 

The South African Revenue Service (Sars) has been lenient in the past, giving warnings and some discretionary penalties when returns were filed late. However, this year, fixed administrative penalties will apply from February for non-compliance.

 

Phia van der Spuy, founder of Trusteeze, says very few trusts are compliant. She quoted statistics from 2024 when only around 84 000 trusts submitted their returns, notably up from 80 000 the prior year.

 

Van der Spuy says that around 15 years ago, it was estimated that there were close to one million trusts in South Africa. With the tightening of the regulatory framework due to SA landing on the Financial Action Task Force’s (FATF) grey list, the Master of the High Court’s offices have been cleaning up their records.

 

No central database

 

Recent estimates indicate that there are around 610 000 inter vivos trusts in SA, Van der Spuy said during a webinar on Friday unpacking the 2026 trust landscape.

 

The country still does not have a central database for trusts, even though this was one of the requirements for SA to be removed from the grey list. Nonetheless, the country made it off the list at the end of last year.

 

It appears that not all trusts are registered with Sars as is required by law. This applies to resident and non-resident trusts, active and passive trusts and trusts with or without income or transactions.

 

A figure of only 400 000 Sars-registered trusts is being bandied about.

 

When a trust is registered, it must submit supporting documents, including the trust deed, letters of authority from the Master of the High Court confirming trustee appointments, identification documents for trustees and beneficiaries, and proof of address for the trust and trustees.

 

Failure to register a trust with Sars is a breach of the Tax Administration Act. Sars requires all registered trusts to file an annual income tax return (ITR12T). On its website, Sars notes that trustees are responsible for ensuring compliance, even if the trust has no income.

 

Complicated process

 

Filing these returns cannot be left until the last moment. It has become a complicated process over the years. Trustees are required to submit resolutions for each transaction, along with other supporting documents, such as meeting minutes.

 

Van der Spuy warns trustees not to backdate any of these documents as Sars is using AI to spot anomalies in wording and even font types.

 

Trustees can be held personally liable for non-compliance. Beneficiaries may also face tax consequences if distributions are not correctly reported.

 

Trustees must educate their clients about trust distributions. They should not make distributions without a mandate and a resolution authorising them to do so.

 

There is a potential gap of R58 billion between the distributions made by trusts and the amounts declared by beneficiaries on their tax returns.

 

Sars is busy building a puzzle between the third-party data returns of trusts (IT3(t)s) and the returns submitted by the trust, its founders and beneficiaries. “It is becoming really interesting,” says Van der Spuy.

 

The IT3(t) form is a new reporting requirement introduced by Sars in 2024. Trustees are now required to report all distributions made to beneficiaries using this form. This includes any income, capital gains, or capital amounts vested in a beneficiary during the tax year.

 

Again, compliance with this requirement is staggeringly low. Only 20 000 IT3(t)s were submitted in 2024 and 35 000 last year.

 

Continued scrutiny

 

Trust scrutiny by Sars and the Financial Intelligence Centre is going to remain. The FIC states that only half the battle was won when SA was removed from the FATF grey list. Efforts to enhance its abilities to fight financial crimes will continue.

 

Van der Spuy points out that SA has already begun preparing for the fifth round of the mutual evaluation, scheduled to take place from the first half of 2026 to October 2027.

 

There is no room for complacency.

 

She says trustees and tax practitioners must regularly update trust information. Monitoring the trust’s affairs cannot be a once-off event. It must be part of their business processes, costing structures, and client education programmes.

 

By Amanda Visser

Moneyweb

 

Strengthening the Financial Intelligence Centre: New lifestyle audit powers unveiled

 

The Financial Intelligence Centre is set to get more powers to conduct lifestyle audits. |

 

The government plans to give the Financial Intelligence Centre (FIC) more wide-ranging powers to conduct lifestyle audits, whose outcomes could be made available to other organs of state, public entities, or municipalities at their request.

 

According to the draft General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing (AML/CFT) Amendment Bill, the proposed law will allow the FIC to conduct lifestyle audits to continue strengthening the country’s AML/CFT system.

 

The bill is also part of additions that will better prepare the country for the next Financial Action Task Force (FATF) Mutual Evaluation for South Africa that will commence in mid-2026 and conclude in October 2027.

 

The FATF leads global action to tackle money laundering, terrorist, and proliferation financing. A lifestyle audit is described as an audit to determine if a person’s living standards are consistent with the income from legitimate sources that can be attributed to that person.

 

In terms of the draft bill, it provides for the FIC to conduct lifestyle audits and to expand the centre’s general powers to include the requesting of information from a public entity, municipality, and municipal entity.

 

Additionally, only prescribed persons at the request of an organ of state, public entity, or municipality, if the FIC reasonably believes the entity is affected by or has an interest in the information it obtains through conducting a lifestyle audit, will have access.

 

Earlier this week, the Department of Public Service and Administration revealed that data for the 2024/25 financial year showed that 8 982 senior managers underwent audits, and 172 cases were flagged for further investigation, including 97 at the national level and 75 within provincial departments.

 

Investigations uncovered conflicts of interest such as officials being registered on the government’s Central Supplier Database or the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in violation of public service rules.

 

The DA has also referred the matter to the Chairperson of Parliament’s Portfolio Committee on Public Service and Administration, Jan de Villiers, to call on Public Service and Administration Minister Inkosi Mzamo Buthelezi to appear and explain how nearly 9 000 senior public servants have undergone lifestyle audits, with 117 officials under internal investigation and 24 cases flagged by the Presidency for suspected undeclared income or hidden assets, yet no criminal action is yet under way.

 

DA MP and spokesperson on Public Service and Administration Eleanore Bouw-Spies has requested a departmental breakdown of where the 141 flagged officials are employed, along with the monetary value of undeclared assets identified, as well as written protocols and policies which govern, specifically when, lifestyle audit findings must be referred to external law enforcement agencies, and whether such protocol exists at all.

 

In addition, Bouw-Spies wants a timeline and status for the 117 internal investigations and when these investigations were initiated, what the expected completion date is, and what oversight mechanisms are in place to monitor progress.

 

She wants access to the preventative measures that have and are being implemented to ensure that officials under investigation for undeclared assets cannot influence the investigation process or access to sensitive procurement decisions while investigations are pending and the public reporting framework – what mechanisms exist for transparent reporting on lifestyle audit outcomes to Parliament and the public, beyond responding to parliamentary questions.

 

Loyiso Sidimba

The Star Early Edition

 

PUBLICATION FOR COMMENT: DRAFT GENERAL LAWS (ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING AND COMBATING TERRORISM FINANCING) AMENDMENT BILL, 2025

 

National Treasury has published the draft General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2025 for public comment, as conveyed in Government Notice No. 6997 in Government Gazette No. 53955 that was published on 14 January 2026. The Bill can be accessed on the National Treasury website (www.treasury.gov.za). The due date for submitting public comments is 13 February 2026.

 

The draft Bill is an updated version of the draft General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2024 that was published for public comment on 13 December 2024 as conveyed in Government Notice No. 5683 in Government Gazette No. 51772. National Treasury subsequently expanded on the draft Bill to incorporate amendments related to non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and the conducting of lifestyle audits to continue strengthening the country’s AML/CFT system. These additions will better prepare the country for the next FATF Mutual Evaluation for South Africa that will commence in mid-2026 and conclude in October 2027.

 

The draft Bill seeks to strengthen the country’s AML/CFT system by addressing the remaining deficiencies identified in the 2021 FATF Mutual Evaluation Report for South Africa, and also during the remedial process that culminated in South Africa exiting the FATF greylist in October 2025.

 

The draft Amendment Bill was developed together with the Department of Trade, Industry and Competition, the Department of Social Development, the Financial Intelligence Centre, and financial sector regulators (Prudential Authority and Financial Sector Conduct Authority). It proposes amendments to four pieces of legislation that fall under the administrative responsibilities of different Ministers, namely:

 

·       the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001: Minister of Finance; 

·       the Financial Sector Regulation Act, 2017: Minister of Finance; 

·       the Companies Act, 2008: Minister of Trade, Industry and Competition; and 

·       the Nonprofit Organisations Act, 1997: Minister of Social Development. 

 

The sections of the above laws that would be amended in the draft Amendment Bill, if enacted, are the following:

 

  • Financial Intelligence Centre (FIC) Act to deal with minor deficiencies relating to targeted financial sanctions in sections 26A, 26B, 28A and 51A;
  • Section 40 of the FIC Act to allow the FIC to share information with the Public Procurement Office and the Border Management Authority;
  • Section 40 of the FIC Act to authorise the FIC to share information it obtains through conducting lifestyle audits;
  • Section 41A of the FIC Act to expand the sections of the Act that the protection of personal information apply with regard to the Protection of Personal Information Act, 2013;
  • Section 42 of the FIC Act to address minor deficiencies identified with respect to new technologies;
  • Section 46 of the FIC Act to address a deficiency relating to customer due diligence measures for anonymous clients;
  • Section 30 of the Nonprofit Organisations Act to specify the maximum amount of the fine and years of imprisonment in respect of an offence in terms of the Act;
  • Sections 82 and 175 of the Companies Act, 2008 to address deficiencies related to the application of remedial actions and/or dissuasive and proportionate sanctions for non-compliance with beneficial ownership obligations;
  • Sections 2, 3, 58, 106, 108, 111, 131 and 135 of the Financial Sector Regulation Act to close gaps in the protection of financial sector customers, and licensing and regulations for market conduct and anti-money laundering, and to strengthen licensing and enforcement powers; and
  • Other technical amendments related to strengthening the country’s anti-money laundering and anti-corruption laws

 

 

 

 

LABOUR ARTICLES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

New parental leave ruling redefines family roles in male-dominated industries

 

This replaces a system that offered mothers extended maternity leave while fathers were limited to just ten days.

 

South Africa has taken a major step toward workplace equality. The Constitutional Court’s ruling now allows parents to share a total of four months and ten days of parental leave after the birth, adoption, or surrogacy of a child.

 

This replaces a system that offered mothers extended maternity leave while fathers were limited to just ten days.

 

The change gives fathers a real opportunity to participate in early childcare and signals a cultural shift in industries traditionally dominated by men, including mining, construction, engineering, renewable energy, and petrochemicals.

 

Changing family roles in male-dominated industries

 

In many male-dominated sectors, workplace culture has long assumed that caregiving is the mother’s responsibility. Fathers were expected to return to work almost immediately, leaving mothers to manage the majority of early childcare.

 

The new ruling challenges that norm. By allowing fathers to take up to four months of leave, it not only recognises their role in the family but gives parents genuine flexibility to decide how to divide caregiving responsibilities.

 

Importantly, the law applies equally to all parents, whether the child is born, adopted, or welcomed via surrogacy. This reinforces the principle that it does not matter how parents become parents; what matters is that everyone has the same opportunity to be actively involved in early childcare.

 

Although it is theoretically possible for one father to take the full four months, most families will share the leave. Factors such as income considerations, workplace continuity, and the desire for both parents to engage meaningfully in early childcare often result in a more balanced split.

 

This ensures shared leave achieves its purpose: giving fathers a fair start in family life without creating undue strain for either parent or employer.

 

Operational planning becomes critical 

 

This change is much bigger than it may seem. Allowing fathers to take up to four months of leave instead of just ten days forces organisations to rethink how they plan their staffing.

 

Project timelines, site coverage, and daily operations all need careful coordination. Employers must plan ahead for training, onboarding, and temporary replacements, especially where contract workers are common. Parental leave can be planned in advance, but its longer duration means companies need to think ahead.

 

If companies ignore this change, they risk setbacks in their operations, with a lack of preparation creating avoidable challenges. By updating their planning now, organisations can protect their operations and reinforce long-term employee commitment.

 

This ruling is a clear sign that equality in family responsibilities needs to be taken seriously in the workplace.

 

Fathers now have a real chance to be involved in early childcare without worrying about their career progress. This means companies that support shared parental leave are likely to see better morale, improved retention, and a more positive, inclusive workplace culture.

 

In many industries where long hours and extended periods on remote working sites are the norm, supporting fathers can also help prevent burnout and create a more stable workforce.

 

Preparing for shared parental leave

 

To implement shared leave successfully, workplaces must take proactive steps:

1.     Update policies and contracts: Revise leave policies, employment contracts, and HR guidelines to reflect shared parental leave entitlements and requirements.

2.     Train managers and HR teams: Equip managers to support employees and plan workloads, while ensuring HR can manage compliance and record-keeping.

3.     Plan and manage leave: Develop handover templates, communication timelines, and return-to-work procedures for smooth transitions.

4.     Strengthen workforce planning: Forecast leave, identify roles needing coverage, and budget for temporary replacements to maintain operations.

5.     Build a supportive culture and communicate clearly: Promote gender-neutral caregiving, normalise fathers taking leave, and provide employees with guides, checklists, and clear communication channels for questions.

 

The role of Temporary Employment Services providers

 

Temporary Employment Services (TES) providers can play a critical role in helping both employers and employees manage the transition. They can rapidly source and onboard qualified temporary staff, advise on policy, compliance, and best practices while supporting workforce planning for extended or staggered leave periods.

 

The support of a reliable TES provider makes it possible for organisations to manage staffing gaps while employees take their parental leave with peace of mind.

 

This approach does more than ensure compliance, it allows companies to use shared parental leave as a benefit to attract skilled professionals, improve retention, and promote an inclusive, supportive workplace culture.

 

A new era for fathers and workplaces

 

The ruling signals a shift in how work and family responsibilities are balanced. Fathers can now take meaningful parental leave, while organisations have the opportunity to improve workplace culture and employee engagement.

 

By planning ahead, updating policies, and leveraging TES partners, companies can maintain operational continuity and turn shared parental leave into a strategic advantage for both employees and the business.

 

Jacques Maritz is national sales & service manager at Quyn International Outsourcing.

By Jacques Maritz

Moneyweb

Judgment

 

PROCUREMENT ARTICLES

 

 

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

Process to be followed following the receipt of public comments on the draft Bill

 

Upon the receipt of written comments, the National Treasury, the Department of Social Development, the Department of Trade, Industry and Competition, the Financial Intelligence Centre and the financial sector regulators will consider the written comments on the draft Amendment Bill and make appropriate revisions to the published Bill for submission to Cabinet and for subsequent tabling in Parliament.

 

Due date for public comments on the 2025 draft Amendment Bill 

 

Please forward written comments to the National Treasury at Commentdraftlegislation@treasury.gov.za by close of business on 13 February 2026. 

 

The General Laws (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorism Financing) Amendment Bill, 2025 can be accessed on the National Treasury website (www.treasury.gov.za).

 

Issued by National Treasury 

Date: 15 January 2026 

 

  • END